Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Developmental Dysplasia of The Hip
Developmental Dysplasia of The Hip
Developmental
Dysplasia of the Hip
Anastacio Kotzias-Neto, MD
J. Richard Bowen, MD
J. Richard Bowen, MD
Anastacio Kotzias-Neto, MD
Published by
www.datatrace.com
J. Richard Bowen, MD
Anastacio Kotzias-Neto, MD
Published by
Data Trace Publishing Company
P.O. Box 1239
Brooklandville, Maryland 21022-9978
410-494-4994 Fax: 410-494-0515
ISBN 1-57400-108-6
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
DISEASE HISTORY OF DDH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
EMBRYOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ETIOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
INCIDENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ANATOMY OF THE HIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
RADIOGRAPHIC MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
BLOOD AND NERVE SUPPLY TO THE HIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
J. Richard Bowen was reared in Whiteville, NC (USA), and earned a degree in chem-
istry from the University of North Carolina. He received a doctorate in medicine from the
University of South Carolina in Charleston and preformed residencies in general surgery
with Dr. Curtis Artz, in orthopaedics with Dr. Crawford Campbell, and in pediatric or-
thopaedics with Dr. G. Dean MacEwen. He served in the US Army for two years and then
became a member of the faculty at the Alfred I. duPont Institute in Wilmington DE. From
1987 until 2004, he was chairman of the department of orthopaedics and currently is the
Nemours Professor of Orthopaedic Education and Research.
Anastacio Kotzias-Neto was reared in Florianopolis, Brazil, and earned a degree in
medicine from the Federal University of Santa Catarina, Brazil. He received a Masters
degree and a Doctorate in Orthopaedics from the Sao Paulo Federal University, Escola
Paulista de Medicina. He performed a residence in orthopaedics with Dr. Carols Ottolenghi
and was a Fellow in Orthopaedics at the Alfred I. duPont Institute in Wilmington, Dela-
ware, with Dr. J. Richard Bowen. He became a member of the faculty at the Joana de
Gusmao Children’s Hospital in Florianopolis, Brazil, in 1980 and since 1987 has been the
Chairman of the Department of Orthopaedics.
We want to thank God for directing our lives into the practice of orthopaedics, and to
thank especially our wives and family, colleagues, and teachers for their support. Hope-
fully this book will help alleviate pain and suffering in a few children with hip dysplasia.
Introduction
Many thousands of children have been prevented from being crippled since orthopae-
dists learned to treat developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH) effectively. DDH is a
condition caused by abnormal development of the hip joint that presents clinically in
infancy as a wide spectrum of abnormalities. These abnormalities can range from instabil-
ity to complete dislocation of the joint. In utero, the hip with DDH is thought to form
normally during the fetal period of development and to undergo abnormal growth of the
chondro-osseous components during the embryonic period. The precise etiology of DDH
is unknown; however, both genetic and environmental factors have statistical associa-
tions. In some infants, mild dysplasia will resolve spontaneously; however, in others the
untreated hip abnormality will become progressively worse, resulting in pain, limited
motion, an abnormal gait, and eventually degenerative arthritis in adulthood. Untreated
severe dysplasia or dislocation of the hip results in an abnormal gait and degenerative
arthritis in young adulthood. When the abnormalities of DDH are diagnosed and treat-
ment is started soon after birth, the outcome is generally good; however, when treatment
is delayed, the outcome is often poor.
DDH has also been called congenital dislocation (and dysplasia) of the hip (CDH). The
authors believe both names correctly describe some components of the condition, and they
often use the names interchangeably. “Congenital dysplasia of the hip” implies that the hip is
abnormal at birth, distinguishing this condition from other diseases that cause dysplasia
and dislocation in childhood, such as cerebral palsy, polio, muscular dystrophy, and other
neuromuscular diseases. “Developmental dysplasia of the hip” emphasizes that the etiology
is a developmental abnormality that results in a hip disorder with a wide spectrum of prob-
lems, ranging from instability to complete (frank) dislocation. DDH is currently the most
popular name for this condition and is therefore the one that will be used in this text.
This text will cover many concepts of developmental dysplasia of the hip and will
include a brief history of some important articles, normal and dysplastic hip development,
screening and diagnosis, and treatment, with outcomes and complications.
effects of a dislocation of the hip. The British Museum has a specimen of a dysplastic hip
from Neolithic times and a bronze figurine with congenital dislocation from Hellenistic
times. Although the disability of infantile dislocated hip was very well known in the Medi-
terranean world by the end of the first millennium BC, its etiology was poorly understood.
In France, Andry mentioned the condition in 1741.9 Hip dislocation was considered either
accidental or spontaneous (symptomatic) until Guillaune Dupuytren (1777–1835) de-
scribed a failure of fetal hip development and classified it as a third variety called “original
or congenital dislocation.”137,138 He considered the condition incurable.
C
A
D
tary causes in 70 percent of the cases of congenital hip dysplasia. In 1948, he described a
clinical sign for diagnosing unstable dislocated hips, which he termed “sbalzo” (slip) or
“scatto” (click).439 To perform the Ortolani test, the baby is placed in a supine position with
the hips flexed at a right angle and the knees flexed. The hips are abducted and the dislo-
cated head of the femur slips toward the acetabulum, creating the movement described as
a scatto. Ortolani’s test diagnoses an unstable dislocated hip.
In Stanford, England, Barlow (1962)17,18 commenced a prospective investigation to
determine the incidence of hip instability in the first week of life, to discover if any disloca-
tion had occurred during or soon after birth, and to determine the indications of early
treatment. He concluded that the Ortolani test was satisfactory for children with a dislo-
cated hip, but was not entirely satisfactory in newborn babies who had instability. For this
reason, he developed the Barlow maneuver, in which the hips are flexed to a right angle and
C D
Figure 1-2 Barlow maneuver. A. Grasp the thigh with the palms of the hand to stabilize the
pelvis. Place the thumb on the medial aspect of the thigh and the index and middle finger on
the greater trochanter, and with pressure downwardly the femoral head is felt to dislocate.
B. Schematic drawing showing the Barlow maneuver (modified from Visser JD: Functional
treatment of congenital dislocation of the hip, Acta Orthopaedica Scand 55 (Suppl 206): 1–
109, p 19, Figs 8, 9, 1984). C. Schematic drawing to demonstrate motion of the femoral
head. D. Arthrogram showing the movement of the femoral head out of the acetabulum with
the Barlow maneuver. Notice the wide medial dye pool.
the knees are completely flexed. The examiner’s middle fingers are placed over the greater
trochanter and the thumb is applied to the lesser trochanter. The thigh is carried into mild
adduction. Pressure is applied to the lesser trochanter by the thumb producing a back-
ward and outward movement of the femoral head. If the femoral head slips out over the
posterior rim of the acetabulum with pressure from the thumb and slides back into the
acetabulum again after the pressure is released, the hip is unstable (Barlow positive). The
Barlow positive hip is “not dislocated but dislocatable.” The Barlow “maneuver” and the
Ortolani test have become the major components of physical examination for the early
diagnosis of DDH.
From the 1930s to the 1980s, radiographic imaging was the only available technique to
screen, to confirm the diagnosis of DDH, or to follow the progress of treatment. In older
children with an ossified femoral epiphysis, radiographs were excellent in confirming the
diagnosis of DDH but were confusing in infants in which the cartilaginous femoral head
was not visible. On anterio-posterior radiographs, Hilgenreiner’s and Perkins’s lines were
drawn to help determine the infant’s hip position, but indistinct bony landmarks made the
interpretations difficult and often inaccurate. S. Sophus von Rosen617–622 in Sweden screened
99 percent of all children who were born in the city of Malmo. He showed that the clinical
diagnosis could be made and confirmed by his special radiographic view. To obtain Von
Rosen’s view, the child’s legs are placed in abduction and internal rotation, and an antero-
posterior radiograph is obtained. In children with dislocated and nonreducible hips, the
view is helpful; however, in infants the abduction and internal rotation of legs often re-
duces the hip, making the study valueless. Currently, radiographs are used in children over
6 months of age to confirm the diagnosis of DDH, follow the progress of treatment, and
evaluate bony dysplasia.
In 1978, Graf202–204 developed a static sonographic technique to detect DDH. He exam-
ined 3,500 infants from 9 days to 21 months of age and compared the sonograms with
radiographs that had been taken simultaneously. The sonographic evaluation of the hip
was superior to radiographs in infants less than six months of age. Morphometric stand-
ards were established based on a static coronal image of the hip obtained from the lateral
approach with the femur in the anatomic position.203,204 Harcke223–230 used a dynamic tech-
nique of hip sonography utilizing a multiplanar evaluation method to determine the de-
gree of hip instability. He performed dynamic sonographic hip examinations in over 8,000
infants. The multiplanar evaluation method allows infant hip evaluations in three dimen-
sions. Sonography offers an advantage over radiography in the ability to visualize the
femoral head and acetabulum when they are composed of cartilage; also, sonography has
no radiation exposure.
Treatment principles that have evolved in the past 75 years include diagnosing DDH
during early infancy, performing a gentle reduction (either closed or operatively), main-
taining the reduction by hip flexion with limited abduction, and correcting residual acetabu-
lar dysplasia. Basic scientific studies in animals have enhanced the knowledge of hip dys-
plasia; a few examples have been included. In dogs, Smith529 determined that a normal hip
joint could develop after a dislocated femoral head was replaced in the acetabulum. In
rats, Harrison237,238 developed models to produce acetabular dysplasia, deformities of the
femoral head, and changes in the femoral neck angle similar to abnormalities observed in
children with DDH. Kalamchi et al.296 developed dog models to demonstrate different
types of avascular necrosis and used the information to classify types of avascular necrosis
in children.
Treatment of a dislocated hip in an infant is generally much easier than in an older
patient. In infants under six months of age, a dislocated hip can usually be reduced by
positioning the dislocated hip in flexion and mild abduction. If the affected hip joint is
reduced adequately and is maintained in an orthosis for 10 to 12 weeks, the joint will
usually remain stable and the hip joint will typically undergo normal development. Von
Rosen617–622 developed a molded metal splint to hold the dislocated hips of infants in a
reduced position. The Von Rosen splint is bent to fit the infant properly and can be ad-
justed for the child’s growth. It has the disadvantage of requiring special hygienic care for
diapering. Frejka166 developed a pillow restraint that fits between the legs of the child to
maintain the hip in flexion and abduction. The Frejka pillow is placed over the diaper and
has been successfully used in children who have “luxated” hips. However, the necessity of
reapplying the Frejka pillow after every diaper change increases the possibility of
redislocation and greatly limits its use.
Independently, Felix Bauer (1880–1947) in 1934 in Vienna (“spreizband” or abduction
band),26,27 Marino Ortolani (1904–1983) in 1947 in Ferrara, Italy (“bretelle” or semirigid
bandage),439,440 and Arnold Pavlik (1902–1962) in 1950 in Brno, Czechoslovakia, devel-
oped similar harnesses to treat DDH. The three harnesses are almost identical in their
mechanisms of function. The Pavlik447 harness combines gentle flexion and passive abduc-
tion for the acquisition of hip reduction and stabilization. Currently, the Pavlik harness is
the most commonly used orthosis for treating infants up to about 6 months of age with
DDH, and the outcomes of treatment are excellent.
Treatment of a persistently dislocated hip in a child over 6 months of age with a Pavlik
harness is difficult. Most newborn dislocated hips reduce with the Pavlik harness; however,
some hips will not reduce and will require a closed or open reduction. In cases in which the
dislocation is not treated during infancy, structures about the hip contract, making the
dislocation extremely difficult to reduce. In these more difficult dislocated hips, techniques
for reduction range from traction to manipulations or extensive operations. Maintenance
of the reduction is usually by prolonged casting or orthosis. Some hips that were persist-
ently dislocated will continue to have dysplasia after successful reduction and will require
operations to correct the persistent bony dysplasia.
Operative TTreatment
reatment of DDH
In 1912, Ludloff360 reported a medial operative approach to the dislocated hip through
the adductor muscles, which allowed some hips to center better in the acetabulum.
Postoperatively, these patients were maintained in a cast for six weeks. This approach has a
high incidence of avascular necrosis of the femoral head and subsequently has lost popu-
larity. Colonna95 developed a two-stage procedure for reduction of the dislocated hip.
Initially, a subcutaneous adductor tenotomy was performed and the patient was subse-
quently maintained in skin or skeletal traction on the dislocated side for two or three
weeks. The skeletal traction allowed the soft tissue to stretch. In the second stage, the hip
joint was exposed through an antero-lateral incision and the impeding tissue that blocked
reduction in the area of the acetabulum was curetted. The femoral head was gently placed
into the newly made acetabular socket and the leg was immobilized in internal rotation. If
there was marked femoral internal torsion, a supracondylar osteotomy of the femur was
performed several weeks later. This operative procedure allowed good reduction of the
femoral head in the acetabulum; however, degenerative arthritis developed in young adult-
hood and the procedure was thereafter abandoned. In 1973, Derqui128,129 described a pro-
cedure in which the medial aspect of the acetabulum was reamed to permit femoral head
reduction and the proximal femur was rotated, varused, and shortened for the correction
of the “intrinsic and extrinsic” hip dislocation factors. The Derqui procedure was associ-
ated with necrosis of the femoral head and later degenerative changes of the acetabulum
and has since been abandoned. Crego and Schwartzmann (1948),105,106 Pawels (1951),448
and Somerville (1953)533 performed open reduction of the dislocated femoral head through
an anterior lateral operative approach and corrected excessive femoral torsion and valgus
with a proximal femoral osteotomy at the time of open reduction. They reported better
outcomes than previous articles.
In 1976, Klisic316 described a one-stage operation on older children, which consisted of
an open reduction of the hip joint through an anterior lateral approach, shortening of the
femur to avoid compression of the femoral head, correction of excessive femoral antever-
sion, reconstruction of the acetabular roof, and anterior transposition of the iliopsoas
muscle. Postoperatively the hip was maintained in a cast until the soft tissue healed. Klisic
reported good results, and many of the recent operatives are based upon Klisic’s proce-
dure.
B
Figure 1-6 A. Model of the Pemberton osteotomy:
Notice that the graft is inserted anteriorly in the iliac
osteotomy. B. Radiograph of the hip after a Pemberton
osteotomy.
A
A
similar procedure with a dome osteotomy of the pelvis, which avoided the apparent incon-
gruity between the round femoral head and the flat surface of Chiari’s osteotomy.
Currently these capsuloplasty operations are useful as salvage procedures in treating
the lateralized and false acetabulum types of persistent dysplasia.133
An acetabuloplasty is an operative procedure with the goal of creating a change in the
slope of the acetabular roof by performing an incomplete opening osteotomy just above
the hip joint. A bone graft is often used to maintain the position of the osteotomy. In these
A B
Figure 1-7 A. Model of the Dega osteotomy: Notice that the graft is inserted from a lateral direction
into the iliac osteotomy. B. Radiograph of the hip after a Dega osteotomy.
procedures, the shape and volume of the acetabulum is changed to accommodate the
reduced femoral head. Albee (1915),3 Crego and Schwartzmann (1948),106 and Wiberg652
described types of acetabuloplasty for the treatment of a dislocation in older patients.
Modifications of the acetabuloplasty were developed later by Dega (1953)120–124 and
Pemberton (1958)450,451 in 1965. Pemberton performed his “capsular arthroplasty” of the
acetabulum and an oblique subperiosteal intertrochanteric osteotomy in 398 hips in pa-
tients aged 3 to 12 years. He performed an iliac osteotomy, turning down the acetabular
roof and increasing the depth of the acetabulum, on 50 hips in 40 patients from 18 months
to 49 years of age. Tönnis (1969)583,584,586,590,594 described an acetabuloplasty combined with
a detorsion varus osteotomy of the proximal femur. Currently the acetabuloplasty proce-
dures are useful in treating the capacious acetabulum type of persistent dysplasia.
The malrotation type of persistent dysplasia can be treated by a redirectional oste-
otomy of the acetabulum. In 1957, Salter493–495 described an innominate osteotomy and
reported excellent results. He considered the indications to include hips with anterior
deficiency from a maldirected acetabulum, hips with a concentric reduction, and in pa-
tients who are 18 months or older in age. In adolescent or older patients, limited motion of
the pubis can restrict the rotation of the acetabulum following Salter’s osteotomy; there-
fore, additional osteotomies of the pelvis have been developed to allow specific acetabular
correction.
A double innominate osteotomy was developed by Sutherland and Greenfield (1977),556
and good results were reported in 25 patients older than 6 years of age. LeCoeur in 1965122,123
was the first to report a technique for triple osteotomy of the pelvis to enhance acetabular
rotation in older patients. His procedure divides the ischium and the pubis close to the
symphysis pubis. Hopf (1966)262 designed a method that permitted all three osteotomies to
be performed through the Smith-Petersen operative approach. In 1973, Steel547,548 described
a triple osteotomy for older children, which involves osteotomies of the ilium, ischium,
and pubis. Tönnis586,590,594 developed a juxta-articular triple osteotomy and reported excel-
lent results in 32 hips in patients up to 37 years of age. With his method the ischial oste-
otomy is above the sacropelvic ligaments, which commonly limit the mobility of the
acetabulum. All radiographic measurements utilizing Ullmann’s line, the Stulberg and
Harris angle, and the center-edge angle of Wiberg were decreased to normal values. Kumar329
described a modification of Steel’s triple innominate osteotomy in which approximately 1
cm of bone is removed from the ischium to allow medialization of the acetabulum. More
recently, at the A. I. duPont Institute, a triangular notch has been placed on the outer
cortex of the ilium to enhance rotation of the acetabulum (Bowen triple innominate oste-
otomy).
Wagner, 625 Eppright,143 and Ninomiya and Tagawa425 reported osteotomies that were
performed within approximately 1 cm around the acetabulum articular surface (peri-
acetabular osteotomies). Avascular necrosis of the bone around the acetabulum occurred
in some of these osteotomies that were very close to the articular cartilage. In 1988, Ganz et
al.178 described and presented the results of 75 peri-acetabular osteotomies that had been
performed since 1984. The Ganz peri-acetabular osteotomy is recommended for older
adolescent and adult dysplastic hips. This osteotomy corrects the hip congruence and does
not change the inner diameter of the pelvis, which may be important in girls who antici-
pate vaginal deliveries.
EMBRYOLOGY
A C
Figure 1-12 A. Photograph of a 14.8-mm human embryo showing the alteration of position of the
limb buds (from Badgley CE: Etiology of congenital dislocation of the hip, J Bone Joint Surg 31A:341–
56, p 348, 1949). B. Transverse section of a 14.8-mm human embryo showing the outline of femur (from
Badgley CE: Etiology of congenital dislocation of the hip, J Bone Joint Surg 31A:341–56, p 348, 1949).
C. Transverse section of a human embryo showing outline of the hip joint (from Bowen collection,
source unknown).
A
Figure 1-14 A. Photograph of 33-mm human
embryo (from Badgley CE: Etiology of congenital
dislocation of the hip, J Bone Joint Surg 31A:341–
56, p 350, 1949). B. Photograph of 33-mm
embryo showing the capsule, glenoidal, labrum,
muscles, and nerves (from Badgley CE: Etiology of
congenital dislocation of the hip, J Bone Joint
Surg 31A:341–56, p 350, 1949). C.
Histomicroscopy of fetal hip (from Bowen
collection). C
vial membrane, and ligamentum teres. The other layers form the acetabulum and femoral
articular cartilage. The labrum glenoidale develops from a marginal condensation of
blastemal cells along the acetabular rim. The external side of the capsule is formed by
fibroblasts and the inner layer forms the synovial lining. From an orderly arrangement of
cells that appear as primitive fibroblasts aligned by the femoral head, the ligamentum teres
is formed simultaneously with the opening of the joint cavity by vacuolization, deteriora-
tion, and rupture of the cells along its margin. Across the inferior portion of the acetabular
rim, the transverse ligament emerges. At 20 mm of embryo length, the femoral neck forms
an angle of inclination with the shaft of the femur and the hip muscle groups are formed. At
27 mm in embryo length (eight weeks), the differentiation stage is complete.84,92
The fetal period begins with the ossification phase and ingrowth of blood vessels in the
femoral shaft. The hip joint space opens into a flattened cell slit cavity, which precedes
neuromuscular development. Strayer551 observed cell splitting and degeneration at the
joint margins between eight and nine weeks (37–45 mm) and thus proposed that hip
development is definable as both a degenerative and a mechanical process. The hip joint is
formed completely at 11 weeks (50 mm), and the femoral head has a diameter of 2 mm in
a spherical contour at 11 weeks (50 mm). Trochanters are formed rudimentarily and femo-
ral anteversion is between 5 and 10°. Acetabular articular cartilage is well differentiated
and shows an anteversion of 70°.14,15,637 At this development age, the fetal position main-
tains the hip joint in flexion, adduction and external rotation. Capsule, ligamentum teres,
labrum glenoidale, transverse ligament, and muscle structures are completely formed. By
the sixteenth gestational week (120 mm), the femoral head is 4 mm in diameter and the
articulating surface is covered by mature hyaline cartilage. Muscular structures are com-
pletely developed and active function of musculo-skeletal units initiates and increases hip
flexion. From the level of the lesser trochanter to the distal epiphyseal growth plate, the
femoral shaft ossification is completed. Primary ossification centers begin in the ilium (38–
39 mm) at the end of the embryogenic period and in the ischium (105–124 mm) and pubis
(161 mm) early in the fetal period. Blood vessels originating from the epiphyseal and
metaphyseal arteries enter from the periphery to the center of the femoral head. At this
stage the main source of the blood supply of the proximal femur is from metaphyseal and
epiphyseal vessels and scantily from the ligamentum teres.
The first half of prenatal development ends at the twentieth week of gestation, when
the fetus measures 170 mm in length. The cartilaginous femoral head has a diameter of 7
mm and the femoral neck begins to elongate. Anteversion increases to 25–30° by birth. By
Figure 1-15 A. Femoral head at birth. Notice the cartilage canals, which contain both arteries and
veins (from Bowen collection, source unknown). B. Femoral head at 18 days of age with india ink
injection of the vessels within the cartilage canals. Notice that there is no vascular collateral circulation.
(From Trueta J: The normal vascular anatomy of the human femoral head during growth, J Bone Joint
Surg Br 39-B(2): 358–94, p 361, Fig 2, 1957. Copyright © the British Editorial Society of Bone and Joint
Surgery. Reproduced with permission.)
A B
Figure 1-16 A. At birth the greater part of acetabulum is still cartilaginous, and the proximal end of
the femur (femoral head and greater trochanter) consists of cartilage (from the Crawford Campbell,
MD, collection). B. Photograph of a micrograph of a hip at birth (from the Dr. Crawford Campbell,
MD, collection).
28 to 29 weeks, 250 mm in length, the vasculature becomes numerous and blood supply to
the femoral head is perceptible. As the fetus develops to 285 mm in length (32 weeks), the
femoral shaft ossifies to the level of the trochanter, which is cartilaginous. The ischium and
ilium are almost completely ossified.
At 35 weeks (308 mm), the hip growth involves only increase in size. The normal hip
growth is dependent upon the effects of position, pressure, and concentric motion.84,92,155,156
unbalanced forces on the hip joint, which may produce dislocation. If the hip joint dislo-
cates at this time, it will continue in dislocation until birth, becoming the most severe type
of congenital hip dislocation. In this process, the acetabulum becomes shallow, a false
acetabulum develops, the femoral head remains well formed but smaller than normal, the
femoral neck remains short, and the greater trochanter remains small. This type of dislo-
cation is typically referred to as teratogenic DDH.
Muscle tone and hip laxity may also be factors associated with DDH.475 At the second
period of risk, the eighteenth week of intrauterine life, the musculature is completely devel-
oped and active motion of the joint initiates. If capsular weakness occurs with
unsynchronized innervational development in the muscles around the hip joint, the
acetabulum (e.g., shallowness, underdeveloped limbus) cannot contain the femoral head
and dislocation may result. The femoral head may obtain some irregularities because of
the unbalanced muscle traction, and the acetabulum, without the stimulus to grow from
the femoral head, will be small and deformed.
In the third period of risk, the last four weeks of gestation, the hip joint is normally
developed. Mechanical aspects relating to the position of the fetus, like a breech position
with extended legs,653,655 hormonal action, oligohydramnios, and abnormal hip joint mo-
tion, are important factors in the development of DDH.40,65
Postnatal Period
Tachdjian564-566 and Stanisavljevic543,545 described the “hip-knee-hip triad” in newborns
between the first and fourth days of life. The hip-knee-hip triad is observed during the
physical examination and is diagnosed when the abduction of the hips is more difficult to
achieve than hip or knee extension. In a normal infant, there is a mild flexion contracture
of the hip and knee but hip abduction is good. Tachdjian followed these newborns with the
hip-knee-hip triad without treatment and found that they often developed hip subluxa-
tion or dislocation. He concluded that overpull of the iliopsoas muscle was the major
cause of the hip-knee-hip triad in newborns and the development of hip subluxation or
dislocation in these patients. The hip-knee-hip triad may account for some congenital hip
pathology that is missed in the physical examination at birth. The number of newborns
who develop late dysplasia or dislocation of the hip is unknown.
ETIOLOGY
Mechanical, hormonal, genetic, gender, and environmental factors predispose the hip
to dislocation. The intrauterine position is an important mechanical factor.252. The occur-
rence of DDH in the normal population with cephalic presentation is 0.7 percent.561 Breech
position is an important risk factor that is independent of whether the delivery is vaginal
or by caesarian section affirmed that double or complete breech position has no increased
risk, single or double footling breech has a 2 percent risk, and single or frank breech has a
20 percent risk of DDH.40,65,476,657
Certain hip postures in newborn infants predispose the hip to dislocation. Some Ameri-
can Indians utilize a cradleboard for carrying babies.88,632 Japanese649 and the Turkish in-
B
A
Figure 1-17 A. The cradleboard position utilized by American Indians (from Cherokee Museum,
Cherokee, NC). The traditional swaddling position of babies maintain the hips in extension and
adduction, increasing the risk of postnatal dislocation of the hip. B. A hospital emblem showing a
baby in swaddling position. (Babies in a backpack or back sling assume a flexion and abduction
position of the hips. This more physiologic position probably decreases the risk of dislocation of the
hip.)
fants traditionally have their legs wrapped circularly in a cloth after birth. Infants whose
hips are held in extended and adducted positions show a higher incidence of hip disloca-
tion than infants carried at the waist, in a backpack, or in a tummy pack with the hips in
flexion and abduction. Green and Griffin206 showed that when one hip has an abduction
contraction, the contralateral hip may become dysplastic.
Maternal hormones in female infants may induce neonatal ligament laxity, which
contributes to hip dislocation. Vogel et al.614 evaluated serum relaxin levels by cordocentesis
in 2,185 newborns and analyzed hip laxity by an anterior dynamic ultrasound method. Six
newborns had unstable hips, and only 3 of the 121 samples showed a serum relaxin level
above the limit of 10 mg/ml. No patients with high relaxin levels had unstable hips. An
association of high serum relaxin with hip instability was not observed. Hisaw and
Wilkinson653,656 demonstrated in guinea pigs and rabbits that a combination of neonatal
position and hormonal joint laxity is necessary to produce DDH. In a study of children
with DDH, Carter65 found 33 percent of girls and 75 percent of boys showing hyperlaxity;
however, girls paradoxically had higher rates of DDH. Thieme and Wynne-Davies578 con-
cluded from their research work that the hypothesis “congenital dislocation of the hip
(CDH) is a result of an inborn error of estrogen metabolism” is not supported scientifi-
cally.662,663 Hanson and Smith221 used the term “fetal hydantoin syndrome” to define chil-
dren of mothers who had ingested hydantoin anticonvulsants during gestation. Maternal
ingestion of this drug has been associated with multiple systemic abnormalities, including
cranio-facial anomalies, growth deficiency, and mental retardation. Trousdale600 reported
a case of a patient showing the most common orthopedic manifestations of this syndrome,
which are postaxial digital hypoplasia and hip dysplasia.
Inleberger reported the incidence of DDH in identical and fraternal twins. In identical
twins, if one child has DDH, the chance of the second twin having DDH was 34 percent, but
in fraternal twins the chance of the second twin being affected was only 3 percent. Record
and Edwards477 found that 5 percent of siblings of children with DDH also developed hip
dislocation, more in girls (10 percent) than boys (1 percent). Muller and Sendon419 re-
ported 264 patients with DDH. Twenty-eight of their patients (10.6 percent) had relatives
with DDH. In 24 of the 28 patients, one relative was affected; and in the other four patients,
two relatives were affected. The incidence of breech position associated with oligohydram-
nios is more common in male than in female newborns.136 There is an 8–20 percent risk of
DDH in association with torticollis,561 a 25 percent risk with calcaneo-valgus feet,612 and
debatably a 1.5–10 percent risk with metatarsus adductus.290 A higher incidence of DDH is
associated with first-born children and with infants in a breech position.136 This presenta-
tion occurs in only 2–4 percent of vaginal deliveries, twice as many in females as in males.
The left hip is dislocated at birth at three times the rate of the right hip (about 60 percent
in the left hip, 20 percent in the right hip, and 20 percent bilateral).
In conclusion, the etiology of DDH is multifactorial. Both environmental and genetic
factors contribute to the development of hip joint instability. For example, a first-born
girl delivered in the breech position, having ligament laxity and torticollis, with a positive
family history of DDH, and having her legs strapped in adduction and extension, would be
a very, very high risk for DDH.
Figure 1-21 Ultrasound of a fetus in the breech presentation, which is related with a
high risk of unstable hips. Notice that the hips are flexed and the knees are extended. This
fetus was born with bilateral dislocated hips.
INCIDENCE
The incidence of DDH is controversial and maintains a strict relationship with geo-
graphic and racial variations. In some areas of the world, an endemically high incidence
occurs, while in other places DDH is almost nonexistent. Bialik et al.,38 after reviewing the
literature on CDH and DDH regarding incidence, divided it into three main time periods:
the 1920s to the 1950s, when incidence was arbitrarily estimated by various authors (0.06–
40 percent for whites and 0 percent for blacks); from the 1950s to the 1980s, when it was
based on clinical neonatal screening of unstable hips, adding to this incidence the late-
diagnosed patients (0.04–16.8 percent); and the 1980s onwards, when it was based on the
screening of neonatal hips using sonographic techniques (4.4 percent for blacks and 7.15
percent as the lowest incidence for whites). See Tables 1-1 and 1-2.
Year of
Author publication Incidence/1,000 Comments
Wessel 1918 50
Putti 1933 130
Slavik 1949 200
Dega 1953 60
Laurent 1953 0.6
Severin 1953 0.9
Getz 1955 1.2 Norway
40 Laplanders
Record 1958 0.65
Edelstein 1966 0 Blacks
Medalie 1966 9.8
Lehmann 1970 0.7 British Columbia
1.2 Vancouver
Ishida 1977 11–35
Heikkila 1984 6.8
Szulc 1990 68
Kutlu 1992 5–13.4
Norcuende 1994 1–1.5
Patterson 1995 1.75
Incidence
Author Year of Publication Neonatal Late Diagnosed
Coleman 1956 9.14
Andren 1958 0.97
Dega 1959 44.5 (32.45)**
Stanisavljevic 1961 10
Barlow 1962 1.55*
Von Rosen 1962 1.7
Barlow 1962 14.9
Finlay 1967 0.41
Von Rosen 1968 4.7 +0.07
Hiertonn and
James 1968 20
Hiertonn 1968 20.7
Weissman 1969 2.71
Wilkinson 1972 5.9 (1.7)*
Mitchell 1972 6.65 +0.12
Williamson 1972 79 in 34.840(+/-0.2%) 18 in 34.840
Mackenzie 1972 21.8
Czeizel 1974 28.7
Bjerkreim 1974 6.69 +2.01
Klisik 1975 7.51
Fredensborg 1976 9.32 +0.07
Jones 1977 2.6 +0.23
Noble 1978 1.04
Lehmann 1981 5 +0.8
6+0.3
Tredwell 1981 9.8
Hoaglund et al. 1981 0.1
Seringe 1981 17
Mackenzie 1981 53.7 (28,4)*
Bertol 1982 6.02 +0.6
Mauning 1982 20
Fulton-Fraser 1982 14.6
Hansson 1983 0.07
Cunningham 1984 5.58 +5.23
Palmen 1984 12 +0.6
Dunn 1985 19
Bialik 1986 5 +2
Guarniero 1987 5.01
Bernard 1987 9 +0.9
Tönnis 1987 1 to 83.9 +0.07–17.2
Bernard 1987 9.9
The hip is a diarthrodial joint. This means that there exists a spherical femoral head
that articulates with a reciprocally shaped acetabulum. The joint cavity is lined with syno-
vial membrane and reinforced by ligaments and surrounding musculature. Therefore, a
considerable range of motion and stability is possible. The acetabulum is a cup-shaped
cavity formed in its upper part by the ilium, infero-laterally by the ischium, and medially
by the pubis. At the center of the lateral aspect of the innominate bone, these three bones
merge to form the triradiate (Y) cartilage.
A Haversian fat pad fills the central nonarticular acetabular fossa. The hyaline carti-
lage articular surface has a lunate shape and laterally has a labrum (limbus) that deepens
the acetabular cavity. In the adult, the average width of the acetabular labrum is 5.3 mm.
The labrum is wider anteriorly and superiorly than posteriorly. The surface area of the
acetabulum without the labrum is 28.8 cm2 and with the labrum is 36.8 cm2. The labrum
adds 28 percent of potential surface area for femoral head articulation.513 There is a
nonarticular notch at the acetabular floor, and the transverse acetabular ligament spans
C D
Figure 1-25 Photograph of sagittal sections through the upper end of the femur (from the Crawford
Campbell, MD, collection). A. Birth. B. Two years. C. Adolescent. D. Mature patient.
The synovium extends from the subcapital sulcus to the femoral neck base, at this level
reflecting upward to the inner capsule surface, continuing over the acetabular labrum,
and finally fixing itself to the acetabular rim.84 In the acetabulum, the synovium surrounds
the ligamentus teres, passes above the transverse acetabular ligament, and fixes itself to the
Haversian fat pad, which covers the many intra-articular ring blood vessels on the lateral
and medial subcapital sulcus with fat. Another, but not constant, blood supply to the
medial femoral neck and head comes from the peripheral capsule attachment at the femo-
ral neck base: it is a capsular reflection covered with synovium, known as the retinacula of
Weitbrecht.634
Table 1-3. Chronology of Growth Plate Fusion in the Proximal Femur and
Acetabulum
The junction between the physis and metaphysis is relatively smooth up to 1 year of
age. From 14 months to 5 years, the mamillaries of the physis processes produce a progres-
sively corrugated interface with an interlocking bone and cartilage that will provide physeal
resistance during weightbearing in adolescence.83 Ranvier described a tissue encircling the
growth plate in human and animal embryos, the zone of Ranvier. This tissue is a fibrous
band, which may be a progenitor cell pool for circumferential expansion of the growth
plate and also contributes as a mechanical reinforcement to the growth plate.83 A peri-
A B
C D
years of age were dissected and anatomic measurements were taken. They reported that
“the acetabulum at birth is more shallow than at any time during its development.” Gardner
and Gray180,181 have shown that the acetabulum continues to deepen by the growth of the
limbus over the femoral head. However, this is a controversial factor implicated in human
hip morphogenesis. Tan569 evaluated the acetabular labrum in the adult hip and deter-
mined that the average width of the acetabular labrum is 5.3 mm (SD 2.6 mm). The
labrum is wider anteriorly and superiorly than posteriorly. The surface area of the acetabu-
lum without the labrum is 28.8 cm2 and with the labrum is 36.8 cm.2,569
The hip is a ball-and-socket joint capable of triaxial motion. The normal range of
motion differs with age. Neonates have a hip flexion contracture ranging from 50–80°260
have more external rotation than internal rotation.164 Even though a neonate has up to
40°, the limited motion of the hip prevents its detection by clinical examination. The
normal motion of the hip at different age is expressed in Table 1-4.207
Flexion 128 (4.8) 150 (12.5) 146 (11.3) 138 (14.5) 120
Modified from Green WB, Heckman JD, eds: The Clinical Measurement of Joint Motion,
p 102, Table 11-1, Chicago, American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994.
RADIOGRAPHIC MEASUREMENTS255
zontal line allows determination of the distance h, which is a measure of the height of the
upper end of the femur to the Hilgenreiner line. Usually the normal value of h is 1 cm, but
in dislocated hips this value decreases. Distance d is a measurement made perpendicular
from the h line to the triradiate cartilage. Distance d is 1.0–1.5 cm, but in cases of disloca-
tion this value increases. Hilgenreiner also described the acetabular angle (alpha).
The Ombredanne-Perkins line435,453 is a perpendicular line drawn through the outer
edge of the acetabular rim at right angles to the Hilgenreiner line on an antero-posterior
radiograph of the pelvis. The crossing of these two lines establishes four quadrants. In a
normal hip, the ossification of the infero-medial metaphysis of the femur is in the inner
lower quadrant. In a dislocated hip, the infero-medial metaphysis of the femur is usually in
another quadrant.
The acetabular angle (index)57,91,255,314,340,341 is formed by the intersection of Hilgenreiner
line and a line drawn from the supero-lateral margin of acetabular ossification to the
lower outer tip of the iliac component of the acetabulum along the Hilgenreiner line. The
acetabular angle is a measure of the obliquity of the acetabular roof and is used as an index
of acetabular growth. The normal acetabular angle decreases from infancy until the age of
8 years, when the adult value is reached. Harris234,236 reported the upper limit of normal
values as follows: under 1 year of age, less than 30°; 1 to 3 years of age, less than 25°; four
years to adulthood, less than 21°. He proposed an angle of 21° or less as a normal acetabu-
lum, 22–24° as mild dysplasia, and 27° or over as severe dysplasia.
Skaggs et al.524 studied the variability in measurement of the acetabular index. They
reported greater variability in dysplastic than in normal hips, and also greater variability
before either closed or open reduction than after reduction. They also observed more
significant variability after open reduction than after closed reduction. They concluded
that the acetabular angle is more accurate after a closed reduction of a dysplastic hip.
Spatz et al.538 reported an accuracy of +/- 4° in the measurement of acetabular angle in
children aged 6 months to 2 years when performed by experienced pediatric orthopedists.
Kay et al.303 suggested the same observer should read the radiographs, using the same
goniometer and marking pen and with previous radiographs for comparison, to minimize
variability in the assessment. The center-edge angle of Wiberg (CE angle)651,652 is measured
on an antero-posterior radiograph of the pelvis while the hips are in a neutral position.
The CE angle constitutes an evaluation of the relationship between the center of the femo-
A
B
Figure 1-31 A. Shenton line drawn on a radiograph of a normal hip. The Shenton or Menard line is a
gentle and continuous curve from the obturator foramen to the medial aspect of the femoral neck. (The
line or arch of Calve is drawn from the lateral margin of the ilium to the lateral border of the femoral neck.)
A break of the Calve line and the Shenton-Menard line suggests subluxation/dislocation of the hip joint.
B. Radiograph of a dysplastic hip showing a break of the Shenton line.
The femoral anteversion angle is the angle formed by a line between the center of the
femoral neck and femoral head to the coronal plane of the posterior aspect of the femoral
condyles. Femoral anteversion and femoral torsion are frequently used interchangeably.
Femoral anteversion cannot be measured in fetuses younger than 11 weeks because the hip
joint and femur are not yet completely formed.84 The value of femoral anteversion at birth
ranges from +15 to +53°, with a mean of +30° (to a range of +18 to +35°, with a mean of
+27.5°), and gradually decreases until adult life, when it ranges from +18 to +41°, with a
mean of +14°. Several authors135,365,366,368,371,489 have described radiographic methods for
measuring femoral anteversion that demand accurate patient positioning and
roentgenograms in two planes: an antero-posterior view to measure the neck-shaft angle
and a lateral view to measure the torsion angle. However, this may result in errors of +/-
10°. Currently, computerized axial tomography (CAT scan) is frequently used to measure
femoral anteversion.160,271 CT slices are obtained at the hip joint level and through the
patellae and femoral condyles with the knees in a neutral position.454 In patients who are
very obese, have severe coxa valga, or have severe osteoporosis, a satisfactory CAT scan
may not be obtained.
Craig101 described a clinical method to estimate femoral anteversion. The patient is
placed in a prone position with the knees flexed at 90° and held together. The investigator’s
thumb is placed on the posterior aspect of the greater trochanter and the other fingers are
placed on the anterior aspect. The tibia is grasped with the investigator’s other hand and
the hip is rotated internally until the trochanter is parallel to the examination table top
(first position). Then the hip is rotated externally until the tibia and foot point upward
directly to the ceiling (second position). The anteversion angle is the angle formed by the
tibia between the first and second positions.
D
C
Acetabular Depth97,284
On an antero-posterior pelvic radiograph, a line a is drawn from the lateral edge of the
acetabulum to the inferior tip of the teardrop. A line b is drawn perpendicular to line a to
a point vertical to the most lateral aspect of the teardrop. The distance of line b represents
the depth of the acetabulum. The acetabular depth is calculated by the formula b/a ´ 100.
A depth of less than 25 percent is pathologic.
U figure or teardrop of Koehler4 is a normal radiographic appearance consisting of
three lines: a medial line that corresponds to the wall of the lesser pelvis, a lateral wall that
corresponds to the medial acetabulum, and an inferior arc that corresponds to the acetabu-
lar notch. Progressive abnormal widening of the teardrop is associated with subluxation
of the femoral head.
Figure 1-37 Radiograph of a line drawing of Figure 1-38 Radiograph with a line drawing
the acetabular depth. of the teardrop of Koehler.
Figure 1-39 Antero-posterior radiograph of the pelvis with a line drawing of the instability index of
Smith. This index is determined using three lines. The Hilgenreiner line passes through the triradiate
cartilages. The Perkins line passes through the outermost border of the acetabular roof and is perpendicu-
lar to the Hilgenreiner line. The center line passes through the center of the pelvis and is perpendicular to
the Hilgenreiner line. Measurements include distance from the center line to the most medial portion of
the femoral neck (c); distance from the most superior part of the femoral neck to the Hilgenreiner line
(h); and distance from the center line to the Perkins line (b). Values of h below the Hilgenreiner line are
regarded as positive, and values above the line are negative. Lateral position = c/b, superior position = h/b
(from Smith WS, Badgley CE, Orwig JB, Harper JM: Correlation of postreduction roentgenograms and
thirty-one-year follow-up in congenital dislocation of the hip, J Bone Joint Surg Am 50(6):1081–98, p
1082, Fig 1, 1968).
The hip joint vasculature is complex and rich, but during postnatal development the
blood supply to the femoral head alters with maturation. For this reason, numerous ana-
tomical studies of the vascular supply to bone, cartilage, and soft tissue of this joint have
been carried out. 82,429,599,601,606,639,658
At birth, the descending branch of the superior gluteal artery, the ascending branches
of the lateral and medial circumflex vessels, and the inferior gluteal artery form a ring of
arteries that surround the hip joint.107 Trueta601,602 observed five main phases of the vascu-
lature of the human femoral head. The first phase begins at birth. Vessels come laterally to
the head and other vessels emerge from the shaft. Vessels from ligamentum teres are not
constant. The second phase, the infantile phase, occurs from 4 months to 4 years of age.
Blood flows from the metaphyseal and lateral epiphyseal vessels and there is minimal
blood supply from the ligamentum teres. The third phase, the intermediate phase, occurs
from 4 to 7 years: the epiphyseal plate has constituted a barrier between epiphysis and
metaphysis and from the lateral epiphyseal vessels that only supply blood to the epiphysis.
The fourth phase occurs at preadolescence, 9 or 10 years of age. Arteries from the ligamen-
tum teres supply the epiphysis and become anastomosed to other vessel branches of the
lateral epiphyseal arteries. In the fifth phase, the adolescent phase, the barrier of the epi-
physeal plate is bridged by vascular anastomosis. Finally, the epiphyseal and ligamentum
teres vessels are joined with the metaphyseal vessels.612
The lateral femoral circumflex artery stems from the profunda femoris near its origin or,
less frequently, from the femoral artery. This artery crosses the iliopsoas tendon and goes
between the two heads of the rectus femoris origin, extending to the anterior proximal
femur. Its distribution is primarily to the trochanteric region.
The medial femoral circumflex artery (circumflexa femoris medialis; internal circum-
flex artery) stems from the profunda femoris artery, or less commonly from the femoral
artery. The medial femoral circumflex artery winds around the medio-posterior aspect of
the femur, passing between the pectineus (medially) and psoas major (laterally) muscles,
and then courses laterally upon the inferior border of the obturator externus muscle (be-
tween the obturator externus and the adductor brevis muscles). It then gives off five
branches: the ascending branch (to adductors, gracilis, obturator externus), superficial
branch, acetabular branch, descending branch, and deep branch.183 The deep branch runs
obliquely cranialward upon (posterior to) the tendon of the obturator externus and in
front of the quadratus femoris muscle (space between the quadratus femoris) and anterior
to the inferior gemellus, obturator, and superior gemellus muscles toward the intertro-
chanteric fossa. It then perforates the capsule of the hip just cranial to the insertion of the
tendon of the superior gemellus and distal to the tendon of the piriformis muscle. The
artery divides into two to six terminal branches (medial ascending cervical branches, also
called superior posterior-lateral retinacular branches) that course beneath the reflected
portion of the capsule onto the intrasynovial postero-superior aspect of the femoral neck.
The ascending retinacular branches provide the blood supply to the osteo-chondral junc-
ture of the femoral head (chondroepiphysis and medial portion of the growth plate). At
maturity these vessels supply the major blood to the femoral head.
From the acetabular notch and the transverse acetabular ligament originates the round
ligament (ligamentum teres), which attaches to the medial femoral head surface, called
the fovea. The ligamentum teres arteries originated from the obturator artery branches in
54.4 percent of the 134 specimens studied by Weathersby.639 In 23.9 percent there was an
anastomotic connection between the obturator and medial femoral circumflex arteries
near the adductor brevis muscle. In 14.9 percent the only branch to the fovea was fur-
nished by the medial femoral circumflex artery. In the last 6.7 percent an acetabular branch
from both the medial femoral circumflex and obturator arteries formed a direct foveolar
artery to the femoral head. The blood supply is precarious, going to a small portion of the
nearby head to which the arteries are attached, and are practically nonfunctional and
supply little blood until the age of 8 years.601 The first perforant artery supplies the poste-
rior aspects of the greater and lesser trochanters, and the nutrient artery supplies the
femur fatty marrow cavity.107,658
The blood supply to the acetabular fossa is from the posterior division of the obtura-
tor vessels. The acetabular branches (an artery and a vein) pass through the acetabular
foramen, entering in the acetabular fossa, where they ramify in the fatty areolar tissue, and
the branches radiate to the margin of the fossa and enter a nutrient foramina. The acetabular
branches from the obturator and gluteal arteries frequently join at the obturator vessel
ring and supply the inferior posterior portion of the acetabular rim and adjacent
ligamentous capsule. The superior gluteal artery supplies the superior and posterior por-
tions of the acetabulum, upper parietal ligamentous capsule, and a small portion of the
greater trochanter.7,82,84,639,658 The nutrition to the articular cartilage and outer area of the
labrum is via the synovial fluid.512
The veins are parallel to arteries in the proximal femur. Venous blood flows from the
capital femoral secondary ossification center by cervical inferior (medial) and superior
(lateral) veins to the venous circumflex ring. At the superior (lateral) side, venous blood
flows to superior and inferior gluteal veins, then to the obturator vein. From the inferior
(medial) side, it goes to the femoral vein. Both obturator and femoral veins flow to the
external iliac vein.7,84
The nerves that supply the hip joint are the same as those to the pelvic girdle and
lower limb muscles: the femoral nerve, the sciatic nerve, and a branch from the obturator
nerve.599
A B
Figure 1-41 Schematic drawings showing changes in the arterial vascular pattern of the femoral
head during growth. A. Vascularization at birth. B. Vascularization between 4 months and 4 years. C.
Vascularization between 4 years and 7 years. D. Vascularization from the seventh year until the end
of puberty (modified from Visser JD: Functional treatment of congenital dislocation of the hip, Acta
Orthopaedica Scand 55 (Suppl 206): 1–109, p 59, 1984). E. Schematic drawing of the anterior and
posterior views of the vascular supply of the hip (from Tönnis D, Legal H, Graf R: Congenital
Dysplasia and Dislocation of the Hip in Children and Adults, p 10, Fig 1.12, Berlin, Springer-Verlag,
1987). F. Photograph of the branches of the medial femoral circumflex artery (from Gauthier E,
Ganz K, Krugel N, Gill TJ, Ganz R: Anatomy of the medial femoral circumflex artery and its surgical
implications, J Bone Joint Surg 82-B: 679–83, p 681, 2000).
B
A
NATURAL HISTOR
NATURAL Y OF DYSPLASIA WITHOUT SUBLUXA
HISTORY TION
SUBLUXATION
“Dysplasia” alludes to inadequate development of the hip joint, including the acetabu-
lum, femoral head, or both.92 Dysplasia without subluxation in childhood is usually asymp-
tomatic, the physical examination is normal, and its diagnosis is often fortuitous. On
radiographs showing dysplasia, Shenton’s line is intact, the acetabular angle is increased,
and the CE angle is reduced. The real incidence remains unknown, and without subluxa-
tion the natural history of dysplasia is not predictable. However, there is an explicit rela-
tionship between dysplasia and roentgenograph findings of degenerative joint disease in
adults, particularly in females.645,646 Observation of the opposite hip, the “health side,” is
mandatory. Portinaro et al.463,464 described a notch at the superolateral part of the acetabu-
lum where the iliac wing joins the acetabular roof in dysplastic and/or unstable hips. The
notch can be observed by sonography and also in radiographs. Persistence of the notch is
believed to represent damage to the lateral acetabular ring epiphysis and delayed matura-
tion of the lateral acetabulum. They believed the notch to be a consequence of eccentric
pressure on the acetabular rim. Stulberg and Harris552,553 reported that 50 percent of their
patients having dysplasia associated with degenerative joint disease suffered dysplasia in
the opposite hip joint and would undergo their first reconstructive procedure before the
age of 60 years.
Usually, degenerative joint disease does not occur prior to the end of the fourth decade
in dysplastic hips without subluxation. Cooperman et al.,97 in a roetgenograph study of
degenerative joint disease in ten dysplastic cases, reported that none of these patients had
degenerative changes prior to the age of 39 years. They showed joint disease at an average
age of 57 years. Severin514–516 reported that later results of the treatment of DDH seemed to
be worse than had been expected. He concluded that if the acetabular roof has not devel-
oped, the femoral head tends to sublux or dislocate. The most important factors in achiev-
ing a normal hip are good development of the bony roof of the acetabulum and the
cartilaginous limbus.
B
Figure 2-1 Dysplastic hip. A. Schematic drawing of
a normal hip and a dysplastic hip that is well reduced
(from Kumar SJ, MacEwen GD: Shelf operation, in
Congenital Dislocation of the Hip, edited by Tachdjian
MO, 695–704, p 700, Fig 37.8, New York, Churchill
Livingstone, 1982). B. Radiograph of a notch at the
supero-lateral part of the acetabulum where the iliac
wing joins the acetabular roof in dysplastic and/or
unstable hips (from refs. 463, 464). C. Antero-
posterior radiograph of a hip showing the femoral head
with AVN that is centered in the acetabulum, and an
increased upward tilt of the lateral margin of a very
dysplastic acetabulum.
C
NATURAL HISTOR
NATURAL Y OF SUBLUXA
HISTORY TION
SUBLUXATION
Subluxation is defined as a dysplastic joint with abnormal contact between the acetabu-
lum and the femoral heads. The femoral head usually is displacing superiorly and laterally
from the acetabulum. Wiberg,652 in his studies of congenital subluxation, observed that
joints reaching the age of 50–60 years show osteoarthritic changes. There is an association
between the degree of subluxation and the age of onset of symptoms. In cases with severe
involvement of the hip joint, the symptoms begin after skeletal maturity. Symptoms of
moderate hip involvement in women frequently begin during the first or second preg-
nancy. The mean age of onset of symptoms is 35 years for women and 55 years for men. For
coxarthrosis detected by radiographs, the mean age is 45 years for women and 70 years for
men.651
Acetabular sclerosis alone is not a sign of arthrosis. The early radiographic signs are a
narrow joint cartilage space, double acetabular floor, cyst formation, and infero-medial
femoral head osteophyte formation.15,642,657 Cooperman et al.97 reported the outcome of a
group of patients with a CE angles averaging 2°. All of these patients had arthrosis by the
age of 42 years. Patients who presented with early symptoms rarely showed the classic
radiographic signs of degenerative changes. They usually presented with an increase in
sclerosis secondary to augmenting osteoblastic stimulation and with a decrease in width of
the weightbearing cartilage surface.
A B
Figure 2-2 Subluxated hip. A. Radiograph of a young adult with mild subluxation of the hip. Notice the
wide medial joint space. B. Radiograph taken 8 years afterwards showing progressive subluxation and a breach
of Shenton’s line. The patient is now having mild hip pain.
A B
Figure 2-3 Dislocated hip. A. Antero-posterior radiograph of the pelvis showing dislocation of the left
hip, delay of the ossific nucleus of the femoral head, and displacement of the femur is displaced laterally
and upwards. B. Radiograph of a child with bilateral dislocation of the hips. A false acetabulum has formed
in the area of contact of the femoral head and the iliac wing.
Wedge and Wasylenko640,641 demonstrated the rapidity with which the hip joint is de-
stroyed, emphasizing the necessity of early procedures to redistribute the forces around
the hip and to correct the subluxation “before or very shortly” after the radiographic
appearance of changes.
NATURAL HISTOR
NATURAL Y OF COMPLETE DISLOCA
HISTORY TION
DISLOCATION
The natural history of complete dislocation of the hip typically demonstrates a rela-
tionship between two factors: the presence or absence of a well-developed false acetabulum
and bilaterality.249,445,467,584,612,613,640,641 When hip dislocation becomes established, abnormali-
ties develop that involve both the femoral head and the acetabulum. The femoral head, in
losing the congruous association with the acetabulum, responds by altering its spherical
shape to become flattened medially. Typically a secondary recess, called a false acetabulum,
forms on the ilium at the level of contact of the dislocated femoral head and iliac wing.
In a very few cases, the hip dislocates superolaterally into the gluteal muscles and a
false acetabulum fails to form. The primary acetabulum fails to keep its original hemi-
spherical contour and developmental changes take place in the acetabular bones and soft
tissues. The capsule along the dislocated femoral head at the ectopic site becomes elon-
gated and an inferior constriction develops that is further compressed by the overlaying
psoas tendon. This capsular constriction, described as an hourglass deformity, is an addi-
tional impediment to hip reduction. The bone of the infero-medial aspect of the acetabu-
lum becomes hypertrophied, reducing the volume of the acetabulum and appearing on
radiographs as a widened teardrop. The muscles and ligaments adapt by contraction to
the dislocated location of the femoral head, improving the stability of the dislocated state
but impeding reduction.
Diagnosis of DDH
EARLY DIAGNOSIS (BIRTH TO 3 MONTHS OF AGE)
EARLY
and the examiner’s thumb applies pressure to the lesser trochanter. If the hip is subluxable/
dislocatable, the femoral head slips posteriorly over the rim of the acetabulum. In the
second stage, the examiner releases pressure at the lesser trochanter on the inner aspect of
the thigh. The hip joint is unstable when the femoral head slips out over the posterior rim
of the acetabulum and returns after the pressure is reduced (positive Barlow).
In infants, the degree of instability may be classified into three types: dislocated hip,
evidenced by a positive Ortolani test; dislocatable hip, shown by a positive Barlow test in
which the femoral dislocates posteriorly from the acetabulum; and subluxable hip, in which
the examiner can feel the femoral head protruding posteriorly but not dislocating from
the acetabulum during the Barlow maneuver.
C D
A B
Figure 3-2 Barlow maneuver. A. Schematic drawing. The infant is laid on the back with the hips and
knees flexed. The examiner’s thumb is placed in the medial aspect of the thighs and the index and middle
finger over each greater trochanter. The thigh is guided into mild abduction and forward pressure is
applied. The dislocatable femoral head slips posteriorly out of the acetabulum. With forward and inward
pressure on the outer aspect of the thighs, the dislocatable head slips back into the acetabulum (modified
from Visser JD: Functional treatment of congenital dislocation of the hip, Acta Orthopaedica Scand 55
(Suppl 206): 1–109, p 19, Figs 8, 9, 1984). B. Sonography (transverse view, Harcke technique) of a Barlow
positive hip, showing the femoral head subluxated posteriorly. The femoral head reduces into the acetabu-
lum with abduction.
Clinical Findings
Newborns and infants less than three months of age with DDH may have asymmetry
of the thigh or inguinal folds and popliteal creases from pelvic obliquity, a shortened limb,
and an adduction contracture of the dysplastic hip.
A
B
Commonly, normal inguinal folds are slightly symmetric and stop before the anal
aperture. When a posterior and superior dislocation of the femoral head occurs, the in-
guinal folds are asymmetric, with the skin fold of the affected side extending posteriorly
and laterally beyond the anal aperture. When dislocation is bilateral, these folds may be
symmetric but end after the level of the anal aperture. A mild flexion contracture of the hip
is a normal finding in the clinical examination of a newborn infant, and excessive looseness
of the normal flexion of hip and knee is a probable sign of hip dislocation. The Klisic line is
a projected line between the tip of the greater trochanter and the anterior superior iliac
spine, prolonged supero-medially towards the umbilicus. In the normal hip joint, this
projected line bisects the umbilicus, but when the hip is dislocated, this line passes below
the umbilicus.
Adduction contracture of a dislocated hip is usually not present in the newborn in-
fant; however, it develops usually within the first 2 to 3 months of age.
Radiographic Findings
The newborn hip joint is cartilaginous and the femoral head is not visible
radiographically. For this reason, sonography is preferred rather than radiography. On
radiographs, lines can be drawn on the bony surfaces to localize the femoral head in rela-
tion to the acetabulum; however, they only indirectly determined the position of the femo-
ral head. On an antero-posterior radiographic view with the pelvis positioned with the
antero-superior iliac spine flattened and the lower limbs in extension, the Hilgenheiner
(“Y”) and Perkins lines can be drawn and the acetabular index can be
measured.256,453Measurements according to the ratio of the distances between the highest
point on the femoral neck and the triradiate cartilage and between the intersection and the
“Y” line can be drawn to study the relationship between femoral head and the acetabulum.
The Perkins line can be used to classify the relationship of the proximal femur to the acetabu-
lum. The normal acetabular-femoral relationship is shown when this line crosses the proxi-
mal femoral metaphysis. When the proximal metaphysis of the femur remains lateral to
the Perkins line, the hip is considered dysplastic, subluxed, or dislocated.91
The Andren Von Rosen view is an antero-posterior radiograph taken with the infant’s
lower extremities positioned at 25° of internal rotation and 45° of abduction.617–622 In a
fixed-dislocated hip joint, the femoral shaft points towards the ilium. If the hip is reduced,
the shaft points towards the triradiate cartilage. This method is most helpful when the hip
joint is dislocated and irreducible. The abduction and internal rotational position of the
lower limbs can reduce a dislocation in some infants and give a false negative result.367
Bertol et al.34 measured the distance between the proximal femur and a line drawn
perpendicular to the lateral aspect of the ischium in 271 radiographs of patients with
DDH. They concluded that a distance between the proximal femur and a line drawn per-
pendicular to the ischium over 5 mm is suspicious and over than 6 mm is indicative of hip
dislocation.
Suzuki et al.560 report a study using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to locate the
femoral head in 21 hips of infants from 2 to 5 months of age with typical DDH. They
classify their cases into three types according to the position and contact of the femoral
head in relationship to the acetabulum.
A B
Figure 3-6 MRI demonstrating the Suzuki method. A. In type A, the femoral head is displaced
posteriorly but is within the socket. B. In type B, the femoral head is in contact with the posterior margin
of the acetabulum but there is no contact between it and the inner wall of the acetabulum. C. The
femoral head is completely dislocated (from Suzuki S, Kashiwagi N, Seto Y, Mukai S: Location of the
femoral head in developmental dysplasia of the hip: three-dimensional evaluation by means of magnetic
resonance image, J Pediatr Orthop 19(1): 88–91, pp 89, 90, 1999).
Sonographic Findings
Sonography has become the most common and useful method employed in the analy-
sis of the hip joint, especially in infants below 6 months of age. Sonography is a sensitive
indicator of position, acetabular development, and instability, and is more accurate than
radiographs.43,85,86,202–204,223,224,226,228–230,367,558,575 This technique is used as a screening tool at the
first examination of the newborn’s hips, in the screening of infants with risk factors of
DDH, or to monitor treatment in known cases of DDH.21,85,86,111,145,150,210,250,291,372,397,410,441,446,
466,488,559,563,572,574,577,594
Sonography is also used to prevent overtreatment of neonatal hip dys-
plasia in infants with resolving dysplasia.39 To evaluate sonographic findings properly, the
examination requires the use of appropriate equipment, a good basic knowledge of
sonography, and persistent training on the part of physician.168,228 Sonography has evident
advantages over other imaging techniques in that the examiner can see the cartilaginous
components of the hip joint without exposing the patient to ionizing radiation. In 2003,
Rudigern von Kries et al. reported the results of a national ultrasound screening program
in Germany.623 The screening program included an examination within the first 6 weeks of
life and accessed the effect on the rate of first operative procedures. Ninety percent of all
children were screened over a 5-year period, and the rate of operative procedures dropped
to a rate of 0.26 per 1,000 live births. Prior to ultrasound screening the rate had been about
1 per 1,000 live births. Although the screening program significantly lowered the opera-
tive rate, not all dysplastic hips could be identified.623
There are different forms of hip evaluation based on two basic philosophies. Graf202–204
developed a static morphological approach to evaluate the proximal femur and the sur-
face contour of the pelvis. Harcke et al.223,224,226,228-230 described real-time sonography, which
permits dynamic evaluation and observation of the hip motion based on the Barlow
maneuver and Ortolani test. Graf ’s method measures cartilage dysplasia, and Harcke’s
measures hip stability.
Song and Lapinsky considered ultrasound examination to be superior to antero-pos-
terior radiography for measuring hip position in treatment.535
A B
Figure 3-7 The Graf method for sonographic measurements. A. Schematic drawing demonstrating that
sonography penetrates soft tissue but not bone. B. Position of the infant to perform sonography of the hip by
the Graf method. C. Schematic drawing and a sonographic image showing the alpha and beta angles of Graf.
D. Schematic drawing depicting the Graf types of hip dysplasia (from Graf R: Fundamentals of sonographic
diagnosis of infant hip dysplasia, J Pediatr Orthop 4(6):735–40, 1984).
Graf ’s classification consists of four hip types: types I, II, III, and IV. Type I is consid-
ered the normal hip joint. The angle alpha is greater than 60° and angle beta is less than
55°. In type II hips, the ultrasound image shows the relationship between the osseous roof
and the cartilaginous convexity, in which there is more cartilage than ossification of the
acetabular roof. This signifies delay in ossification. The angle alpha ranges from 43–60°
and the angle beta from 55–77°. In type IIIa hips, the femoral head pushes the cartilaginous
edge outward and upward when subluxation occurs. This is described as lateralization in
radiologic diagnostics and is considered by Graf as “grade I subluxation without histologi-
cal transformation of the acetabular convexity.” In type IIIb hips, the subluxation progresses
and the femoral head increases pressure on the cartilaginous area of the acetabulum, pro-
moting changes in its histological structure. The image shows the acetabular roof pressed
upward and bent. Graf described this situation as a “grade II subluxation with histological
transformation of the acetabular roof.” For types IIIa and IIIb, the angle alpha decreases
below 43° and the angle beta increases more than 77°, indicating a dysplastic osseous
convexity. In type IV, the hip joint loses its congruency and the ultrasound images show the
femoral head lying in the soft tissue, with an empty acetabulum.
TABLE 3-1. Angle of α and β in the Four Hip Snographic Classification of Graf
Types α β
The first step is to obtain a coronal neutral sonographic view. The patient is placed in
a supine or lateral decubitus position. The hip is in a physiologically neutral position
(slight flexion) and the transducer is positioned coronally (longitudinally), lateral to the
pelvis. In this view, superiorly, the examiner sees a straight iliac line, the gluteal muscles
and the labrum; medially, the ilium, triradiate cartilage, and ischium; and laterally, the
capsule and femoral metaphysis. In a normal finding, the acetabulum is well formed and
the femoral head is well covered by the labrum. The alpha and beta angles of Graf may be
measured. If abnormal, the following three conditions can been seen: (1) in bony acetabu-
lar dysplasia (Graf type II), the femoral head is placed inside the acetabulum, which has a
margin around it, and the labrum is wide; (2) in subluxation with acetabular dysplasia
(Graf type III), the femoral head is displaced, the acetabulum is shallow, and the labrum is
thick and cranially displaced; and (3) In dislocation with severe dysplasia (Graf type IV),
the femoral head is dislocated superiorly and laterally, the acetabulum shows serious bone
deficiency, and the labrum is deformed and interposed between head and acetabulum.
The second step is to obtain a coronal flexion sonographic view in two planes: mid-
acetabular and posterior lip. With the patient in a supine position, the transducer is ori-
ented longitudinally and laterally to the pelvis and the hip is positioned at 90° of flexion.
(1) In the mid-acetabular plane, superiorly, the image shows the iliac wing, the gluteal
muscles, and the labrum; medially, the medial aspect of the acetabulum and the triradiate
cartilage; and laterally, the gluteal muscles. In this view, the examiner does not see the
femoral metaphysis echo, but may make a dynamic evaluation by positioning the thigh in
adduction and abduction. Some orthopaedists believe the coronal flexion view of a nor-
mal hip to resemble a “ball on a spoon,” with the femoral head being the ball, the acetabu-
lum being the bowl of the spoon, and the iliac wing being the handle of the spoon. Nor-
A B
Figure 3-8 Coronal sonographic view of Harcke: The ultrasound is coronal and the hip is almost
extended (coronal neutral view) or the hip is flexed (coronal flexion view). A. Drawing demonstrating
the level for the coronal flexion sonographic view. B. Sonography of a normal hip with the femoral head
outlined (drawing from Dr. T. Harcke).
mally, the femoral head is settled inside the acetabulum, which is deep and forms a sharp
angle with the iliac wing. The labrum covers the femoral head and does not show changes
with adduction or abduction positioning. When the exam is abnormal, laxity is diagnosed
in a stress maneuver when the femoral head slips over the posterior lip of the acetabulum;
at rest, the femoral head is placed normally. Subluxation shows the femoral head displaced
laterally but maintaining contact with the acetabulum. At rest, part of the head may
appear over the posterior rim of the acetabulum, but with stress, the head appears more
posteriorly. When the head dislocates or is dislocatable, it is lateral, superior, or posterior
in relation to the acetabulum, which is dysplastic. The labrum is deformed and may be
interposed between the head and acetabulum. The dislocation can be partially or com-
pletely reducible or irreducible. (2) At the posterior acetabular lip, the ultrasound image
shows superiorly the iliac bone, medially the triradiate cartilage, and inferiorly the is-
chium. The femoral head never appears in the normal hip, either at rest or during a stress
maneuver. When posteriorly displaced, the entire head appears over the posterior rim of
the acetabulum. Anterior and posterior pistoning of the femur will show the femoral head
moving in and out of the posterior lip plane when there is instability.
The third step is to obtain a transverse flexion sonographic view. The patient is in a
posterior oblique position with the hip to be examined antero-oblique. The hip is flexed at
90° and the transducer is placed transversely (axially) in relation to the acetabulum. This
Figure 3-9 Coronal flexion sonographic view of Harcke (the ultrasound is coronal and the hip is
flexed). A. Drawing demonstrating the level of the coronal flexion sonographic view. B. Sonography of a
normal hip.
transverse flexion view permits the examiner to take two images of the hip, one at rest and
the other in adduction and stress. Normally, the femoral head and metaphysis are shown
anteriorly and the ischium is shown posteriorly. This is visualized as a “u”-shaped image.
The stress view is visualized as a “v” shaped image, similar to a Barlow maneuver including
adduction with pistoning. Harcke described three different characteristics of the abnor-
mal hip as laxity, subluxation, or dislocation. With laxity, the hip joint appears normal at
rest, but under stress or adduction the femoral head displaces laterally. Soft tissue is seen
between the femoral head and acetabulum. With subluxation, the femoral head is dis-
placed at rest but maintains contact with part of the acetabulum. Under stress, as in the
Barlow maneuver, the hip is not dislocatable but is partially reducible with abduction.
With dislocation, the posterior acetabular rim is observed. The ischium is often difficult to
visualize. The femoral head is laterally displaced (dislocated) and does not touch the
acetabulum. The ligamentum teres and labrum or pulvinar (fibrofatty tissue) occupy the
acetabulum, disabling the reduction of the femoral head with the Ortolani test.
The fourth step is to obtain a transverse neutral sonographic view. The patient is
placed in a supine position with the leg in physiological extension (15–20° of flexion). The
transducer is positioned transversely (axially), lateral to the pelvis. The normal findings
are the femoral head with or without ossific nucleus, pubis, ischium, and surrounding soft
tissue. A single hip image is taken in cases where there is no ossific nucleus, but two images
are taken if ossification is present, the first showing the ossific nucleus and the other the
triradiate cartilage. Harcke described three types of abnormal hips as subluxation, lateral
dislocation, and superior/posterior dislocation. With subluxation, the femoral head is
posteriorly and/or laterally displaced and soft tissue appears between the pubis, ischium,
and femoral head. The femoral head contacts part of the acetabulum. With lateral disloca-
tion, the femoral head appears more displaced than in subluxation and has no acetabular
contact. In superior/posterior dislocation, the head is seen and the examiner has difficulty
in observing the bony acetabular landmarks.
While a complete examination utilizing the Harcke sonographic technique calls for
four views, two views are considered adequate when they consist of one coronal view
(neutral or flexion) and the transverse flexion view with stress. When a child is being
treated with the Pavlik harness, stress is not done until the time of weaning from the har-
ness.
As a child matures, new clinical signs and symptoms develop in the dislocated hip.
The hip adductors, iliopsaos, and hamstring muscles become progressively contracted.
The asymmetry of the skin folds of the thighs becomes more obvious as the baby grows,
and inguinal and gluteal folds also become more evident.438 Flattening of the buttock is
seen when the child is in the prone position and is more pronounced as the natural infan-
tile gluteal fat disappears. This flattening is more easily observed in unilateral than in
bilateral cases of DDH.654 In unilateral cases, the increased height of the greater trochanter
in comparison with the opposite side is most evident. This difference can be observed when
the patient is placed in a supine position and has both legs extended. The examiner places
B
A
Figure 3-10 Transverse flexion sonographic view of Harcke (the ultrasound is transverse and the hip is
flexed). A. Drawing demonstrating the level of the transverse flexion sonographic view. B. Sonography of
a normal hip with the femoral head outlined. C. Sonography of a normal hip. D. Sonography of a
dislocated hip.
Figure 3-11 Coronal sonographic view of the posterior aspect of the acetabulum. In the normal hip,
the femoral head is not seen. If the Barlow maneuver is applied to an unstable hip, the femoral head will be
seen to move dynamically over the posterior rim of the acetabulum. If the hip is dislocated, the femoral
head will be observed. A. Drawing demonstrating the level of the coronal flexion view of the posterior
aspect of the acetabulum (posterior lip of the triradiate cartilage). B. Model demonstrating the posterior
aspect of the acetabulum. C. Sonograph of the posterior aspect of the acetabulum. Notice that the
triradiate cartilage (ilio-ischial part) is visible but no femoral head is observed in the normal hip.
the thumbs on the anterior superior iliac spines and the index fingers on the top of the
greater trochanters. In a dislocated hip, the distance between the examiner’s thumb and
index finger will be greater than on the normal side. This displacement can also be detected
in bilateral cases, but clinically is more difficult to distinguish from normal, demanding
experience on the part of the examiner. The Ortolani positive test usually disappears by
this age as contractures form, restricting potential hip reduction, but also may persist in
13 percent of the cases after the first 5 months of life.367 The greater trochanter is palpable
above Nelaton’s line, an imaginary line drawn from the anterior superior iliac spine to the
ischial tuberosity. In normal hips, the greater trochanter is at or below this line. In com-
plete dislocation, the top of the greater trochanter is situated proximal to this line. With a
dislocated hip, the lower limb postures commonly in 15–25° of lateral rotation. The tel-
escoping sign shows an abnormal mobility of the femoral head during passive manipula-
tion. This test is done by the examiner grasping the distal thigh with one hand, placing the
index finger of the other hand on the greater trochanter and placing the other fingers over
the ilium, and then pushing and pulling the thigh with the adducted hip in flexion and
extension. In the normal hip, the hip feels stable. In the unstable hip, the examiner feels
instability as a sensation of shortening and lengthening of the limb through the hip joint.
The Galeazzi sign is the difference in the knee height or level with the patient in a prone
position and the knees flexed at 90°, showing apparent shortening of the femur in the same
side as the dislocated hip.565
A
B
Figure 3-12 Physical findings in developmental dysplasia of the hip from 3 months to 1 year.
A. Photograph of contracture of hip adductor muscles. B. Photograph of “shortened” femur in the
dislocated hip.
line is a perfect arch that follows the lateral margin of the ilium to the lateral aspect of the
neck of the femur. When these lines are broken or interrupted, the hip joint is subluxed.
The Shenton line may be slightly interrupted if the pelvis is tilted or the hip is in external
rotation and adduction.
The Hilgenreiner and Perkins lines are utilized to locate the proximal femur in relation
to the acetabulum. From the Hilgenreiner line, the acetabular index is calculated and the
Perkins line is drawn. The acetabular index measured by Kleinberg and Lieberman314 and
based on 300 normal hip radiographs, determined the average index of 27.5°. They also
observed a slight increase in the average acetabular index in females, which was not statis-
tically significant, and did not find correlation with the size of the infant. In the dysplastic
hip joint, the acetabular index is increased. The Perkins line91 is drawn from the most
lateral point of ossification of the acetabular roof, perpendicularly to the Hilgenreiner
line. Perkins employed this reference line to determine the relationship of the femoral head
to the acetabulum in older children after the appearance of the ossification center. A study
of 300 normal hip radiographs showed the beak of the femoral neck (most medial ossifica-
tion of the proximal metaphysis of the femur) in relation to the Perkins line with excep-
tional constancy.453 The significance of this observation appears to reflect the approximate
depth of the cartilaginous acetabulum. It is the most accurate criterion to detect hip dislo-
cation prior to ossification of the femoral head, and is better than the use of the ilio-
femoral and Shenton line. After 6 months of age, the ossification of the proximal femoral
epiphysis is diminished in size or absent on the dysplastic or dislocated side. Tönnis et
al.582–584,586,590,594 described a system for the grading of the femoral head dislocation based on
Figure 3-14 Schematic drawing of the Tönnis grading for DDH. Grade 1: the ossific nucleus is
in the inferior-medial quadrant. Grade 2: the ossific nucleus is lateral to the Perkins line and
below the Hilgenreiner line (it is located at the inferior-lateral quadrant). Grade 3: The ossific
nucleus is lateral to the Perkins line and leveled to the Hilgenreiner line. Grade 4: The ossific
nucleus is located in the superior-lateral quadrant (from Tönnis D: Radiological classification and
diagnosis, Mapfre Medicina 3 (Suppl 1): 42–45, p 43, 1992).
the position of the ossific center in relation to the Hilgenreiner and Perkins lines on an
antero-posterior radiograph. In grade 1, the ossific center is medial to the Perkins line
(normal). In grade 2, the ossific center is lateral to the Perkins line but below the acetabu-
lar edge. In grade 3, the ossific center is at the level of the acetabular edge, and in grade 4,
it is above this acetabular edge.
Rosen et al.487 published the results of a radiographic analysis of 81 patients (103 hips),
in which the rotational index, the acetabular index, the amount of femoral head uncover-
ing, and the Tönnis grade of dislocation were identified. The patients’ ages ranged from 0
to 116 months (average, 14.9 +/- 20.2 months), and the follow-up ranged from 12 to 139
months (average, 49.3 +/- 33.7 months). They concluded that the Tönnis grade of disloca-
tion predicts the results of treatment. An increase in the Tönnis grading was associated
with double the probability of failure in patients treated with a Pavlik harness or with a
closed reduction (odds ratio, 2.2 and 2.0, respectively).
Koehler in 1929 reported the “teardrop,” which refers to an aspect of the floor of the
normal acetabulum. The medial line represents the outline of the pelvic wall, and the
lateral line is the anterior edge of the acetabulum. The teardrop is delayed in the formation
in DDH, and is often “v”-shaped or spread out in cases of residual subluxation.4 In disloca-
tions, the involved hemi-pelvis is small, the acetabulum is shallow, a false acetabulum may
be present, and femoral anteversion is increased.
for dilution of the Hypake to a ratio of 1:1 (50 percent dye and 50 percent physiologic
saline solution). The Hypake should be diluted; otherwise the concentrated Hypake will
create such a density in the hip that many intra-articular structures are obscured.
Different skin needle approaches to injecting the hip joint are possible, including ante-
rolateral (cranial), lateral, anterior, and caudal (inferior), and adductor. (1) In the ante-
rolateral (cranial) approach, the examiner inserts the needle 1–2 cm distal to the anterior
superior iliac spine. The needle points downwards and medially to the femoral neck. (2) In
the lateral approach, the examiner palpates the tip of the greater trochanter and intro-
duces the needle horizontally just above, pointing directly to the lateral aspect of the
femoral neck of the hip joint. (3) In the anterior route, the examiner introduces the needle
laterally to the femoral artery, pointing it downward to the hip joint. It is advisable to
direct the needle to the lateral side of the femoral head, avoiding the medial course of the
femoral artery.593 Ishii et al.281 proposed the technique of introducing the needle just below
the inguinal ligament, lateral to the adductor longus muscle. (4) In the caudal (inferior)
approach, the hip joint is flexed 45° or more. The examiner palpates the ischial tuberosity
and introduces the needle immediately anterior and lateral, between the adductor muscles
located anteriorly, and the ischiocrural muscles located posteriorly. (5) In the adductor
approach, the patient is in a supine position with both hips flexed 90°, abducted, and
laterally rotated. The needle is introduced posterior to the tendon of the adductor longus
muscle. The needle is placed horizontally, pointing upwards and medially through the
inferior aspect of the capsule of the hip joint.
Independent of the approach utilized by the orthopaedic surgeon, a sensation of re-
sistance is felt when the needle perforates the capsule. The needle position should be con-
firmed by fluoroscopic screening with an image intensifier. Carefully, the hip is minimally
moved medially and laterally, and the surgeon feels the contact of the needle against the
femoral head. A very small amount of contrast (approximately 1 mm) is injected and
confirmed by the image intensifier. If the needle is correctly placed intra-articularly, the
dye will spread from the tip of the needle; however, if the tip is not intra-articular, the dye
will pool at the needle tip. If the needle is correctly positioned intra-articularly, 2 or 3 ml of
contrast are slowly injected until the entire acetabulum and femoral head are clearly out-
lined. The authors prefer removing the intravenous tubing from the needle hub to allow
any excessive intra-articular pressure to decrease, as any extra dye can egress from the hub
of the needle. The needle is then removed. The hip is moved to disperse the contrast within
the joint. Antero-posterior radiographs are taken with the hip in neutral position, in
abduction, in extension with medial rotation, and in 90° of flexion with maximal abduc-
tion and external rotation. Lateral radiographs may also be performed to study the radi-
olucent portions of the hip joint and soft-tissue structures. Joint motion and stability can
be determined by observing hip motion with the image intensifier.
The authors prefer the antero-lateral approach for the initial investigative arthro-
gram of the dislocated hip. If the child has been in a cast with the hips in flexion and mild
abduction, the caudal or adductor approaches are very useful. Complications are rare but
may occur, and take the form of allergy to the dye, infection, and, less frequently, artery or
nerve injuries.99
C D
The arthrograms are studied to find the relationship between the femoral head and
the acetabulum, the stability of the hip joint, the structures that obstruct entry of the
femoral head into the acetabulum, and the factors that increase the risk of ischemic necro-
sis. First, the superior acetabulum is evaluated with regard to acclivity and shape and to
establish whether its floor is free of interposed tissue, especially fat or enlarged ligamentum
teres. When such interposed tissue exists, the labrum may be everted or pushed back to-
ward the acetabulum by the femoral head, and inferiorly the transverse ligament may also
A B
C D
E F
G H
I J
K L
Figure 3-17 Photographs of an arthrogram of a dislocated hip. A. Dislocated hip. B. Outline of the femoral
head. C. Outline of the false acetabulum. D. Outline of the roof of the true acetabulum. E. Outline of the
hourglass shape of the capsule. F. Outline of the elongated ligamentum teres. G. Outline of the folvia of the
femoral head. H. Outline of the transverse acetabular ligament. I. Outline of the zona orbicularis. Notice that
the superior articular recess and the inferior articular recess are almost obliterated from the tight capsule.
J. Outline of the indention of the capsule from iliopsoas tendon. K. Outline of the deformed labrum.
L. Outline of the leakage of dye.
Grade 2: The femoral head is laterally displaced “more than two-thirds of its width” in
relation to the superior bony edge of the acetabulum but “has not yet crossed the
cartilaginous rim by more than one-third of its height in the vertical direction.”
The labrum is: (a) “thinned, everted, and still covers the head” and (b) “short,
rounded, folded, or deformed.”
Grade 3: The femoral head is displaced upward more than one-third of its height in rela-
tion to the cartilaginous rim of the acetabulum. The labrum is (a) “thinned,
everted, and still covers the femoral head” and (b) “short, rounded, mildly in-
verted, and deformed.”
Grade 4: The femoral head is “completely dislocated, and is separated from the acetabu-
lum by the labrum or constricted capsule.” The labrum (a) hangs vertically, gen-
erally accompanied by inlapped capsule and (b) is large and inverted into the
acetabulum and impedes the reduction.
Grade 1: Arthrogram showing unstable and subluxable hip joints owing to capsular lax-
ity. The labrum and acetabulum are slightly deformed and reduction by the
Roser-Ortolani maneuver of the femoral head into the acetabulum is complete.
Grade 2: Arthrogram showing a subluxed hip joint. The femoral head is displaced upward
and exerts pressure on the acetabular rim, producing a depression with which it
joins. The labrum and rim of the acetabulum are deformed, but the femoral head
still does not migrate over the labrum and the capsular insertion.
Grade 3: Arthrogram showing complete dislocation. The femoral head is outside the
acetabulum, passing over the labrum and shifting it backward toward the acetabu-
lum.
Grade 2: The labrum is between the acetabulum and the femoral head.
Grade 4: The femoral head is out and cannot be brought to the level of the acetabulum.
Grade A: “Tight” dislocation: The labrum is inverted and interposed posteriorly between
the acetabulum and the femoral head.
Grade B: “Loose” dislocation: The head is displaced upwards and the labrum and the
capsule are interposed between the acetabulum and the femoral head.
Classification of Schwetlick593
Class A: For joint laxity, the patient is placed in the Lorenz position with lateral traction
applied to the hip. The width of the air crescent visible in this position is utilized
to estimate the three grades. Grade 1: little laxity; grades 2 and 3: greater laxity
and possible subluxation.
Class C: “Dislocations requiring primary operative treatment.” (1) The capsule continues
to be evidently constricted after the joint is distended with air, physiologic saline,
or carbon dioxide. (2) The capsular hood is incompletely evinced or is absent.
(3) The capsule exhibits a marked honeycomb structure because of adhesions.
(4) The ligamentum teres is widened and hypertrophied.
Classification of Peic449
The morphology of the labrum is a very important issue related to closed reduction of
DDH. The labrum presence, position, and morphology can interfere with reduction of the
femoral head into the acetabulum. Peic studied 400 arthrograms, identifying 12 different
morphologic types of labrums arranged into groups of 3 for classification purposes.
Miyake Classification406,411
As a child with DDH begins to walk, the clinical signs vary according to the severity of
disease. With only acetabular dysplasia, no clinical signs may be detected. With subluxa-
tion, the clinical signs may include a delayed Trendelenburg sign or a limp after extensive
walking. With a complete dislocation, the child limps in the standing phase of each step on
the side of the dislocated hip by a contralateral downward tilt of the pelvis, and the spine
shows a lateral deviation toward the dislocated side (Duchenne compensation of a Trende-
lenburg gait).598 In unilateral involvement, often the child tries to compensate for the
shortening by toe-walking or flexing the contralateral knee. There is a vertical telescoping
movement during gait because of the instability of the dislocated hip, which contributes to
confirm the diagnosis. At the clinical examination, the affected lower limb is short, the
greater trochanter is prominent, and the buttocks are broad and flat. The hip movements
of abduction and extension are limited. The Trendelenburg test is positive (the pelvis drops
on the opposite normal side when the child stands on the affected lower limb because of the
weakness of the hip abductors). In bilateral involvement, the typical gait is described as a
“duck-like waddle” or “sailor’s gait.” The distance between the thighs is increased and the
perineal space is widened. The increased forward inclination of the pelvis and the posterior
displacement of the femoral heads cause hyperlordosis of the lumbar spine and a protu-
berant-appearing abdomen. Albinara et al.5 and Jones and Powell291 reported that DDH
could have been diagnosed early and treatment provided in 56 percent and 60 percent of
cases, respectively, if patients had been included in a screening program.
Radiographic Findings
At this age, DDH is easy to detect on radiographs. The examiner can see an ossified
femoral head displaced from the acetabulum.
Figure 3-21 Schematic drawing of the Miyake classification of the limbus. Types A normal, type
B everted, type C intermediate, type D inverted, type E blockaded, type F impossible. Miyake
recommends closed reduction for types B and C; the other types should be treated by open
reduction. (From Mitani S, Nakatsuka Y, Akazawa H, Aoki K, Inoue H: Treatment of developmen-
tal dislocation of the hip in children after walking age. Indications from two-directional arthrogra-
phy, J Bone Joint Surg Br 79(5): 710–18, p 713, Fig 5, 1997. Copyright © the British Editorial
Society of Bone and Joint Surgery. Reproduced with permission.)
A B
Figure 3-22 Photographs of girls with dislocated hip. Clinical signs after walking age include:
A. Hyperlordosis. B. Positive Trendelenburg test/gait and shortening of the lower limb in the
dislocated hip.
The indications for treatment include all typically dislocated and subluxed hips and all
persistently unstable or dysplastic hips. Hips that are Barlow positive at birth often be-
come stable within the first 3 weeks. For this reason, the authors usually do not treat the
Barlow-positive hip in the first 3 weeks; however, these hips need thorough evaluations to
ensure normal hip development. We recommend that the follow-up evaluation include
sonography and also recommend treatment in hips with persistent instability at 3 weeks of
age. Persistently unstable/dysplastic hips are very difficult to diagnose through physical
examination. The authors believe that children with high risk factors such as a positive
family history for DDH or breech position during pregnancy and children with a ques-
tionable physical examination of the hip deserve a sonographic evaluation. Some commu-
nities perform hip screening by sonography, which detects dysplastic or immature hips.
Immature hips that progress to normality do not need treatment. Persistently dysplastic
hips do deserve treatment, but there is debate concerning the length of time that is allow-
able for dysplasia to resolve before treatment is instituted. The authors recommend treat-
ment in hips that remain dysplastic after 3 to 6 weeks.
When the diagnosis is made in early infancy and secondary pathological changes have
not yet developed, the dislocated hip often can be reduced by a gentle maneuver without
the necessity of using traction or anesthesia. The treatment is based on the concept that
positioning a reduced hip in flexion and mild abduction will stimulate normal joint devel-
opment. The maintenance of the reduction is an important issue in the treatment. The
Pavlik harness is currently the most widely used treatment orthosis.447 There are a number
of other orthotics available that have been developed to maintain the hip in flexion and
abduction, including the Von Rosen splint,115,617–622 the abduction pillow,248 the Derqui
splint,128,129 the Frejka pillow,167,465 the Petit splint,345 and the Craig or Infeld splint.101 These
devices need to be readjusted frequently, demanding knowledge on the part of parents of
how to replace them in the correct position after diapering. They are often too soft or too
rigid, permitting free motion of the hips or forcing the hip into severe abduction, which
causes problems such as redislocation or avascular necrosis of the femoral head.
The Pavlik harness is a dynamic splint that utilizes the concept of positioning the
thighs to allow spontaneous reduction. It demonstrates a low incidence of avascular necro-
sis, is easily applied, and is adjustable as the infant grows.159,172,209,220,231,297,447,465,476 To achieve
and maintain reduction, the hips are flexed at 90–110° and allowed to abduct up to about
65° in the Pavlik harness. The principles of treatment are to maintain hip flexion and
limited adduction with the Pavlik harness and to allow free hip abduction from the weight
of the lower limb. The weight of the lower limb associated with gravity is the source of
power for stretching the hip adductor muscles. Although many orthopaedists use the
Pavlik harness in children under 6 months of age, the authors usually do not recommend
the Pavlik harness in children with dislocated hips over 3 to 4 months of age. Older chil-
dren who require many months of treatment are often difficult to manage in a Pavlik
harness. We believe a closed reduction and casting may give better results in these older
children with dislocated hips.
ADVANT
ADVANTAGES OF USING THE PA
ANTAGES VLIK HARNESS
PAVLIK
• Avoids forced abduction of the hip, which reduces the risk of avascular necrosis of
the femoral head
APPLICATION OF THE PA
APPLICATION VLIK HARNESS
PAVLIK
The Pavlik harness consists of three parts: the body, the right leg, and the left leg parts.
The child is placed in a supine position and the body part is donned around the chest, just
below the nipple mamillary line. The shoulder straps must be placed over the scapula, pass
over the shoulders, and attach to the anterior buckles. The leg parts are donned by posi-
tioning the proximal Velcro strap immediately distal to the popliteal fossa, and the distal
Velcro should be approximately 1 cm above the ankle. The leg parts must be adjusted
positioning the anterior and posterior straps at the medial and lateral aspect of the proxi-
mal leg, respectively. To connect the leg parts with the body part, the anterior straps
should be adjusted to flex the hip 90–110° by the buckles at the anterior axillary line. Turn
the baby to the prone position with the legs in abduction and flexion and adjust the poste-
rior straps to the body part to limit adduction. Return the child to a supine position and
test abduction and adduction of the hip. Maximal adduction should be to a limit of 0° and
maximal abduction should be obtained passively by the weight of the child’s legs. The
posterior leg strap should be loose and only limit adduction, not cause abduction of the
hip.
harness, how to care for the infant, and the possible problems or complications involved.
The authors prefer that the patient return for harness reevaluation at the outpatient clinic
on the following day, or that a phone call to the parents be made to ensure the harness is
being tolerated. If all involved (parents, grandparents, siblings, and the infant) are doing
well, an appointment is made for the following week. Hip sonography by the dynamic
technique of Harcke is performed in the harness to evaluate the reduction and stability
after the second week. The hip should not be redislocated during the sonographic examina-
tion. The authors prefer weekly outpatient evaluations until the hip becomes stable as
demonstrated by the Harcke technique of sonography, at which time the hip enters the
stable progressive treatment stage. The full-time use of the harness depends upon the age of
the child at the beginning of this stage. After the stable stage is attained, a rule of thumb is
that the harness should be worn full time for the number of weeks corresponding to the age
in weeks of the child, to a minimum of 6 weeks and a maximum of 6 months. For example,
if a hip reaches the stable treatment stage when the infant is 6 weeks of age, the harness is
continued full time for an additional 6 weeks. The authors prefer to reexamine the child at
least every 3 weeks to adjust the harness for growth. After the allotted duration of full-time
harness use, the hip enters the weaning treatment stage. During this stage the harness is
progressively discontinued, increasing at 2-week intervals from 4 hours to 8 hours, and
then to nights only for 2 weeks. Sonograms are obtained during weaning to ensure hip
stability. The hip then enters the residual dysplasia treatment stage. Radiographs are taken
to establish a baseline and to evaluate bony dysplasia as shown by the acetabular index. All
dysplasia should resolve spontaneously or be treated (see section on residual bony dyspla-
sia, chapter 7).
If a concentrically reduced hip in a child under 3 months of age does not develop
stability within 6 weeks or becomes unstable after the designated duration of full-time
Pavlik harness treatment, the authors recommend discontinuation of the harness and
treatment by casting be instituted (see section on reduction and casting, chapter 5).
Children with dislocated or subluxed hips that will not concentrically reduce are clas-
sified in the dislocation/subluxation progressive treatment stage. For these hips, the Pavlik
harness is applied and sonography is performed to ensure proper positioning of the lower
extremities. The philosophy and standards of patient care while in the Pavlik harness ap-
ply, as stated above in the section on treatment of the unstable but reducible hip. The
authors recommend weekly evaluations and sonography to determine the degree of hip
progression toward reduction. The degree of hip dislocation can be measured
sonographically by the scale of Harding and Bowen.231 Level 5 is a posterior and superior
dislocation of the femoral head with no acetabular contact. Level 4 is a posterior disloca-
tion with the femoral head touching the acetabulum. In level 3, the femoral head is at rest
in subluxation without reduction. Level 2 is subluxation with reduction by hip abduction.
Level 1 is a concentrically reduced but unstable hip, and level 0 is a concentrically reduced
stable hip. With successful treatment using the Pavlik harness, the hip should progressively
achieve lower levels as demonstrated with weekly sonograms. When the hip reaches the
unstable but reducible treatment stage, further Pavlik harness treatment follows the pro-
tocol and algorithm as listed above in the section on treatment of the unstable but reduc-
ible hip. In the A. I. duPont Hospital for Children series, no patient achieved successful
treatment with the Pavlik harness unless the sonographic scale of level 5 lowered within 3
weeks. If progress has not occurred to level 2 within 3 weeks, the authors recommend that
the Pavlik harness be abandoned. If a dislocated or subluxated hip is maintained without
reduction in the Pavlik harness, secondary changes will occur that will severely damage the
hip. A special warning is necessary when a nonreducible dislocated hip is treated in a Pavlik
harness for more than 3 to 4 weeks and reduction is not being achieved: iatrogenic injury
to the hip may occur.
The authors agree231 that the best results are obtained when the treatment begins within
3 weeks of life. It is extremely important to confirm reduction during treatment with the
Pavlik harness. If no reduction is achieved, the Pavlik harness is discontinued and the
dislocated hip is treated by reduction and casting (see section on reduction and casting,
chapter 5). Jones et al.292 reported that prolonged positioning of the dislocated hip in
flexion and abduction implies dysplasia and increases the difficulty of obtaining a stable
closed reduction. If concentricity and stability are attained but bony dysplasia persists, the
use of an abduction orthosis may allow the acetabular dysplasia to resolve.
Other complications of treatment with the Pavlik harness are associated with failure to
achieve a reduction of the hip:
1. Muscle contractures can occur. The dislocated hip allows malpositioning of the leg
and shortening, contributing to muscle contracture. The authors suggest
discontinuing the Pavlik harness and instituting skin traction to stretch muscles,
followed by closed reduction and casting. If contractures persist, myotomies at the
hip-reduction procedure may be necessary. In the authors’ experience, an adductor
myotomy under general anesthesia is often necessary.
Late acetabular dysplasia following early successful treatment by a Pavlik harness was
reported by Tucci et al.605 Seventeen percent of 74 hips (61 patients) presented with changes
in the acetabulum (upward tilt of the outer portion or sclerosis in this area). Continued
B C
Figure 4-3 A. Photograph of an infant in a Pavlik harness. Notice that the left hip is inadequately
flexed. Typically, the hips are flexed from 90–110°. B. Insufficient flexion: radiograph of the pelvis with
an infant in double diapers. Notice that both hips are dislocated and neither is appropriately positioned
by the double diaper technique. C. Radiograph with excessive hip flexion and with inferior dislocation of
the hip.
follow-up until skeletal maturity is recommended, and residual dysplasia may require
treatment (see chapter 7).
Sanpath et al.497 analyzed the indications for abduction splints for the treatment of
DDH. They prospectively evaluated 797 newborns between 1996 and 1998 as part of an
ultrasound screening program. The babies were studied in two groups. In the first group,
those who presented with hip instability at the first scan were splinted with a Pavlik har-
ness. In the second group, the babies who had persistent instability at 2 weeks were placed
in a Pavlik harness. Sanpath et al. encountered a splintage rate of 1.6/1,000 live births in the
first group and 0.8/1,000 live births for the second group. They did not find any increase in
the rate of dysplasia requiring a surgical procedure between the groups. This study sup-
ports the concept that Barlow-positive hips at birth may be observed several weeks to
allow natural correction; however, persistent instability for over 3 to 6 weeks needs treat-
ment.
Schott508 reported on the use of the Pavlik harness from 1981 onward and concluded
that infants under 3 weeks of age with a positive Ortolani maneuver have good results in
most cases. Infants between 3 weeks and 3 months of age with a positive Barlow maneuver
and negative Ortolani test obtained similarly good results. He also observed that 50 per-
cent of children from 3 months to 6 months of age were able to obtain a “dynamic reduc-
tion” of the hip dislocation. This study supports the idea that the Pavlik harness is very
effective in treating DDH within the early weeks of age and becomes much less effective
after 6 months of age.
B
Figure 4-4 A. Radiograph showing acetabular deformity following prolonged use of the Pavlik
harness with the hips being persistently dislocated. B. CT showing deficiency of the posterior
cartilage of the acetabulum following prolonged use of the Pavlik harness with the hip being
persistently dislocated.
Currently, prolonged hospitalization, both parents working outside the home, and
high cost are making traction less popular. In children with a dislocated hip, traction may
be used to pull the femoral head down in an attempt to recover the relationship between
the acetabulum and the femoral head. Traction is most useful in children with a dislocated
hip that is Ortolani negative, with a high dislocation and a severe soft-tissue contraction.
The type of traction utilized for the treatment varies among orthopaedic surgeons; a choice
exists among Russell, Bryant, Buck, or skeletal traction. In Russell “split” traction, the hips
are positioned at 30–60° of flexion and the knees are flexed 20–30°. These hip and knee
positions facilitate the stretching of the pelvic and femoral muscles, especially the iliopsoas
and the hamstrings. The hips are abducted to stretch the abductor muscles when the femo-
ral head is lowered to the level of the acetabulum. However, the limit of 45° of abduction
should not be exceeded. Bryant overhead traction, with the hips at a right angle of flexion
and the knees in extension, lowers the posterio-superiorly dislocated femoral head to the
level of the acetabulum. Some orthopaedists564 disagree with this position because vertical
traction does not elongate the shortened hip flexors, particularly the iliopsoas muscle, and
may cause circulatory problems in the lower limbs. Buck unilateral traction with the lower
limb in complete extension provides a stretching of the hip muscles, but the compression of
the capsule by the iliopsoas tendon may interrupt the blood supply to the femoral head. To
bring the femoral head down, skeletal traction through the distal femur exerts strong force
on the femur and hip. It should not be applied to the proximal tibia, because the knee may
become unstable. Skeletal traction may give rise to complications such as pin infection,
Indications
• Dislocated or subluxed hip when the Pavlik harness (or similar orthosis) is
inappropriate
• Dislocated or subluxed hip in children after the age of orthotic treatment
• After achieving an adequate hip stations by traction
• About 3 or more months of age (possibly up to about 18 months)
Advantages
• Safety
• Noninvasive method
• Decreased tendency to persistent stiffness of the hip after treatment
Disadvantages
• Months of casting
• Residual dysplasia is frequent
The steps of closed reduction by operative manipulation in children are first, arthro-
gram; second, manipulative reduction; third, evaluation of reduction and fourth, casting.
The first step is to perform an arthrogram under general anesthesia. Arthrography is
used to evaluate the anatomy of the hip in the search for soft-tissue impediments to a
concentric relationship between the femoral head and the acetabulum, as well as to con-
trol the reduction obtained. With the patient under general anesthesia, the authors rec-
ommend injecting diluted radiopaque dye, using fluoroscopy to control the amount of
contrast to be injected. A concentration that is too dense may obscure detail, and a volume
that is too great may deform soft-tissue relationship.199 The different approaches to the
examination of the hip joint and normal and abnormal arthrographies were discussed in
chapter 3.
Closed reduction is performed gently by repositioning the femoral head into the
acetabulum under general anesthesia. With the patient in a supine position, an assistant
stabilizes the pelvis. The orthopaedic surgeon holds the affected lower limb by the distal
third of the thigh and flexes the hip 90–110°. Then the hip is abducted while gentle traction
is employed in the longitudinal axis of the thigh. Pressure is applied over the greater tro-
chanter and the femoral head is placed gently into the socket by lifting it anteriorly over
the posterior edge of the acetabulum.
The reduction must be confirmed by antero-posterior radiographs and, if available,
by dynamic ultrasound, as reported by Terjensen.573 This is a useful technique in guiding
closed reduction and in stimulating the effects of positioning on the stability of the hip
joint. Two critical decisions are made after the radiographs are taken: first, is the hip
within the safe zone of Ramsey, and second, is the reduction adequate?
Ramsey et al.476 defined the safe zone of reduction as the arc between the angle of
maximum abduction and the adduction angle that allows redislocation. To determine the
safe zone, the hip is reduced and held in 90° of flexion. The hip is allowed to abduct fully
and the angle of abduction is recorded. The thigh is then adducted until the hip dislocates,
and the degree of adduction at dislocation is recorded.
Sometimes the safe zone is too narrow, between 40 and 55°, because the adductor
muscles are contracted. An adductor muscle tenotomy is indicated to increase the safe
zone of reduction and to alleviate pressure on the femoral head after reduction. This
procedure can be carried out according to the surgeon’s preference, either percutaneously
or by an open approach. The incidence of avascular necrosis of the femoral head is related
to the difficulty of reduction and the degree of abduction of the thighs in the cast. The ideal
safe zone is between 30 and 65°.
The adequacy of reduction can be determined by the degree of the concentricity be-
tween the femoral head and the acetabulum. Severin initially accepted a mild degree of hip
A B
Figure 5-3 The safe zone of Ramsey is the arc between the angle of abduction and the angle that
allows redislocation. A. Schematic drawing of the safe zone of Ramsey (from Coleman SS: Developmental
dislocation of the hip from 10 to 18 months, Mapfre Medicina 3 (suppl 1): 90–92, p 92, Fig 4, 1992).
B. Photograph of an infant demonstrating a small safe zone of Ramsey.
joint incongruity, applying the notion that with time the femoral head will locate into the
acetabulum.514–516 This process of the hip slowly settling deeply into the acetabulum is often
referred to as “docking” of the femoral head. The authors warn against using the docking
concept to the extreme. We believe the hip should reduce under the labrum to get an
adequate result from a closed reduction.165 To evaluate the congruity of the hip joint and
prognosticate the results of closed reduction, Forlin et al.165 reported the medialization
ratio, the acetabular coverage ratio, and the displacement of the cartilaginous femoral
head superior to the Hilgenreiner line. The medialization ratio is the percentage of the
horizontal radius of the cartilaginous femoral head medial to the Perkins line.
The acetabular coverage ratio is the percentage of the horizontal radius of the
cartilaginous femoral head medial to the line drawn between the limbus and the transverse
A B
Figure 5-4 A. Schematic drawing of the safe zone of Ramsey, which is enlarged by an adductor muscle
tenotomy (from Coleman SS: Developmental dislocation of the hip from 10 to 18 months, Mapfre
Medicina 3 (suppl 1): 90–92, p 92, Fig 4, 1992). B. Photograph of an infant after an adductor muscle
tenotomy, demonstrating a wide safe zone of Ramsey. The hip is not usually abducted more than about 65–
75° in the postoperative cast because forced wide abduction may cause AVN for the femoral epiphysis.
acetabular ligament. The position between the upper aspect of the cartilaginous femoral
head in relation to the Hilgenreiner line is classified as negative (–) when it is superior and
positive (+) when it is inferior to it.
Forlin et al.165 also described eight different shapes of the limbus representing the “ap-
parent progressive obstruction to the femoral head.” The conclusion of this study on 72
dislocated hips in 61 patients, all of whom had been classified as Grade III or IV according
to Tönnis, is that the shape of the limbus is an indicator of outcome. Shape types 1 to 4 are
associated with good results and types 4 to 8 with poor results. Medialization rates above
67 percent are associated with good results, and the authors believe that this measurement
is more accurate than the width of the medial pool of contrast medium because the width
may be altered by the amount of dye from the arthrogram and interposing soft tis-
sue.245,353,516,523 For example, the surgeon can increase the medial dye pool during the ar-
throgram by injecting a large volume of dye. Based on the concept of progressive reduc-
tion, some authors believe that the interposed soft tissue will gradually disappear if the
femoral head is kept against the acetabulum.413,509,523 The authors and others prefer a more
concentric reduction.354,409,472,532
STEP 3: MAINTAINING ST
MAINTAINING ABILITY OF THE REDUCTION
STABILITY
The spica cast is applied carefully to immobilize the hips if a concentric reduction is
attained. The surgeon holds the affected hip by exerting mild pressure on the greater
trochanter and thigh and places the hip in the best position for the reduction. When the
dislocation is bilateral, an experienced and skilled assistant holds one hip while the sur-
geon holds the other. It is imperative that the reduced hip joint be maintained, avoiding
extreme positions of flexion, abduction, or internal rotation. The recommended posi-
tion is 90° of flexion, but this may vary from 90–110°. The hip should also be abducted
up to 65°, affording better stability of the reduction and considering the safe zone of
Ramsey.
A small 1-cm-thick towel is placed over the abdomen, and webril (cast padding) is
rolled from the level of the nipples down to the ankle. The bony prominences are protected
with felt or sponges. One or two layers of casting are applied and molded over the greater
trochanters and sacral region. Some orthopaedists reinforce this cast with plastic tape,566
but it is not essential. Jaykumar prefers to apply the plaster in two sections, a proximal
section from the nipples to the knee and a distal section from the knee down to the ankles.
The assistants can hold the legs and maintain the reduction as the proximal section is being
A
B
D
C
E
Figure 5-8 A. Schematic drawing showing acceptable and unacceptable limbus shapes of a closed
reduction. B. Radiograph of an arthrogram showing blunting of the limbus in an unacceptable
attempted closed reduction of a dislocated hip. C. Photograph of a histological section showing the
femoral head blunting the limbus in an unacceptable attempted closed reduction of a dislocated hip. D.
Schematic drawing from Dr. Mercer Rang showing an acceptable reduction. E. Schematic drawing
from Dr. Mercer Rang showing an unacceptable reduction.
applied. He utilizes splints to reinforce the cast.195,326 The perineal region should be left
open to permit easy maintenance of hygiene and diaper changes. After cast application the
small towel over the abdomen is pulled out from the cast, allowing room for the child’s
stomach to expand during eating. An antero-posterior radiograph is taken to confirm the
maintenance of a concentric reduction in the cast. Some surgeons prefer fiberglass cast
material because of its radiolucency.90 The authors prefer using Goretex cast padding and
fiberglass so the child can be bathed. If the cast is applied expediently after the arthrogram,
enough radiopaque dye will remain in the joint to confirm the reduced hip position in the
cast.
If there is doubt, the orthopaedic surgeon may order a CT or MRI to confirm the
position within the cast.373,546,661 The risk of CT involved in obtaining this further informa-
tion is acceptable, but only when radiation protection measures are properly carried
out.315,363 In places where computed tomography is not available, a single-cut laminagram,
made at the level of the urethra in the female and at the penis-scrotal angle in the male, will
help to visualize the hip.
The minimum period of use of the spica cast is 8 to 12 weeks for a small child and up to
24 weeks for an older child, depending on the age of the infant at diagnosis and beginning
A B
D
C
E F
Figure 5-9 Photographs of children with dislocated hips that were treated by closed reduction and
casting. A, B, C. Photographs of spica casts demonstrating hip flexion and mild abduction to maintain
the closed reduction. D. Photograph of a short leg spica cast. This child was treated initially with a long
leg cast for 6 weeks and a short leg cast was then applied because the hip was stable. E. Photograph of a
patient immobilized in a cast with the legs in the “frog” position. This position is associated with a high
incidence of AVN. F. Radiograph of the infant in the “frog” position in a cast.
Figure 5-11 A. CT scan of a child with a reduced hip in a spica cast. Notice the poor quality of the
cast. B. CT scan of a child with a posteriorly dislocated hip. This child had been in a spica cast for two
months with the hip dislocated. Notice the flattening of the posterior lip of the acetabulum.
of treatment. The rule of thumb for the duration of casting is 1 month in the cast for each
month of age at closed reduction, to a maximum of 6 months’ casting. Radiographs are
usually taken monthly to follow the development of the hip joint and ensure a concentric
reduction. If a question develops concerning the adequacy of the reduction, a CT is per-
formed.546 If the hip redislocates, it must be rereduced quickly; otherwise the persistently
dislocated hip will cause an iatrogenic deformity of the acetabulum. Children usually
outgrow the cast about every 6 weeks, necessitating a cast change. The patient is admitted
as an outpatient, and under general anesthesia the cast is removed, the skin is cleaned, and
the hip is gently examined (do not redislocate the hip in the examination). The reduction
must not be lost during the cast change; therefore, the lower extremity position must be
guarded. If the ossific center of the femoral head is present, antero-posterior radiographs
are taken to evaluate the reduction; and if the ossific center of the femoral head is absent,
an arthrogram is helpful. The authors prefer that the new cast be applied from the nipple
line down to the ankles with the same lower extremity position as the first cast. If the hip is
stable as demonstrated during arthrography, Tachdjian recommends applying the second
spica cast extending to a position above the knee.564,565 Children usually outgrow the sec-
ond cast at a similar rate as the first. The authors frequently remove the second cast in the
cast room without sedation and apply the third cast, which usually extends to a position
above the knee. Concentric reduction of the hip is verified by radiographs in the new cast.
Following removal of the final cast, radiographs are performed to evaluate residual
bony dysplasia. If the acetabular index is normal and avascular necrosis does not develop,
the child is followed with periodic radiographs until skeletal maturity. In the authors’
experience, most children who are reduced at an older age will have residual bony dyspla-
sia and radiographs will show an abnormal acetabular index. We frequently recommend
an orthosis to maintain the hip in flexion and abduction to treat the residual dysplasia:
however, outcome results of orthotic treatment are not available. There are many differ-
ent kinds of flexion-abduction orthosis, including hip-knee plastic orthosis, a Denis Browne
hip abduction splint, and a Scottish-rite brace, or the posterior half of a bivalved hip spica
cast. We recommend hip-knee plastic orthosis for younger children and the Scottish-rite
B
A
Figure 5-12 Photograph of a postcasting abduction orthosis. A. Atlanta brace. B. Rhino abduction brace.
brace for walking patients. Further treatment recommendations for residual dysplasia are
in chapter 7.
Long-term studies demonstrate closed reduction and casting for DDH to be a good
treatment option, confirmed by significant improvement in the acetabular index in the
years following reduction.74,362 However, sometimes dysplasia is detected in older patients
who are treated after 9 months of age, and in this case secondary extra-articular surgery
may be required.305
Avascular necrosis, residual dysplasia, and subluxation or redislocation are major
complications following treatment. Fogarty and Accardo163 reported a study on 222 dislo-
cated hips where 173 patients were treated by closed reduction and spica casting. The
patient’s hips were flexed at 90° and two distinct styles of abduction were employed. Group
I included the patients whose hips were abducted up to 90° and group II consisted of those
with no more than 60° of abduction. Total AVN occurred in 17 percent of hips in group I
and 9 percent of the hips in group II. The incidence of partial necrosis was not affected by
the degree of hip abduction.163
Redislocation of the hip during closed-reduction-casting treatment can be a severe
problem (dislocation occurring after the application of the cast). If the hip redislocates
during the treatment, the cast should be removed immediately. Persistent casting of a
dislocated hip can result in an iatrogrenetic dysplasia of the posterior aspect of the acetabu-
lum, which makes future treatment exceedingly difficult. The authors have seen
redislocation of the hip to occur in severely dysplastic hips, in hips that have an infolded
labrum (see reduction criteria), and in incidences of casting problems. Treatment of a
redislocation may require a repeat closed reduction or an open reduction.423
tions, the soft tissues undergo profound changes as the hip remains dislocated. These ab-
normal soft tissues block reduction by positioning (nonoperative techniques) the femoral
head, demanding operative procedures to address the distorted soft tissue.
CLOSED REDUCTION
OPEN REDUCTION
When hip dislocation does not respond to nonoperative treatment of a closed reduc-
tion and a stable, concentric reduction is not attained, open reduction is necessary to
restore the normal anatomy of the hip joint. The need for open reduction does not depend
on the child’s age. It depends on the level of the femoral head in relationship to the acetabu-
lum, on a false acetabulum, and on a failed attempt at closed reduction. However, children
of walking age (especially if over 18 months of age) will often require open procedures to
achieve a concentric reduction.
• Fewer roentgenograms
• Associated deformities such as femoral anteversion and acetabular dysplasia can
be corrected
Procedural steps for the treatment of DDH by open reduction include operative ap-
proach and reduction of the hip; testing the stability of the reduction, the pressure upon
the femoral head, and dysplasia; and postoperative care, casting, and bracing. There are
two common operative approaches to the hip joint for the treatment of DDH: antero-
lateral and medial (adductor). The authors prefer the antero-lateral approach because all
anatomical factors can be addressed through this approach.
4. Incise the subcutaneous tissue and the fasciae latae along the iliac crest to the anterior
superior iliac spine and distally to the thigh. Divide the deep fascia over the iliac
crest. Avoid disturbing the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, which crosses the
sartorius muscle 2.5 cm distal to the anterior superior iliac spine. The nerve may be
retracted medially.
5. Dissect the groove located between the tensor fasciae latae muscle laterally and the
sartorius and rectus femoris medially, exposing the anterior aspect of the hip joint.
When the ascending branches of the lateral femoral circumflex artery cross the
wound, they may be ligated and sectioned.
6. There are two methods to incise the cartilaginous iliac apophysis: by splinting
through the middle from the middle thirds to the anterior superior iliac spine, or
by osteotomy just below the cartilaginous iliac apophysis from the outer side,
displacing medially. The authors prefer to use the osteotomy to preserve growth of
the cartilaginous iliac apophysis.
7. From the iliac wing, subperiostically strip the tensor fascia lata and gluteus medius
and minimus muscles and reflect them to the superior edge of the acetabulum and
to the greater sciatic notch posteriorly.
8. Disconnect the sartorius muscle from the anterior superior iliac spine, and after
marking it with a suture for later reconnection, reflect it distally and medially.
9. Divide the two heads of the rectus femoris at their origin, mark them with a suture,
and reflect them distally.
10. Medially retract gently the femoral vessels and the femoral nerve.
11. Dissect the iliacus muscle from the capsule.
12. Expose the capsule superiorly, anteriorly, and inferiorly.
13. Lengthen the iliopsoas tendon at the muscle-tendon junction. Do not disturb the
medial circumflex artery. Hyperextend the hip to lengthen the iliopsoas muscle.
(Lengthening of the iliopsoas tendon and not tenotomy is recommended, because
tenotomy may result in atrophy of the muscle.)24
14. Open the hip joint capsule with a “T”-shaped incision. The longitudinal incision
should be along the axis of the femoral neck and the transverse incision should be
along the margin of the acetabulum. Mark the capsule with a suture for later
plication.
15. Look for intra-articular factors obstructing the reduction. The ligamentum teres
is usually enlarged and elongated and must be excised. The transverse ligament
should be sectioned and the pulvinar (fibrofatty tissue) resected. Avoid injuring
the articular cartilage.
16. Evaluate the limbus, which may be inverted in the acetabulum. If inverted, it should
be everted using a blunt hook. Do not excise the limbus. Do not injure the growth
zones of the margin of the acetabulum.
17. Evaluate the depth and inclination of the acetabulum, the aspect of the femoral
head, the articular hyaline cartilage of the femur and acetabulum, and the degree
of femur anteversion.
18. Reduce the hip and evaluate with an image intensifier to ensure a concentric
reduction of the femoral head.
19. Perform the tests for stability of the reduction, for pressure upon the femoral head,
and for acetabular dysplasia.
• Stability test (opinion of J. R. Bowen): To test stability of the reduction, the hip is
placed in 90° of flexion, 45° of abduction, and neutral rotation. Then the hip is
extended gradually to 25° of flexion and 10–15° of abduction. If the femoral head
does not dislocate, the hip is considered stable. If it is unstable, the reason must be
over the lateral segments and sutured over the infero-lateral segment. Do not stitch
the capsule too tightly, otherwise the femoral head will be forced to dislocate
posteriorly.
23. Replace the retracted iliac apophysis over the iliac crest.
24. Reattach the rectus femoris, sartorius, and abductor muscles to their origins.
25. Suture the fascia, subcutaneous tissue, and skin.
26. Take a radiograph of the pelvis to control the reduction.
27. Apply a 1-1/2 spica cast with the affected hip held at 60–70° of flexion, 45 degrees of
abduction and 20–30° of internal rotation. The knee is flexed from 45–60° to control
the rotation and to relax the hamstrings.
Postoperative care
The authors prefer a CT or MRI scan postoperatively with the patient in the spica cast
to ensure the complete reduction of the femoral head within the acetabulum.389,546 The
patient is followed for cast control and radiographic examination 3 weeks after surgery.
The spica cast is removed at 6 weeks following surgery, at which time radiographs are taken
to ensure that a concentric reduction has been maintained. After the cast is removed,
active exercises are encouraged, but passive exercises must be avoided to prevent
redislocation of the hip. Some authors hypothesize that passive motion can stretch the
retinacular vessels, increasing the risk of AVN.564 The postoperative use of abduction brac-
ing is controversial. The authors use a nighttime bivalved spica cast or an abduction or-
Indications
• For younger children before walking age, up to 12 months, before standing and
weightbearing564
• For typical DDH
• For cases where a direct approach to the inferior and medial structures that impede
the reduction is possible
• For cases of unstable closed reduction in which arthrography shows the iliopsoas
tendon constricting the capsule, a hypertrophied ligamentum teres, or a taut
transverse ligament
Advantages
• A simple surgical procedure
• Minimal tissue dissection is required
• Minimal blood loss, no need for blood transfusion
• Easy approach to the iliopsoas tendon, transverse ligament, ligamentum teres,
pulvinar and infero-anterior capsule of the hip joint
tive dissection with a cosmetically acceptable scar, excellent access to the pulvinar and
transverse ligament, and no injury to the growth of the Iliac crest or to the abductor
muscles. The disadvantages are increased risk of avascular necrosis of the femoral head
(injury to the medial femoral circumflex vessels), inability to address the false acetabulum,
and inability to perform a capsulorrhaphy.
Ferguson153 in the 1970s modified the medial approach of Ludloff by dissecting an
operative plane between the adductor brevis muscle and the gracilis muscle. The pectineus,
adductor longus, and adductor brevis muscles are retracted laterally while the gracilis and
adductor magnus muscles are retracted medially. The medial femoral circumflex artery is
retracted or ligated and the iliopsoas tendon is lengthened. The hip capsule is then entered
near the brim of the acetabulum.
Weinstein and Ponseti647 further modified the medial approach. They utilized a trans-
verse skin incision, which was made parallel and distal to the groin crease, extending from
the medial border of the adductor longus muscle to a point slightly medial to the femoral
neurovascular bundle. The adductor longus muscle is sectioned at its origin and retracted.
The operative plane is developed with adductor brevis muscle and pectineus muscles re-
tracted medially while the iliopsoas tendon and neurovascular bundle are retracted later-
ally. Weinstein tries to preserve the medial femoral circumflex artery; however, if this fails
it is ligated. The capsule of the hip is incised from its attachment at the acetabulum down
to the distal attachment on the femoral neck. The ligamentum teres is excised, the pulvinar
is removed, and the transverse acetabular ligament is incised.
The use of Ludloff ’s (Weinstein and Ponseti) or Ferguson’s medial approach has been
controversial. There are many discrepant variations in outcomes, from very good to bad.
The high incidence of avascular necrosis has been most perplexing, with rates reported as
high as 67 percent of hips.66,298,320,321,374,413,433,485,536 The authors suggest that the medial ap-
proach method be used only occasionally and in hips of children less than 12 to 18 months
of age and without a well-formed false acetabulum. Because the medial approach has a
restrictive use and the potential for a high complication rate, many surgeons prefer the
antero-lateral approach.
There are two choices for skin incisions: longitudinal and transverse. Both afford good
exposure. With the longitudinal skin incision, the hip is flexed 70–80°, abducted, and
externally rotated. Make the longitudinal incision behind the adductor longus muscle
from the pubic tubercle, extending distally 6–8 cm. Divide the subcutaneous tissue and the
deep fascia along the same line as the incision. The transverse skin incision is about 6 cm in
length and is centered over the anterior aspect of the adductor longus muscle, approxi-
mately 1 cm distal and parallel to the inguinal creases.
4. Divide the deep fascia, avoiding damage to the saphenous vein. If this should occur,
the vein may be ligated and sectioned.
5. Select the plane of operative dissection.
were treated with open reduction and Salter’s innominate osteotomy, associated with a
femur-shortening procedure. They utilized the segment of the femur as an allograft to the
iliac osteotomy. Based on the Bucholz and Ogden classification, they observed aseptic
necrosis in 12 hips (46.15 percent) in the first group and in 2 hips (7.9 percent) in the
second group, and they reported that the high incidence of necrosis occurred in patients
who had undergone previous traction. All of these patients had type III dislocations based
on Zionts and MacEwen criteria. They considered “iatrogenic performance” to be the
cause of bad results and complications in their study. Koizumi et al.320 analyzed 35 hips in
33 patients after 19.4 years of follow-up (ranging from 14 to 23 years). Sixteen hips (45.7
percent) were classified as Severin I and II types and were considered acceptable in terms of
results, while 19 (54.3 percent) were classified as Severin groups III, IV, and V and were
considered unacceptable. The incidence of AVN was 42.9 percent (15 hips). They con-
cluded that Ludloff ’s medial approach to open reduction was unsatisfactory for the treat-
ment of DDH.
The authors caution against the medial approach in walking-aged children (above 18
months) due to the high incidence of AVN and the inability to address all pathologic
components of DDH.
FEMORO-ACETABULAR IMPINGEMENT
FEMORO-ACETABULAR
Impingement implies inappropriate contact between the femur and acetabulum within
a normal range of hip motion that blocks functional activities. Impingement of the hip
occurs in many disease processes, such as slipped capital femoral epiphysis and DDH, as
well as iatrogenically from operative procedures. For example, a deformity of the femoral
neck may block the ability to sit appropriately because the bone of the femoral neck abuts
against the acetabular margin before adequate hip flexion is achieved. Also an innominate
bone osteotomy may rotate the acetabulum excessively to the extent that the rim of acetabu-
lum abuts against the femur, blocking functional motion. Persistent microtrauma may
damage the labrum, articular cartilage, and rim of the acetabulum. Seldes et al.513 dissected
55 embalmed and 12 fresh-frozen adult hips with a mean age of 78 years and found that 96
percent had labral tears and that in 74 percent the tear was located in the antero-superior
quadrant. They described two distinct types of tears of the labrum: detachment of the
fibrocartilaginous labrum from the articular hyaline cartilage at the transitional zone,
and tears in which there were cleavage planes of variable depth with the substance of the
labrum. Walker631 performed an anatomic evaluation of 74 normal fetal acetabula and
found 14 percent to have a cleft on the antero-superior acetabular quadrant between the
labrum and the cartilaginous socket. He considered this to be a weak area predisposing it
to detachment with femoro-acetabular impingement, which may explain the high inci-
dence of labral tears in patients with hip dysplasia. Evaluation of impingement may re-
quire arthrography, computed tomography, or magnetic resonance imaging. Treatment
may require osteotomies, hip arthroscopy, repair of labral tears, removal of osteo-carti-
lage loose bodies, and/or debridement of bony impingement by hip dislocation or
arthroscopy repair of labral tears.
The authors consider femoro-acetabular impingement in DDH as one of three types:
acetabular rim impingement (“pincer”), cam impingement, or internal impingement.
Acetabular rim impingement implies damage to the outer margins of the acetabulum
by excessive pressure. With persistent dysplasia in children treated for DDH, the femoral
head becomes poorly covered anteriorly and superiorly214,479 by the acetabulum, which
concentrates weightbearing forces over a small area of articular cartilage. Stulberg552,553
reported that the CE angle of Wiberg is commonly less than 20° in symptomatic patients.
Salter492 reported that in the dysplastic hip, the acetabular labrum becomes thicker in its
attempt to “contain” the femoral head. McCarthy et al.382 reported an arthroscopic study
on 20 mature patients who had radiographic evidence of dysplasia. These patients com-
plained of inguinal pain, locking, buckling, and falling episodes. They observed an en-
larged labrum and slight invagination in these areas, in direct proportion to the magni-
tude of bony acetabular uncovering, due to the repeated torque of the femoral head im-
pinging on the labrum. This impingement produces a labral tear. In all cases, the acetabu-
lar chondral lesion was located immediately adjacent to the lateral tear on the anterior or
antero-superior aspect of the joint. Noguchi et al.427 also reported a similar arthroscopic
study on 120 hips and observed that the osteoarthritic changes begin on the antero-supe-
rior portion of the weightbearing area and the cartilage degeneration of the acetabulum
precedes that of the femoral head.
In a mildly subluxated hip, overloading of the acetabular rim can cause a labral sepa-
ration or a fatigue fracture of lateral border of the acetabulum, giving the appearance of a
loose fragment.158 Klaue et al.311 described a clinical test to diagnose acetabular rim syn-
drome, in which the hip is passively held in flexion-adduction and rotated into internal
rotation, in which pain is elicited. They classified the dysplastic acetabuli into two radio-
logic types: in type I there is an incongruent shallow acetabulum and in type II the acetabu-
lum is congruent but the coverage of the femoral head is deficient. Leunig et al.,348 Kim et
al.,309 and Czerny110 suggested using MRI arthrography to evaluate the integrity of the
acetabular labrum.
Leunig and Ganz347 used the term pincer to describe femoro-acetabular impingement
predominately involving an acetabular deformity. This pincer effect may occur in protrusia
acetabulae, with acetabular osteophytes, in malrotation of the acetabulum, and iatro-
genically in cases in which the acetabulum is excessively rotated (see sections on complica-
tions of acetabular osteotomies, chapters 8 and 9).
Treatment of acetabular rim impingement often requires reorientation of the acetabu-
lum (see chapters 8 and 9). Tears of the labrum may require repair or debridement.
head seats appropriately; however, the femoral head subluxes laterally with the leg
in a neutral position and with weightbearing. Capsular laxity allows the proximal
femur to slide about in the enlarged acetabulum.
3. Lateralized acetabulum: The acetabulum is enlarged and the femoral head is fixed
in subluxation. The femoral head cannot be reduced by abduction and internal rotation
of the limb because the medial aspect of the acetabulum has thickened with cartilage
and bone. The condyloid cavity of the acetabulum fills from long-standing lateral
subluxation, dislocation, or triradiate cartilage premature closure.
4. False acetabulum: An atopic fibrocartilage cavity (false acetabulum) forms from
the presence of a dislocated femoral head on the lateral aspect of the pelvis.
5. Femoral deformities: Dysplasia for the proximal femur may be from residual
torsional (version) abnormalities or avascular necrosis of the femoral epiphysis
and physis. These abnormalities include deformities in the frontal plane (varus
and valgus), sagittal plane (flexion and extension), and axial plane (anteversion or
retroversion); femoral head asphericity; capital femoral physeal growth arrest (coxa
brevis); and lever arm discrepancy between the greater trochanter and the femoral
head.
Figure 7-1 Maldirected acetabulum. The acetabulum is inappropriately directed; however, the
femoral head is concentrically reduced. CT of a maldirected acetabulum.
A B
D
Figure 7-2 Capacious acetabulum. The
acetabulum is enlarged and open, allowing
instability of the femoral head. A. Radiograph
of an enlarged and open acetabulum. B.
Photograph of a hip with a capacious acetabu-
lum. Notice that the acetabulum is larger than
the femoral head. C. Three-dimensional CT of
a capacious acetabulum. D. Three-dimensional
C CT of a capacious acetabulum (left) and a
normal acetabulum (right).
A B
C D
Figure 7-3 Lateralized acetabulum. The acetabulum is enlarged and the femoral head is fixed in
subluxation because the condyloid cavity of the acetabulum is filled with cartilage and bone. A.
Radiograph of a lateralized acetabulum. B. Three-dimensional CT showing the the condyloid cavity of
the acetabulum to be filled with bone. C. Tranverse section of a CT showing bone from the ischial
component of the acetabulum to be filling the acetabulum and preventing reduction of the femoral
head. D. MRI showing a subluxated femoral head that cannot be reduced because of excessive cartilage
in the acetabulum.
A B
Figure 7-4 False acetabulum. An atopic fibrocartilage cavity (false acetabulum) forms from the
presence of a dislocated femoral head on the lateral aspect of the pelvis. A. Gross specimen of a
dislocated hip with a false acetabulum. B. Arthrogram of a dislocated hip with a false acetabulum.
After initial management of a hip with DDH, some degree of residual dysplasia is
frequently present. This residual dysplasia requires evaluation and treatment to achieve a
lasting quality hip joint. With mild residual dysplasia, the child has a normal gait, negative
Trendelenburg sign, and good range of motion. With moderate residual dysplasia, the
child may have a limp and pain with prolonged walking, but in early adult life begin to
complain of constant hip joint pain in the groin or thigh. With severe dysplasia, the child
has a Trendelenburg gait, increased lumbar lordosis, fatigue from prolonged walking, and
episodes of pain.
The residual dysplasia may manifest as a defect in the cartilage model of the hip or as
delayed ossification of the cartilage model, or both. After Pavlik harness treatment, closed
reduction, or open reduction; periodic radiographs of the hip should be taken to evaluate
the evolution of any residual dysplasia. The authors suggest an antero-posterior radio-
graph of the pelvis after the initial treatment of DDH to establish a baseline for determin-
ing the degree of residual dysplasia. In children older than 4 months of age, antero-poste-
rior radiographs of the pelvis should be taken with the hips at 25° flexion to negate the
anterior pelvic tilt.593 In children who walk, radiographs in a standing position are recom-
mended. These radiographs should be taken about every 3 to 6 months until the acetabu-
lar index improves toward normal. With good evolution of treatment, the acetabular
index reduces with age, and the authors allow up to 2years following reduction for the
acetabular index to return to normal.
For an easy rule of thumb, remember that the normal acetabular index is about 24°
when the child is 24 months of age. If the acetabular index is not consistently reducing
toward normal and the dysplasia persists, the orthopaedist must look for the cause of the
delay. Common causes include instability, inadequate reduction, avascular necrosis, and
lack of ossification of acetabular cartilage. A dynamic arthrogram is helpful to evaluate
cartilage dysplasia, stability, and the internal anatomy of the hip.
The false profile radiographic view has been helpful in evaluating the antero-lateral
edge of the acetabulum.346 This view is an oblique lateral technique in which the patient’s
involved hip is placed against the cassette and the buttocks are obliqued to an angle of 65°
(25° to the beam of the radiographic tube). The foot of the involved hip is placed parallel
to the cassette and weight is borne on both legs. The false profile coverage of the femoral
head can be measured as a center-edge angle (lateral center-edge angle) and the antero-
lateral femoral head as the percentage of coverage of the femoral head by the acetabulum
(horizontal diameter coverage expressed as a percentage). The normal lateral center-edge
angle is 28° (SD 5.5, minimum of 13°, maximum of 40°) and the normal antero-lateral
femoral head coverage ranges from 70–90 percent. Tönnis finds the view very helpful in
evaluating dysplastic hips.584
B
A
Figure 7-6 A. Schematic drawing of the false profile view. B. Radiograph of the false profile view.
The normal lateral center edge angle is 28° (13–40°).
COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY
Computed tomography can be used to evaluate the reduction and the shape of the
acetabulum. The CT scan is more useful in older patients and supplies the investigator
with internal measurements such as the femoral head diameter, the real acetabular bone
angles, and the relationship between the femoral head and the acetabulum. Recently, tech-
niques have been developed to permit three-dimensional evaluation of the hip joint by
MRI and CT (refer to sections on acetabular index, center-edge angle, and arthrograms,
chapter 1).
Computed tomography is useful in adolescents and young adults to evaluate residual
dysplasia. It is less useful in infants and young children in whom significant components of
the hip are cartilaginous and not visible by CT. To determine the values of CT acetabular
indexes and acetabular orientation, transaxial CT should be carried out. The patient is
positioned in the supine position with the pelvis leveled and the physiologic lumbar lordo-
sis rectified to avoid anterior tilting of the pelvis. The knees, ankles, and feet are positioned
parallel with each other and held with a belt to avoid rotation of the lower limbs.613 The
axial tomographic cuts should be made every 5 mm or less based on the data of the scout
view. The cuts must include anatomical landmarks of the pelvis to orient the reconstruc-
tions for accurate measurements. These can include both triradiate cartilages, both ante-
rior superior iliac spines, both anterior inferior iliac spines, the pubic symphysis, both
ischial tuberosities, both posterior iliac spines, and other sites. No significant angular
variation should be observed at different levels of sections, for example through the
triradiate cartilage.455 To analyze acetabular morphology, the anterior acetabular index
(AAI), the posterior acetabular index (PAI), the axial index (AxAI), and the acetabular
version (AV) angle described by Gugenheim214 and Buckley53 may be utilized. Jacquemier
et al.285 designed the technique to measure the acetabular anteversion angle (AAA), and
Weiner et al.644 reported a method to calculate the anterior and posterior CE angles (ACEA
and PCEA).
Kotzias322 measured 100 normal transaxial CT scans of Brazilian children whose ages
ranged from 6 months to 13 years on the day of the tomographic exam. The methodology
of measuring angles and indexes and their respective values (average, median, and stand-
ard deviation) were statistically analyzed based on the Student’s t-test and Scheffé test. The
AAI, PAI, AxAI, AV, and AAA were measured in relation to the baseline, which passes
through the center of the triradiate cartilage, and its parallel, which passes tangential to
the posterior aspect of the iliac bones, was used to measure the ACEA and PCEA.
The anterior acetabular index is the angle formed by the intersection of a line drawn
through the anterior aspect of the triradiate cartilage (baseline) and a line from the antero-
lateral corner of the triradiate cartilage to the anterior acetabular rim. This index meas-
ures anterior acetabular development.
TABLE 7-1. Anterior Acetabular Index (AAI) in Normal Children According to Age
and Gender
The posterior acetabular index (PAI) is an angle formed by the intersection of a line
drawn through the anterior aspect of the triradiate cartilage (baseline) and a line drawn
from the postero-lateral corner of the triradiate cartilage to the posterior acetabular rim.
This index measures posterior acetabular development.
TABLE 7-2. Posterior Acetabular Index (PAI) in Normal Children According to Age
and Gender
The axial acetabular index (AxAI) is the sum of AAI and PAI indexes and represents the
depth of the acetabulum in the axial plane. An increase in value indicates acetabular shal-
lowness. In normal development, the acetabulum becomes deeper as the child grows.
Acetabular version (AV) is an angle formed by the intersection of a line drawn through
the anterior aspect of the triradiate cartilage (baseline) and a line that bisects the axial
acetabular index (AxAI). This angle indicates the acetabular version. If the value is posi-
tive, it represents anteversion; if negative, it represents retroversion.
The anterior center-edge angle (ACEA) has its apex at the anterior rim of the acetabu-
lum. It is formed by the intersection of two lines that start from the apex, one to the center
of the femoral head and the other perpendicularly to the baseline. To determine the center
of the femoral head, the Mose method417 is utilized and confirmed by the crossing of the
bisecting lines of two secants that cut the femoral head randomly. This angle represents the
anterior coverage of the femoral head. As the bony acetabulum develops anteriorly, the
angle becomes smaller.
The posterior center-edge angle (PCEA) has its apex at the posterior rim of the acetabu-
lum. This angle is measured by the intersection of two lines, the first extending from the
apex to the center of the femoral head and the second perpendicular to the baseline. This
angle shows the posterior coverage of the femoral head in the axial plane. As bony cover-
age increases posteriorly, this angle decreases.
The acetabular anteversion angle (AAA) has its apex at the anterior rim of the acetabu-
lum. This is measured by the intersection of the tangential line drawn from the anterior to
the posterior rim of the acetabulum and the perpendicular line to the baseline. The AAA
shows the acetabular orientation in the axial plane.
Figure 7-13 The acetabular anteversion angle (AAA) shows the acetabular orientation on the axial
plane (from Kotzias Neto A: Estudo dos valores angulares em tomografia axial computadorizada de
crianças com quadris normais, master’s thesis, Ortopedia e Traumatologia da Escola Paulista de
Medicina, Universidade Federal de São Paulo, 1997).
Results
In the study by Kotzias322 of 50 pelvic CT scans, no significant differences by the Stu-
dent’s t-test were found between the values obtained for gender (30 males and 20 females),
right and left sides, and race (38 white and 12 nonwhite children). The values of seven
different age groups were compared by analysis of variance as criterion of classification.
When this test showed a significant difference, the specific analysis was complemented by
Scheffé contrast test. In all tests, a confidence ratio curve with a 0.05 (5 percent) error
margin was used. The averages of angles calculated for children younger than 13 years of
age are AAI, 54°; PAI, 56°; AxAI,110°; AV, 5°; ACEA, 31°; PCEA, 13°; and AAA, 13°.
The anterior, posterior, and axial acetabular indexes and the anterior and posterior
center-edge angles tend to decrease as the child grows, demonstrating that the acetabulum
becomes deeper and that the hip joint becomes more stable. The values and conclusions
reported in this study are consistent with the observations by Buckley53 for the AAI, AxAA,
and AV. For PAI, the average angle was 55.8° in our study, and Buckley’s angles were 49.4 ±
4.3°. The reason for this difference may be the different average ages in the two studies (6.2
years in Kotzias and 9.6 years in Buckley). Smith et al.527 report similar values for PAI, AV,
and AAA. For AAI and AxAI, the values reported were greater than in the Kotzias study,
which may be accounted for by the differences in the patients’ ages. Weiner and associ-
ates644 report the same observations for AxAA and ACEA. For the PCAE, the values were
similar for patients up to 7 years of age, but for older children the values were greater than
those obtained in the Kotzias study. However, in both studies the decreasing tendency in
the angles with growth was observed. The AV and the AAA values did not show any altera-
tions in the age groups from 2 years and under to 12 and 13 years of age. This means that
the spatial orientation of the acetabulum did not change significantly with growth. The
values obtained for the acetabular anteversion by Kim et al. 308 in 27 normal hips varied
from 8–27° (average 18°), which were greater than the average value calculated in the
Kotzias study. They also did not find any significant difference between the AA in children
younger than 15 years and those over 15 years of age. The AAA values were similar to those
found in the studies by Visser613 (16.5°) and Jacquemier285 (13°). Weiner et al.644 reported
lower values in children between 6 and 10 years of age. All these reports show the tendency
of the acetabulum to maintain its anteverted orientation during growth up to 15 years.
Reynolds et al.481 reported a retroverted orientation of the acetabulum as a cause of articu-
lar pain or rim syndrome due to impingement between the femoral neck and the anterior
acetabular margin.
The morphology and morphometry of the dysplastic femur have been studied by
many researchers.103,135,146,310,330,368,371 The values obtained based on radiographs or CT of
patients with DDH showed large ranges in the degree of severity. The size and shape of the
human femur varies with age, stature, gender, and ethnic origin of the individual. Sugano
et al.554 report a morphometric study of 35 femora from 31 female patients with DDH, and
another 15 for a control group. They observed that the femora with DDH had 10–14 °
more anteversion than the control group, independent of the severity of subluxation of
the hip. The normal value of femoral anteversion at birth is about 30° (range from +15 to
+ 53°) and gradually decreases until adult life, when it ranges from -18 to +41 degrees
(mean +14°). Mitchell and Parisi407 described a variety of pelvis osteotomy techniques and
Figure 7-14 The anterior Shenton line drawn on a CT scan of a reduced hip.
analyzed whether the size and the orientation of the acetabulum are significantly
radiographically altered to improve hip joint congruence and to provide a more normal
weightbearing interface. They classified the acetabular procedures into three categories:
(1) rotational or redirectional procedures, which reorient the articular surface of the
acetabulum; (2) augmentation or capsular procedures, which are salvage procedures for
an aspheric femoral head; and (3) reduction or pericapsular procedures, which reduce the
capacity of the joint to create a more congruent joint surface.
Farber151 described the Shenton line on the CT scan as a helpful radiographic sign to
evaluate the reduction obtained in DDH. In the normal or well-reduced hip, the CT
Shenton line is a gentle curve between the femoral neck and acetabulum. If this line is
interrupted, the reduction is not attained.
Although CT provides two-dimensional images, which help the surgeon determine
and evaluate proposed or actual treatment, it demands extensive and complex spatial
interpretation. Based on the CT data points, three-dimensional reconstruction can be
used to assess the surface of the acetabulum overlapping the femoral head.307,313 These data
will improve the preoperative planning aimed at choosing the most adequate surgical
method to obtain hip joint congruency and optimal coverage of the femoral head.
ages. On the antero-posterior view, the 3-DCT image allows comprehensive judgment of
the ilio-pubic area (antero-superior segment of the acetabulum). On the lateral view, they
drew a guideline G that connected the anterior superior iliac spine and anterior margin of
the pubis. In a normal child, this line is nearly perpendicular to the ground in the standing
position. When the triradiate cartilage is open, a second line can be drawn on the lateral
view. This line connects the anterior and posterior ends of the iliac part of the acetabulum
and is used to demarcate an acetabular slope. In the normal hip, this line is directed down-
ward and anteriorly (but only slightly) or is parallel to the ground (i.e., tends to be per-
pendicular to the guideline G). When this line is nearly parallel to the ground, it is de-
scribed as neutral = 0, and if it slopes slightly downwards anteriorally, it is described as
negative = -1.
Normal hip: The antero-posterior view shows an intact ilio-pubic bony contour and an
intact Shenton line, and the femoral head is centered in the acetabulum. In the
lateral view, the superior aspect of the acetabulum shows a smooth concavity, the
acetabular slope is neutral (0) or negative (-1), the femoral head is centered inside
the acetabulum, and the acetabular roof is barely visible.
Figure 7-15 Characteristics of a normal right hip as visualized in a plain radiograph and 3DCT
study (from Kim HT, Wenger DR: The morphology of residual acetabular deficiency in childhood
hip dysplasia: three-dimensional computed tomographic analysis, J Pediatr Orthop 17(5): 637–47,
p 639, Fig 1, 1997).
Type I (minimal dysplasia): The antero-posterior view shows disruption of the Shenton
line and mild lateral uncoverage or occasionally subluxation of the femoral head.
In the lateral view, the superior aspect of the acetabulum is irregular and notched
and has lost its smooth concavity.
Type III (midsuperior deficiency): The antero-posterior view shows an abnormal ilio-pubic
contour and lateral subluxation is usually present. Sometimes dislocation is seen.
This antero-posterior view is similar to the normal or type 1 view. In the lateral
view, the acetabular slope is positive (+1) or neutral (0). Deficiency in the
midsuperior or slightly anterior to the midsuperior margin of the acetabulum is
seen and anterior subluxation or dislocation is sometimes present.
Kim and Wenger307 divided their 48 patients (70 hips) into four groups according to
the type of prior treatment. The first group consisted of the patients who had received
nonsurgical treatment (15 patients, 24 hips). The frequency of acetabular type I was 38
percent; type II, 25 percent; type III, 33 percent; and type IV, 4 percent. The second group
of patients had operative treatment (17 patients, 21 hips). The frequency of acetabular
type I was 5 percent; type II, 57 percent; type III, 23 percent; and type IV, 15 percent. In the
third group classified as dysplasia with no prior treatment (10 patients, 19 hips), the
frequency of acetabular type was type I, 37 percent; type II, 10 percent; type III, 53 percent;
and type IV, 0 percent. In the last group, identified as complete dislocation with no prior
treatment (6 patients, 6 hips), the frequency of acetabular type III was 67 percent and type
IV, 33 percent. They concluded that 3-DCT presents little added value in cases of type I but
is helpful for type II and necessary for clinical judgment in types III and IV. Disadvantages
of 3-DCT are a high radiation exposure, high cost, and the absence of correlation between
the Kim and Wenger classification and other protocols of treatment. 3-DCT is a very
useful procedure to evaluate the osseous components of an adolescent hip with acetabular
dysplasia; however, it has a disadvantage in evaluating the cartilaginous components.
Lin et al.350 developed a cartilage-window technique to evaluate the cartilage of the hip
joint based on CT densitometry and a pseudocoloring process. They observed that the
bony acetabular margin in normal hips was less spherical than the acetabular surface and
the femoral head, which were both cartilaginous. The diameter of the bone segment of the
acetabular rim was greater than the diameter of the cartilaginous segment. In dysplastic
hips, the bony and cartilaginous diameters of the femoral head were smaller than the
acetabular surface diameters. In their patients with dysplastic hips, the acetabular
cartilaginous surface area was 29 percent larger than the osseous surface area, and the
acetabular cartilage had a greater capacity (63 percent) than the bone component in the
acetabular volume. The calculated acetabular height was 42 percent and the acetabular-
opening angle was 31 percent. The containment of the femoral head by the osseous acetabu-
lum was 12.9 percent and by the cartilaginous acetabulum was 30.1 percent. This carti-
lage-viewing window is helpful in evaluating the immature hip, especially in children
younger than 10 years of age and in planning osteotomies. For example, the orthopaedist
can determine acetabular directional changes; global and local acetabular deficiencies;
and abnormal, irregular, or fragmented cartilage surfaces.
New techniques have been developed to assist surgeons performing pelvic osteotomies
for the treatment of DDH. An image-guided freehand navigation system based on
preoperative CT images provides substantial data for the surgeon to choose the best sites
to perform the osteotomies, thus reducing potential risks and increasing safety and preci-
sion. Langlotz et al.337 reported greater accuracy and safety in 14 pelvic osteotomies per-
formed using image guidance.
Figure 7-20 Schematic drawing of the Ogata classification of head coverage from CT (from
Lehman WB, Atar D, Grant T, Strongwater A: CT, MRI, and 3-D reconstruction findings in
children with developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH), Mapfre Medicina 3 (Suppl 1): 50–58, p
53, Fig 8, 1992).
divided into three phases: initial, reconstructive, and salvage. These phases are conceptual in
that they denote a philosophy of treatment. The initial phase implies that the dysplasia
may resolve without surgical treatment. The reconstructive phase implies that the dyspla-
sia will not resolve without surgery and that the surgery can establish a successful out-
come. The salvage phase implies that the hip will not have a successful long-term outcome
and treatment should be directed toward maintaining useful function until a hip fusion or
total hip replacement is required.
In some cases, dynamic arthrography shows severe cartilage dysplasia, in which the
cartilage model of the acetabulum is capacious (enlarged and deformed until the acetabu-
lar diameter is much greater than the size of the femoral head) and the femoral head
subluxes within the enlarged acetabulum with motion of the leg. In these cases, closed
reduction of the subluxation and casting with the hip concentrically reduced is recom-
mended. These children must be followed carefully, and if hip stability is not achieved
within 3 to 4 months, a reconstructive procedure is recommended.
If the dynamic arthrogram presents an unstable or subluxed hip joint and intrinsic
factors (hypertrophic ligamentum teres, enlarged pulvinar, enfolded labrum, capsular
constriction) obstruct a perfect reduction of the femoral head into the acetabulum, open
reduction is the treatment of choice.
wide, forcing the femoral head into an unreducible subluxation. The acetabular roof is
deficient and is usually elongated, which results in poor support for the femoral head.
Occasionally the acetabular roof may contour to the subluxed femoral head. To reduce the
subluxed femoral head, Colona reamed the entire acetabulum, which destroyed the ar-
ticular cartilage. The Colona procedure95 has an extremely high failure rate and is almost
contraindicated. Derqui128,129 modified the procedure by reaming only the medial area of
the acetabulum, thereby preserving the cartilage of the acetabular roof; however, long-
term results show this procedure to have a high rate of failure, and it is now very seldom
performed. The authors are unaware of a procedure that fully reconstructs the lateralized
acetabulum type of dysplasia in adolescents or adults. In cases in which the subluxed femo-
ral head is stable within a congruent but shallow acetabulum, the authors perform com-
bined operations consisting of a rotational osteotomy and a shelf procedure to offer better
coverage of the femoral head. The Salter osteotomy or a triple osteotomy has been most
frequently used with the Staheli shelf.541 Most adult patients with a severe lateralized type
of acetabular dysplasia will require salvage procedures such as a Chiari osteotomy77 or
pelvic support osteotomy.280
Excessive anteversion and valgus of the proximal femur probably contribute to per-
sistent residual dysplasia by inappropriately directing muscular and weightbearing forces
into the acetabulum. In these cases, a proximal femoral varus-derotation osteotomy redi-
rects the femoral head within the acetabulum and corrects the abnormal proximal femo-
ral relationship to the acetabulum. The authors have found the proximal femoral oste-
otomy to be helpful in cases in which the cartilage model of the acetabulum is normal but
poorly ossified, the proximal femur is severely anteverted, and the involved limb is longer
than the uninvolved side or has excessive valgus. The proximal femoral osteotomy is also
helpful as a combined procedure with an acetabular procedure in cases of very severe
residual dysplasia.
Residual dysplasia due to femoral deformities includes valgus and anteversion of the
femoral neck, femoral head asphericity, coxa brevis, discrepancy between the greater tro-
chanter and the femoral head, and capital femoral growth arrest.
The authors’ choice of treatment for a dislocated hip and a false acetabulum in chil-
dren up to 9 years of age in unilateral cases and up to 7 years of age in bilateral cases is an
open reduction with correction of the intrinsic and extrinsic factors, such as inverted
limbus, fibro-fatty pulvinar, ligamentum teres, and psoas tendon, associated with femoral
shortening and acetabular reconstruction. In children over 7 to 9 years of age with dislo-
cated hips, adequate reduction and reconstruction is frequently inadequate to achieve a
satisfactory hip. The older patients may require procedures described in the salvage phase
of treatment (see chapter 12).
lum in adolescence or adults, capacious acetabulum with arthritis in adults, and avascular
necrosis of Kalamchi types III or IV in adolescents or adults.
The false acetabulum in adolescents and adults can occur in two different patterns. In
one pattern, the false joint consists entirely of soft tissue surrounding the femoral head and
the femoral head does not have bony contact with the pelvis. These patients tend to have
severe lumbar lordosis and a Trendelenburg gait; however, early adult arthritis is uncom-
mon. In the other pattern of false acetabulum, the femoral head is positioned against the
pelvis, promoting a contact indentation of the pelvis with a fibro-cartilaginous joint (false
acetabulum). These patients may develop degenerative arthritis by early adulthood.
In the salvage phase, operative procedures can include a Chiari osteotomy,78 a shelf
operation,541 and (rarely) a hip arthrodesis, a valgus proximal femoral osteotomy (pelvic
support osteotomy),67,280 or a total hip replacement. Chiari and shelf operations provide
coverage of the femoral head by enlarging the capacity of the deficient and false acetabu-
lum. In older children, these procedures increase joint stability and the surface area for
weightbearing and prevent supero-lateral migration of the femoral head. In older adults
with severe degenerative hip disease following DDH, total hip replacement can be helpful
but is associated with many complications. The authors rarely perform arthrodesis of the
hip, but it is an option for treatment in the young adult with unilateral hip involvement
and severe pain due to degenerative arthritis.
Excellent Stable, painless hip; no limp; negative Trendelenburg sign; full range of
motion
Good Stable, painless hip; slight limp; slight decrease in range of motion
Fair Stable, painless hip; limp; positive Trendelenburg sign; limited range of
motion; all of these
Poor Unstable and/or painful hip; positive Trendelenburg sign
IV Poor
IVa Moderate subluxation ≥0°
IVb Severe subluxation <0°
acetabulum, or both
VI Redislocation
Prerequisites
• Capacity to bring the femoral head to the level of the acetabulum. Originally,
Salter recommended preoperative traction.
• Contractures of the adductors and the iliopsoas muscles must be released.
• Concentric reduction of the femoral head in the true acetabulum must be
performed.
• Appropriate congruity of the acetabulum and femoral head. Joint should have a
rounded circumference.
• No fixed deformity. Good motion of the hip joint is necessary, especially flexion,
abduction, and internal rotation.
• Patient must be over 18 months of age
• A flexible symphysis pubis is required
Indications
• To correct acetabular maldirection from DDH in children over 18 months of age
• To correct acetabular dysplasia
• To cover the antero-laterally exposed femoral head
• To stabilize a concentrically reduced hip in a functional position of weightbearing
• For dislocation after the age of 2 years when closed reduction is contraindicated (a
concentric reduction is a prerequisite)
• Residual subluxation following previous treatment failure in patients from 18
months to approximately 6 years of age (a concentric reduction is a prerequisite)
• Residual dislocation following previous treatment failure in patients from 18 months
to approximately 6 years of age (a concentric reduction is a prerequisite)
Contraindications
• Patient older than 6 years with dislocation (relative contraindication)
• Incapacity to carry the femoral head to the acetabulum
• Incapacity to reduce the femoral head into the true acetabulum
• Joint incongruity
• Range of motion significantly limited
• Remaining tightness of the adductors and iliopsoas muscles, even after release
• Early degenerative arthritis of the hip joint in the older child
Advantages
• Corrects the abnormal direction of the acetabulum, promoting immediate stability
in a single operative procedure
• Provides coverage of the femoral head with a hyaline cartilaginous acetabulum
• Does not disturb the triradiate cartilage or the acetabular lip; consequently, does
not alter the growth of the acetabulum
• Permits early resumption of function of the hip joint
• Does not change the configuration and capacity of the acetabulum
Disadvantages
• Does not provide posterior femoral head coverage or medialization of the
acetabulum
• Reduces inferior and posterior acetabular coverage of the femoral head
9. Expose the groove between the sartorius and the tensor fasciae latae muscles, and
by blunt dissection open this space to expose the rectus femoris muscle. Usually a
small vessel crosses this region over the spine and should be cauterized.
10. Dissect the rectus femoris muscle from the capsule and divide the reflected head.
11. Extend the incision in the iliac apophysis downward to the anterior inferior iliac
spine.
12. Elevate the periosteum from the outer surface of the ilium with a periosteal elevator,
exposing the outer aspect of ilium down to the sciatic notch.
13. Elevate the periosteum from the inner aspect of the ilium. This procedure is easily
performed on this side of the ilium.
14. Stay within the periosteum for the purpose of keeping away from the gluteal artery
and the sciatic nerve. Utilize a sponge to facilitate the dissection, to dilate the space
between the ilium and the periosteum, and to prevent any bleeding from the elevated
tissues.
15. Expose the capsule superiorly, anteriorly, and medially to the inner edge of the
acetabulum by blunt dissection.
16. Place retractors in the sciatic notch and pass subperiosteally a curved forceps from
the medial to the lateral sides of the ilium.
17. Introduce a Gigli saw through the sciatic notch from the lateral to the medial side
of the ilium. Grip the Gigli saw with the teeth of the forceps placed on the inner
side.
18. Perform the osteotomy from the sciatic notch directly anteriorly and vertically to
the anterior inferior iliac spine, holding the ends of the Gigli saw far apart with
continuous tension on each end of the saw. The pelvis is stabilized by downward
pressure on the iliac wing from an assistant.
19. After the osteotomy is completed, the distal fragment should not displace
posteriorly.
20. Cut a triangular bone graft, removing it from the iliac crest with bone cutters or an
oscillating saw. The base of this graft should correspond to the distance between
both iliac spines (anterior superior to anterior inferior) forming an angle of 30–
40° at its apex.
21. Grasp the ilium with a towel clip to keep it steady. Use a second towel clip to grasp
the distal fragment, which should then be pulled downward and forward. The
figure 4 maneuver of the leg facilitates the opening of the osteotomy (flexing and
externally rotating the affected hip, flexing the knee and placing the heel on the
opposite knee, then extending the hip gradually and carefully). The capsule pulls
the distal fragment downward and forward. The rotation occurs at the symphysis
pubis. The distal fragment should never be displaced posteriorly in relation to the
proximal fragment of the ilium. If this occurs, no redirection of the acetabulum
has been attained.
22. Shape the bone graft with bone cutters or a power saw and insert it at the osteotomy,
which must be opened anteriorly and closed posteriorly. The distal fragment should
be rotated and in a position slightly anterior to the proximal fragment.
23. Drill the proximal fragment and thread a Kirschner wire through, across the graft
and into the distal fragment medial and posterior to the acetabulum, avoiding
entry into the joint and triradiate cartilage.
24. Drill the proximal fragment again and thread a second Kirschner wire parallel to
the first to increase the stability of the osteotomy.
25. Make sure that the Kirschner wires are not inside the joint.
26. Confirm the stability of the reduction and mobility.
27. Suture the cartilaginous iliac cap. There is no need to close the space between the
tensor fascia lata and the sartorius muscles. Leaving it open helps to avoid damage
to the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve.
28. Cut the pins at their ends, permitting palpation under the skin.
29. Suture the subcutaneous tissue and skin.
30. Apply a single spica cast with the hip flexed at 30°, abducted 30–40°, in neutral
rotation.
31. Take antero-posterior radiographs to ensure position of the osteotomy and hip.
• Reduce the femoral head into the acetabulum. Test the stability and recognize the
acetabular maldirection. If the hip is unstable from maldirection of the acetabulum
or if the acetabular index is excessively high (about 30° or greater) and if the patient
is over 18 months of age, a Salter innominate osteotomy may be indicated.
• Identify the iliopsoas muscular-tendon junction at the inner wall of the ilium.
Separate the tendon from the muscular portion and perform an intrapelvic
tenotomy. When the hip is flexed and extended, the tendon is easily identified as a
tight band. This maneuver protects the femoral nerve.
16. Place retractors in the sciatic notch and pass subperiosteally a curved forceps from
the medial to the lateral side of the ilium.
17. Introduce a Gigli saw through the sciatic notch from the lateral to the medial side
of the ilium. Grip the Gigli saw with the teeth of the forceps placed on the inner
side.
18. Perform the osteotomy from the sciatic notch directly anteriorly and vertically to
the anterior inferior iliac spine, holding the ends of the Gigli saw far apart with
continuous tension on each end of the saw. The pelvis is stabilized by downward
pressure on the iliac wing from an assistant.
19. After the osteotomy is completed, the distal fragment should be stabilized by the
assistant.
20. Cut a triangular bone graft, removing it from the iliac crest with bone cutters or an
oscillating saw. The base of this graft should correspond to the distance between
both iliac spines (anterior superior to anterior inferior) forming an angle of 30–
40° at its apex.
21. Grasp the ilium with a towel clip to keep it steady. Use a second towel clip to grasp
the distal osteotomy fragment (acetabular fragment), which should then be pulled
downward and forward. The figure 4 maneuver cannot be used with an open
reduction of the hip. The capsule is incised; therefore, it cannot be used to rotate
the acetabulum. The rotation of the acetabulum is induced by motion of the
instrumentation (towel clips). The rotation occurs at the symphysis pubis. The
distal fragment should never be displaced posteriorly in relation to the proximal
fragment of the ilium. If this occurs, no redirection of the acetabulum has been
attained.
22. Shape the bone graft with bone cutters or a power saw and insert it at the osteotomy,
which must be opened anteriorly and closed posteriorly. The distal fragment should
be rotated and in a position slightly anterior to the proximal fragment.
23. Drill the proximal fragment and thread a Kirschner wire through, across the graft
and into the distal fragment medial and posterior to the acetabulum, avoiding
entry into the joint and triradiate cartilage.
24. Drill the proximal fragment again and thread a second Kirschner wire parallel to
the first to increase the stability of the osteotomy.
25. Make sure that the Kirschner wires are not inside the joint.
• Complete operation as described for an open reduction (chapter 6).
Postoperative care
The patient returns after 2 weeks for the cast to be evaluated, and radiographs are
taken to monitor the position of the osteotomy. After 6 weeks the cast and pins are re-
moved under general anesthesia and radiographs are taken. Once consolidation of the
osteotomy is confirmed, crutches and therapy are initiated until full weightbearing can be
authorized.
If open reduction was performed in association with the Salter procedure, a bilateral
long leg abduction cast is applied to maintain the hips in abduction of 20–40° and internal
rotation of 15° for a total of 10 weeks.
In bilateral cases, the second hip is operated on 2 weeks after the first. It is very impor-
tant to leave the child in the spica cast to protect the first hip during the second operation.
Half of the spica cast is removed longitudinally to permit the surgery of the contralateral
hip. Another choice in bilateral cases is to perform the operation on the second hip after
the prior hip has been removed from the cast.
Complications
• Infection
• Avascular necrosis (related more with open reduction associated with innominate
osteotomy)
• Premature closure of the triradiate cartilage, 415 probably correlated with an
extensive periosteal exposure of the inner aspect of the pelvis during surgery
• Loss of position of the osteotomy site
• Subluxation
• Redislocation
• Anterior or posterior displacement161,235
Results
Salter and Dubos495 report the results of their cases treated between 1958 and 1968,
discussing their first 10 years of personal experience. They divided their patients into two
groups. In the first group, called the primary operation group, there were 140 dislocations
and 28 subluxations. In the second group, called the secondary operation group, repre-
senting the failures of the previous treatment, there were 47 residual dislocations and 110
residual subluxations. The results of the combined open reduction and innominate oste-
otomy for dislocated hips of the first group, based on the Severin classification, show 93.6
percent to be excellent and good in patients from 18 months to 4 years of age, and 56.7
percent from 4 to 10 years of age. For hip subluxation, where innominate osteotomy was
performed alone, they had 100 percent excellent and good results in patients from 18
months to 4 years of age, and 91.6 percent from 4 to 16 years of age.
In the second group, the secondary operation group, avascular necrosis of the femoral
head occurred in 30 percent as a complication of the previous treatment, and cartilage
necrosis was found in 6.4 percent of the 157 hips. They classified these 157 hips before and
after innominate osteotomy, with or without combined open reduction. After failure of
previous treatment, and before the innominate osteotomy, the hips were classified as Severin
types III, IV, V, and VI (fair, poor, and failure). After innominate osteotomy (the second-
ary operation), these patients improved to 61.1 percent excellent and good results (Severin
I and II).
Salter and Dubos observed the following common errors committed by orthopaedic
surgeons:495
• Failure to observe the prerequisites and to adhere to the indications and
contraindications of the method.
• Errors in operative technique such as inadequate exposure of the anatomic
structures.
Morin et al.415 reported results similar to those of Salter and Dubos. They reviewed 180
congenitally dislocated, subluxed, and dysplastic hips in 122 patients at skeletal maturity.
In their cases, the acetabular angle at maturity was 23.6° on average (14° improvement
from preoperatively), similar to that of Gulman et al.,216 who achieved 21°. Utterback and
MacEwen364,609 reported an improvement of 10° and Barrett et al.22 one of 16°.
Mellerowicz et al.,391 comparing the long-term results of Salter and Chiari pelvic oste-
otomies in DDH, concluded that Salter’s procedure performed on patients younger than
3 years of age was capable of rendering long-term pain relief and enabling normal hip
development. On the other hand, the Chiari procedure showed satisfactory to good cov-
erage radiographically, but the subjective and functional factors were poor and unsatis-
factory.
Huang and Wang270 reported their observations comparing the results of treatment of
DDH in 48 patients (49 hips) whose ages ranged from 13 to 17 months. The patients were
divided into two groups and were followed-up for 2 years and 3 months. In the first group,
16 patients (17 hips) were treated by closed reduction and casting. One hip redislocated
and four showed mild AVN. Based on the Severin criteria, the results were classified as class
I in one hip, class III in nine hips, class IV in six hips, and class VI in one hip. In the second
group, which consisted of 32 patients (32 hips), open reduction and Salter osteotomy were
performed without preoperative traction. One hip redislocated and 2 hips showed a mild
degree of AVN. Thirteen hips were classified as Severin class I, 18 hips as Class II and 1 hip
as Class III. They concluded that DDH in patients of walking age could be treated effi-
ciently by open reduction associated with Salter innominate osteotomy.
Borges et al.47 reported difficulties in the treatment of 55 boys (78 hips) who had DDH
from 1965 to 1990. They divided the patients into three groups. Group I consisted of 22
patients (30 hips) in which the patients were treated initially with a Pavlik harness. The
harness was considered to have excellent results in two hips (7 percent), but the other 28
hips (93 percent) needed additional treatment. The final results of these hips were 14
excellent, 10 good, and 4 fair. Group II consisted of 29 patients (42 hips) treated by closed
reduction. Initially, 29 (69 percent) were considered stable, but later 15 of these hips (52
percent) needed additional treatment for remaining dysplasia or subluxation. The results
attained for these patients were 14 excellent, 13 good, and 2 fair. The remaining 13 (31
percent) were considered unstable after the closed reduction and were then treated by
operative reduction. The results were 4 excellent, 6 good, and 3 fair. In Group III, 4 pa-
tients (6 hips) had been treated initially by open reduction. In 2 hips, open reduction was
associated with pelvic osteotomy, and 4 of the hips required a secondary procedure. Two of
these secondary procedures were for redislocation of the hip, and 2 were to correct the
residual dysplasia. The results of this group were 2 excellent, 2 good, and 2 fair. They
concluded that DDH in boys is probably secondary to laxity and an intrinsic deficiency of
acetabular development. They also noticed a high incidence of complications, for exam-
ple, redislocation and absence of acetabular remodeling after open reduction alone. They
suggested performing a pelvic osteotomy to correct acetabular malalignment at the time
of the open reduction, and a femoral osteotomy if correction of anteversion was necessary.
Other authors have reported the biologic stimulating effect of the Salter innominate oste-
otomy on the acetabulum, which reverses the dysplastic changes,265 and other authors
have observed that the acetabular correction obtained at surgery continues until bone
maturation.568
Santili in 1996500 reported a study of 32 patients (42 hips) treated by Salter’s innomi-
nate osteotomy, associated with femur shortening. The mean age at operation was 4 years
(ranging from 2 to 10 years). The mean age at follow-up was 17 years. He evaluated the
results based on the patient complaints and Severin’s radiological criteria. He also evalu-
ated the limb length discrepancies. The results of the patient opinions were 37 excellent, 2
good, 1 regular, and 2 poor. Based on Severin’s criteria, the results for 37 hips were consid-
ered satisfactory, 3 unsatisfactory, and 2 doubtful. The residual limb length discrepancy
was 0.65 cm in 29 patients. He concluded that the Salter procedure provides good results
in the treatment of DDH and that the correction persists.
Bertol (1998)32 analyzed 103 hips treated by Salter’s procedure associated with a femur
osteotomy in patients whose ages ranged from 18 to 60 months. He concluded that this
association did not alter the results in patients between 18 to 30 months of age, but in-
creased the good results in the older children. Milani396 concurred with these results.
Bohn and Weber (2003)45 reviewed 58 patients (69 hips) with DDH submitted to
Salter’s innominate osteotomy. The age of the patients at operation ranged from 13 to 37
years (mean age 22 years). They concluded that Salter’s procedure promoted encouraging
results in adolescents and young adults whose hips presented have minimal to no arthritic
changes.
segment of the ilium. An iliac bone graft is placed to fill the triangular gap of the anterior
aspect of the osteotomy, and one or two Steinmann pins are introduced to stabilize the
osteotomy. The patient is immobilized in a single spica cast with the affected hip at 30° of
flexion, 30° of abduction, and neutral rotation for six weeks. Kalamchi observed five pa-
tients with a follow-up of 2 years. All patients were asymptomatic and had full range of
motion. Synder et al.562 reviewed 27 patients, 30 hips, operated on between 1979 and 1988,
with 2 years of follow-up. They divided their patients into three groups according to the
operative procedure. The first group had a Kalamchi osteotomy alone. The second group
had an associated shelf operation when the surgeon thought osteotomy alone would not
provide adequate coverage. The third group had an associated femoral varus osteotomy.
Based on the Severin classification, 97 percent of the operated hips were excellent and 93
percent were excellent or good using McKay’s criteria for clinical results. Bowen modified
the Kalamchi procedure by cutting the triangular bone segment in the outer cortex only of
the ilium. This modification prevents medial displacement of the osteotomy, which in-
creases stability, and postoperative spica casting can be minimal or abandoned in cases
with rigid pin fixation.
B
A
Figure 8-2 Kalamchi procedure. A, B. Schematic drawing of the Kalamchi modification of Salter
osteotomy, which resects a triangular segment from the most posterior aspect of the proximal fragment of the
iliac bone (both the inner and outer cortex of the iliac bone).
A B
Figure 8-3 A, B. Radiographs of a modification by Bowen of the Kalamchi procedure in which the
triangular segment is resected only from the outer cortex of iliac bone. This modification prevents
medial migration of the osteotomy (personal communication, J. R. Bowen).
The desire to restore hip stability and congruity in older children and adolescents with
hip dysplasia has stimulated many surgeons to design new techniques. Salter’s innominate
osteotomy permits a correction of about 10–15° abduction and 15–20° of acetabular flexion
(hip extension). For when more correction is desired or the age of the patient does not
allow motion in the symphysis pubis, complex pelvic osteotomies that allow more acetabu-
lar mobility have been developed. The double osteotomies may be used in the maldirected
type of acetabular dysplasia to improve antero-lateral coverage. Currently, the authors
do not use double innominate osteotomies because the triple and peri-acetabular osteoto-
mies are effective.
Hopf designed his operation to perform two osteotomies of the pelvis. The first oste-
otomy is similar to Salter’s procedure and the second is performed at the inferior margin
of the acetabulum through the thin isthmus between the acetabulum and the pubis and
ischium at the obturator foramen. This procedure may be useful in adolescents in which
stiffness of the pubic symphysis prevents acetabular rotation with the Salter osteotomy
alone and the additional double osteotomy of Hopf allows the rotation.
Prerequisites
• Concentrical reduction of the hip joint
• Hip joint congruity
• Satisfactory cartilage space
• Functional range of motion
Indications
• Hip dysplasia in an adolescent that needs more than 25° of abduction to contain
the femoral head into the acetabulum
• Bilateral subluxation or dislocation
• Hip joint pain
• Hip instability
Contraindications
• Incongruous hip joint
• Degenerative arthritis
• Stiffness of the hip joint
Advantages
• No upper age limit
• Permits greater versatility of correction
• Does not disturb the growth of the triradiate cartilage
• Does not jeopardize the blood supply to the femoral head
Disadvantages
• Difficult technique66,587
• Can compromise the blood supply to the hip joint564
• Can damage the articular cartilage564
• Does not enlarge the capacity of the acetabulum
Procedure
1. Place the patient in a supine-oblique position with a sandbag under chest of the
affected hip. Prepare the lower limb and drape it to allow free movement during
the surgical procedure.
2. Adopt the same approach as that of the Salter innominate osteotomy, which uses
the “bikini incision,” or perform an inguinal incision.
3. Elevate the medial aspect of the acetabulum to expose the isthmus between the
acetabulum and the obturator foramen.
4. Perform the osteotomy through the thin isthmus between the acetabulum and the
obturator foramen. Do not disturb its inner side.
5. Perform the Salter osteotomy.
6. Mobilize the acetabular segment, pulling downward and forward. The medial end
of the acetabular segment is pulled upward and medially. This maneuver rotates
the acetabulum anteriorly and laterally and displaces the hip joint medially,
covering the femoral head.
7. Fix the Salter innominate osteotomy using two threaded Kirschner wires, directing
them posteriorly and medially to the acetabulum and crossing the bone graft.
8. Fix the distal osteotomy using one or two threaded Kirschner wires directing them
anteriorly and medially to the pubis fragment.
9. Close the wound using sutures.
10. Apply a hip spica cast.
11. Take an anterior posterior radiograph to verify adequate acetabular correction.
Postoperative care
Postoperatively, a spica cast is worn for 6 weeks in young children and 8 weeks in ado-
lescents, and ambulation is not permitted. Typically, the patient returns after 2 weeks for
cast care and radiographs to confirm the position of the osteotomy. After the osteotomies
have healed, the cast and pins can be removed under general anesthesia. Three-point crutch
ambulation and therapy are recommended until full motion and strength are restored.
Complications
• Infection
• Damage to the articular cartilage
• Loss of position of the osteotomy site
Prerequisites
• Hip joint congruity
• Concentric reduction of the hip joint
Indications
• Hip dysplasia that needs more than 25° of abduction to contain the femoral head
in the acetabulum in adolescents and children over 6 years of age
• Bilateral dislocation or subluxation
• Hip instability
• Hip joint pain
• Malrotated type of acetabular dysplasia
Contraindications
• Stiffness of the hip joint
• Incongruous hip joint
• Degenerative arthritis
Advantages
• No upper age limit
• Promotes an adequate medial displacement of the hip
• Does not disturb the growth of the triradiate cartilage
• Does not jeopardize the blood supply to the femoral head
• Does not disrupt the articular cartilage
Disadvantages
• Difficult technique
• Unfamiliarity with the anatomy of the symphysis pubis region
• Risk of damage to the pudendal vessels and nerves
• Does not alter the capacity or contour the acetabulum
Procedure
1. Place the patient in a supine position. Place a Foley catheter into the bladder. (This
catheter remains in place for approximately 2 days postoperatively.) Prepare and
drape the skin, including the contralateral hip joint.
2. Perform a Salter osteotomy.
3. Perform a transverse suprapubic incision, centered over the symphysis pubis, about
6–10 cm in length.
4. Incise the subcutaneous tissue along the same line as the skin incision.
5. Laterally retract the spermatic cords in males or the round ligaments in females.
Do not disturb these structures.
6. Identify the aponeurosis of the external abdominal muscle.
7. Identify the origin of the rectus abdominus and pyramidalis muscles and divide
them on the upper border of the pubis. Mark the muscles with 2-0 suture for posterior
reattachment.
8. Identify the tendons of the adductor longus and gracilis muscles at their origin.
Elevate them away from the anterior aspect of the pubis.
9. Localize the symphysis pubis by inserting a Keith needle, and confirm with an
antero-posterior radiograph of the pelvis.
10. Transversely section the periosteum of the symphysis pubis and elevate it anteriorly
and posteriorly. By gentle subperiosteal dissection, insert Chandler retractors to
protect the soft structures such as the internal pudendal artery, which passes around
the medial margin of the inferior ramus of the pubis.
11. Mark the level of the osteotomy by introducing a Kirschner wire vertically just
lateral to the symphysis pubis and medial to the obturator foramen. Control the
site of the osteotomy by using fluoroscopy.
12. Utilize a small rongeur to remove a wedge of 0.7–1.3 cm from the pubic bone. Do
not injure the structures that are attached to the inferior aspect of the pubis, such
as the urogenic diaphragm, which is pierced in the midline by the deep dorsal nerve
and vessels of the penis. Do not enter the obturator foramen.
13. With a towel clip, gently pull up the lateral pubic segment and free 2–3 cm of the
attached periosteum from the lower side of the pubis.
14. Hold both sides of the acetabular segment, utilizing towel clips. Mobilize the lateral
side of the acetabular segment pulling downward and forward. The medial end of
the acetabular segment is pulled upwards and medially. This maneuver rotates the
acetabulum anteriorly and laterally and displaces the hip joint medially.
15. Fix the pubic osteotomy with one or two threaded Steinmann pins, directing them
transversely from the normal hip side to the affected side.
16. Fix the Salter innominate osteotomy using two threaded Kirschner wires, directing
them posteriorly and medially to the acetabulum.
17. Close the Salter osteotomy.
18. On the side of the pubic osteotomy, reattach the rectus abdominus muscles and
close the fascia and the subcutaneous tissue.
19. Close the incisions.
20. Apply a hip spica cast
21. Take an antero-posterior radiograph to verify correction.
Postoperative care
The cast is maintained for 6 weeks in young children and 8 weeks in adolescents. Typi-
cally the patient returns after 2 weeks for evaluation of cast. Cast and pin removal is
performed under general anesthesia after the osteotomies have healed. Three-point crutch
ambulating and therapy are recommended until full range of motion and strength is re-
stored.
Complications
• Infection
• Damage to the pudendal vessels and nerves
• Doss of position of the osteotomy site
Sutherland et al.556,564 performed this procedure in 25 patients between 1974 and 1976.
In their report, 12 patients had congenital subluxation or dislocation of the hip, 6 were
attributed to cerebral palsy, and the remaining were attributed to other diseases. Follow-
up ranged from 7 to 41 months (average of 20 months). Stability of the hip joint was
achieved in 23 cases. The center-edge angle was improved in all patients by an average of
22°, and the acetabular index decreased an average of 19.5°. They recommend the double
innominate osteotomy for the treatment of subluxation of the hip in children older than 6
years of age.
The sciatic nerve, after exiting from the greater sciatic foramen, courses posteriorly to
the ramus of the ischium and parallel and laterally to the semimembranosus muscle. Care
must be taken to avoid confusing the anatomical structures; the semimembranosus muscle
is tendinous at its origin and resembles the sciatic nerve. To preserve the stability of the
spine, the sacro-spinous and sacro-tuberous ligaments resist the tendency of the sacrum to
rotate under the full weight of the upper body. The sacro-spinous ligament converts the
greater sciatic notch into the greater sciatic foramen. The sacro-spinous ligament is at-
tached at its apex to the ischial spine, and its wide base raises from the lower aspect of the
sacrum and coccyx. The sacro-tuberous ligament is flat, long, and triangular. It converts
the lesser sciatic notch into the lesser sciatic foramen. Its fibers arise from the postero-
A B
superior and postero-inferior iliac spines, from the posterior and lateral aspects of the
sacrum, and from the side of the coccyx, converging downward to the ischial tuberosity.
The authors believe the triple innominate osteotomy is useful in adolescents with a
maldirected acetabular dysplasia, in which the triradiate cartilage is open and its growth
is necessary, and also works well in adults in whom rigid screw fixation prevents the need
for spina casting. Adults tend not to tolerate spica casts well. Also, in women, the surgeon
should consider distortion of the contour of the pelvis, which may impede vaginal deliv-
ery. In general, the triple innominate osteotomy gives good results and the complication
rate is acceptable. The choice of the osteotomy depends upon the desired repositioning of
the acetabulum. The “20-20” rule of thumb was used in the past as a guideline; that is 20° of
flexion and 20° of abduction of the acetabulum can be achieved by a triple innominate
osteotomy. The authors caution against the use of this rule of thumb and suggest the use of
modern imaging techniques such as three-dimensional computed tomography to allow
more specific planning. Excessive external rotation of the acetabulum can cause acetabu-
lar retroversion, which may predispose to early onset degenerative arthritis.481,591 Excessive
flexion and abduction of the acetabulum can cause impingement of the femoral neck against
the lateral rim of the acetabulum, which may block motion (as in sitting) and damage the
acetabular labrum. Aminian et al.6 compared the motion of the acetabular fragment be-
tween the Ganz, Tönnis, and Carlioz osteotomies.
In the authors’ opinion, most of the modern triple innominate osteotomies and peri-
acetabular osteotomies allow for excessive mobility of the acetabulum. The issue is placing
the acetabulum in the proper position and not the limitation or inability to rotate the
acetabulum. Excessive rotation of the acetabulum may result in impingement of the femo-
ral neck against the rim of the acetabulum and thus failure of the outcome. Also, untreated
deformity of the femoral head and neck may result in impingement even if the acetabulum
is positioned in an anatomical position (see Femoro-acetabular Impingement in chapter
7). Preoperative planning of the entire hip mechanics in a three-dimensional manner is
essential.
Prerequisites
Indications
• Significant and symptomatic dysplasia of the hip joint
• Necessity of 25–30° of abduction to concentrically reduce the femoral head into
the acetabulum (using an antero-posterior pelvis roentgenogram)
• To recover the stability of the hip joint at its anatomical level in cases where the hip
is dislocated or subluxed
• Bilaterality in an older patient in whom the symphysis pubis is closed and stiff
Contraindications
• Other previous diseases of the hip joint that have destroyed the femoral head, the
acetabulum, or both
• Degenerative arthritis
• Ankylosis of the hip joint
• Muscular imbalance (cerebral palsy, myelomeningocele, spina bifida, or Charcot-
Marie-Tooth syndrome)
• When it is impossible to reduce the femoral head into the acetabulum by traction
or femoral shortening
• When reduction is not attained with abduction of the thigh
Advantages
• Promotes complete covering of the femoral head by normal articular cartilage
• Provides stability of the hip joint for weightbearing
Disadvantages
• Difficult procedure
• Does not enlarge the hip joint capacity
• Causes some distortion of the pelvis, especially if it is performed bilaterally
A B
C D
Figure 8-5 A. model and schematic drawings of the triple innominate osteotomy of Steel. The cut
of ischium and pubis are performed through the obturator foramen, and the ilium osteotomy is similar
to Salter’s procedure (from G. D. MacEwen). B, C, D. Schematic drawings of a modification by
Jaykumar (from Kumar SJ, MacEwen GD, Jaykumar AS: Triple osteotomy of the innominate bone for
the treatment of congenital hip dysplasia, J Pediatr Orthop 6(4): 393–98, p 394, Figs 3, 4, 5, 1986).
Preoperative care
Skeletal traction is applied to bring the femoral head to the level of the acetabulum. If
there is muscle contracture around the hip, surgical release may be necessary.
Procedure
1. Place the patient in a supine position on a radiolucent table. Prepare sterile and
drape the affected lower limb, hemipelvis, and lower part of the chest.
2. The affected lower limb is held by an assistant with the patient’s hip and knee flexed
at 90°.
3. Palpate the ischial tuberosity.
4. Perform an 8–10-cm horizontal incision to approach the ischium, beginning 1 cm
proximal to the gluteal crease and extending perpendicular to the axis of the femoral
shaft.
5. Laterally retract the gluteus maximus muscle.
6. Expose the hamstrings at their origin on the ischial tuberosity.
7. Dissect the biceps femoris muscle (the most superficial and medial muscle).
8. Expose the gap between the semitendinosus and semimembranosus muscles and
insert curved hemostatic forceps behind the ischium into the obturator foramen.
The sciatic nerve is lateral to the semimembranosus and lies deep in the medial and
inferior aspect of the gluteus maximus. Do not expose the sciatic nerve, although it
is necessary to observe it to avoid damage during the surgery. The nerve and the
semimembranosus muscle, which is tendinous near its origin, have a similar
appearance; do not confuse them with each other.
9. Elevate the origins of the obturator internus and externus muscles, maintaining
contact with the bone to avoid damaging the internal pudendal artery, vein, and
nerve, whose course is parallel to the ischial ramus in the obturator fascia at Alcock’s
canal.
10. Perform the ischium osteotomy, utilizing an osteotome of the same width as the
ischial ramus. Direct the osteotome laterally and posteriorly 45° from the
perpendicular, completely dividing the bone.
11. Suture the gluteus maximus to the deep fascia.
12. Close the wound as usual.
13. Change gowns and gloves and use a different set of instruments the second time this
procedure is carried out.
14. Work from an anterior iliofemoral approach.
15. Reflect the iliacus and gluteal muscles from the outer side of the ilium.
16. Detach the sartorius muscle from its origin at the anterior superior iliac spine and
reflect it medially.
17. Subperiosteally reflect the muscles from the inner side of the ilium and the iliacus
and the psoas muscles. Protect the femoral nerve, artery, and vein, which lie
anteriorly to these muscles.
18. Divide the psoas tendon at its origin and expose the pectineal tubercle.
19. Expose the pubic ramus adequately, elevating subperiosteally the pectineal muscle,
approximately 1 cm from the pectineal tubercle.
21. Introduce a pair of curved hemostatic forceps superiorly to the pubic ramus into
the obturator foramen. A second pair of curved forceps should then be introduced
inferiorly to the pubic ramus, to make contact with the upper pair. These forceps
protect the obturator artery, vein, and nerve, which are situated medially.
22. Perform the osteotomy introducing the osteotome posteriorly and medially 15°
from the perpendicular.
23. Proceed with the iliac osteotomy as in the Salter technique, using a Gigli saw from
the greater sciatic notch to the midpoint between the anterior superior and anterior
inferior iliac spines.
24. Cut the fascia and the periosteum of the inner side of the ilium to free the distal iliac
portion further.
25. If the femoral head is dislocated or subluxed, open the capsule, remove the intrinsic
factors (fibro-fatty tissue, ligamentum teres, and transverse ligament) that obstruct
the reduction.
26. Reduce the femoral head, directing it to the acetabulum as close as possible to the
center of the triradiate cartilage epiphysis.
27. Close the capsule.
28. Grip the anterior inferior iliac spine with a clip towel and mobilize the acetabular
segment distally, anteriorly, and laterally to cover the femoral head.
29. Remove a triangular bone graft from the wing of the ilium, place it in the osteotomy,
and cut and fix it with two Steinmann pins penetrating from the inner aspect of the
proximal ilium to the distal segment, avoiding the hip joint.
30. Reattach the rectus femoris to the anterior inferior iliac spine, and also the sartorius
muscle and the lateral end of the inguinal ligament to the anterior superior iliac
spine. The pectineal and iliopsoas muscles should be allowed to fall back into place.
31. Close the wound in layers as usual.
32. Apply a spica cast with the affected hip at 20° of abduction, 5° of flexion, and
neutral rotation.
33. Take an antero-posterior radiograph.
Comments
There are different surgical approaches to the ischium and pubis for a triple oste-
otomy. Steel describes the inferior access,547,548 Tönnis590 the posterior, and Tachdjian and
Edelstein567 the subinguinal-adductor accesses. Tachdjian and Edelstein detach the origins
of the biceps femoris, the semitendinosus, and the semimembranosus muscles. They excise
a 1.5-cm wedge of bone from the ischium to facilitate the correction by medializing the
acetabulum and later reattaching the hamstring muscles. The approach to the pubis is
lateral to the iliopsoas tendon and difficult, increasing the chances of entering into the hip
joint along the osteotomy line. For this reason, they also perform the pubic osteotomy
medial to the iliopsoas tendon. The iliac osteotomy is carried out according to Salter’s
description, but the line of osteotomy is curvilinearly inclined medially and inferiorly.
Some disadvantages to the Steel technique are reported. For example, the proximity
to the rectum increases the possibility of contamination. Also, the dissection and the oste-
otomy of the ischium take place near the sciatic nerve. The ischium cut is in the weightbearing
sitting position, far from the acetabulum, which restricts the degree of correction. It is very
difficult to rotate the acetabulum without lateralizing the hip because this technique does
not resect a wedge of bone from the ischium as recommended by Kumar et al.329 These
authors also make an additional acetabular shelf to increase the femoral head coverture.
Postoperative care
The patient returns after 2 weeks for a new antero-posterior radiograph and cast
review, and in the tenth week, for cast and pin removal. Passive and active motion is stimu-
lated to recuperate hip motion and muscle strength, especially the gluteus medius muscle.
Partial weightbearing is permitted with crutches at 12 to 14 weeks postoperatively, and
after full range of motion is recuperated (usually 6 months after surgery), full weightbearing
is allowed.
Complications
• Paralytic ilius
• Infection
• Pressure necrosis of the skin over the anterior inferior iliac spine
• AVN (excessive pressure over the femoral head)
• Shortening of the lower extremity
• Myositis ossificans
• Nonunion of the ischium
• Obstetric problems (difficult vaginal delivery)
• Hip pain after vaginal delivery
• Failure to cover the femoral head adequately
• Postoperative hypertension
Results
Steel reports his results in the treatment of 45 patients, 23 congenital dislocations, and
22 paralytic dislocations, which he followed from 2 to 10 years after surgery in 1973,547
Forty of the 52 procedures were classified as satisfactory and the other 12 as unsatisfactory.
The unsatisfactory results involved patients with myelodysplasia, peroneal atrophy (Char-
cot-Marie-Tooth disease), and cerebral palsy, whose ages ranged from 7 to 17 years. New
reports in 1977548 showed 86 percent of satisfactory results in 175 hips, 121 congenital
dislocations or subluxations, and 54 paralytic dislocations. The patients’ ages at the time
of surgery varied from 6 to 35 years, and the follow-up ranged from 3 to 13 years. Most of
the unsatisfactory results consisted of peroneal muscular atrophy, cerebral palsy, and
myelodysplasia, and 70 percent of failures occurred between the ages of 9 and 12 years. Ten
unsatisfactory hips were congenitally dislocated; 8 had prior surgical procedures. Steel
noted a common denominator in these cases, which was the use of prolonged and excessive
traction to reduce the femoral head in the acetabulum. To avoid these complications, he
encouraged the utilization of femoral shortening associated with triple osteotomy during
the same operative procedure. Steel again reported his results (involving 220 patients) in
1982.547,548 Ages at surgery ranged from 7 to 38 years and the follow-up ranged from 2 to 15
years. The satisfactory results presented were 86 percent and most of the unsatisfactory
cases belonged to the paralytic group, and 70 percent of failures were between 9 and 12
years of age at the time of surgery. Tachdijian567 showed 11 excellent results and 1 good
result from this procedure, involving their modifications, on 12 hips. The mean follow-up
was 3.6 years (minimum of 2 years and maximum of 5 years). In 1986, Kumar et al.329
reported clinical improvement in pain and limping in all 12 hips corrected by Steel’s op-
eration modified by removing a segment of the ischial ramus and adding an acetabular
shelf to provide complete coverture of the femoral head. The patients’ ages at surgery
ranged from 9 to 22 years, and follow-up was from 3 to 10 years. Later, in 1992, Guille et
al.215 reevaluated 10 of these patients (11 hips), 10 to 16 years after surgery, whose average
age was 12 years. To analyze the evolution of these operated hips, they evaluated pain and
function using the Iowa hip test. They did not observe any deterioration in clinical or
roentgenographic findings at 5 or 10 years after surgery, except in the cases of patients with
Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease. Hsin et al.269 evaluated the biomechanical aspects of 21 hips
in 17 patients treated by the Steel osteotomy technique from 1980 to 1991. The mean
duration of the follow-up was 6.8 years, ranging from 2.2 to 13.8 years. A varus derotational
osteotomy was associated when the femoral neck shaft angle was more than 155°. The
obtained results were 19 excellent or good (86 percent), one fair, and two poor.
Kotzias Neto323 evaluated the triple innominate osteotomy of Steel in 22 patients (26
hips). All patients reported pain in the hip, and 13 hips showed radiographic signs of
degenerative arthritic changes prior to the procedure. The patients’ age at surgery aver-
aged 14.5 years (ranging from 9 to 31 years). Postoperative follow-up averaged 39 months.
Results, which were classified according to the criteria of Severin and McKay, were 11 hips
good (42 percent), 8 hips regular (31 percent), and 7 hips poor (27 percent).
Prerequisites
• From 8 to 40 years of age.
• Congruency of the hip joint.
Indications
• Malrotated acetabular dysplasia in patients with DDH
• Hip subluxations
• Hip subluxations or beginning dislocations in children with neuromotor
(neuromuscular) diseases
Contraindications
• Severe degenerative arthritis of the hip joint
• Hip joint stiffness
Advantages
• Significant improvement of the hip biomechanics
• Does not increase joint pressure
• Allows lateral and anterior rotation of the dysplastic acetabulum to cover the
femoral head369
• All the osteotomy sites are clearly visible to the surgeon, decreasing the risks of the
procedure
• Good rotation of the acetabular segment due to the close proximity of the
osteotomies to the hip joint
Disadvantages
• Difficult procedure
• The ischial osteotomy is in close proximity to the sciatic nerve
Procedure
The operation is performed using three osteotomies: ischial, pubic, and iliac.
• Ischial osteotomy:
1. Place the patient in a prone position, over the scoliosis support, with the hips at 90°
of flexion.
2. Prepare sterile and drape the affected lower limb and buttocks.
3. Palpate the ischium tuberosity.
4. Perform an oblique incision in the same direction as the fibers of the gluteus maximus
muscle.
5. Separate, by blunt dissection, the muscle fibers of the gluteus maximus, to visualize
the ischial tuberosity and the sacrotuberal ligament.
6. Split the fascia.
7. Dissect and transversely divide the obturator internus and the gemelli muscles. At
this time, the ischial ramus is observable from the tuberosity to the sciatic notch.
8. Retract the gluteal vessels and nerves proximally, and the sciatic nerve laterally and
upward, by insertion of blunt retractors into the sciatic notch.
9. Insert two blunt retractors into the obturator foramen. The medial retractor is
inserted medially to the sacrotuberous ligament, and the lateral retractor holds
the obturator internus and the gemelli muscles. To preserve the stability of the
spine, maintain the sacrotuberous and sacrospinosum ligament intact.
10. By image intensifier control, make a complete osteotomy, directing the osteotome
from lateral to medial and slightly inclined upwards (to the center of the body),
from the sciatic notch to the obturator foramen. The plane of the osteotomy must
be frontal to permit rotation of the acetabular fragment.
11. Close the fascia, the subcuticular tissue, and the wound as usual. Commonly, the
obturator internus and gemelli muscles are not sutured.
12. Turn the patient to a supine position, prepare sterile the affected lower limb,
hemipelvis, and the lower part of the chest, and redrape.
• Pubic osteotomy:
1. Make an incision of approximately 4 cm parallel to the inguinal ligament. In this
region, the pubis is easily palpable below the skin. Care must be taken to avoid
damaging the femoral vein.
2. Release the pectineus muscle from the pubis and insert retractors subperiosteally
to protect the obturator nerve and vessels.
3. Locate the site of the osteotomy and confirm with the image intensifier. The cut is
carried out with an osteotome or oscillating saw, directed at right angles to the
pubis, parallel to the acetabulum, and on a slightly oblique plane, into the
obturator foramen.
4. Close the wound in layers.
• Iliac osteotomy:
1. Perform a lateral inguinal incision.
Postoperative care
Tönnis590 initially immobilized the patient for 6 weeks in a cast. Recently he advocated
using an additional screw across the pubic osteotomy and allowing a bivalved cast. The
cast is removed daily for flexion and internal rotation exercises. Walking with the aid of
crutches is allowed after 4 to 6 days. Partial weightbearing is allowed at 10 to 12 weeks if
radiographs confirm that the osteotomies have healed. Commonly, a complete consolida-
tion is attained between 12 to 16 weeks depending on the age of the patient. The wires are
removed from the iliac osteotomy after complete healing of the bones.
Results
Tönnis in 1982564,590 reported a study of 124 joints evaluated at about 25 months after
surgery. The percentage of patients who had pain decreased significantly postoperatively.
Initially 18.3 percent of patients reported no pain in the preoperative period, compared
with 60.6 percent postoperatively. Pain after more than 1 hour’s walking decreased from
34 percent to 26.6 percent. Pain on walks of less than 1 hour diminished from 28.4 percent
to 10 percent, and continuous pain reduced from 19.3 percent to 2.8 percent. To analyze
the slope of the acetabulum, he divided the patients into two groups. In group I (66 cases),
all joints were congruous with some acetabular deformity (elliptical or short roof), and in
group II (58 cases) the hip joints were incongruous (subluxed). Measuring the inclination
angles of Ullmann, Sharp, Stulberg, and Harris, 99.4 percent of the group I and 85.5
percent of group II patients were within normal limits. On the analysis of the CE angle of
Wiberg, normal values were measured in 28.8 percent of the hips in group I and in 15.5
percent in group II. The probable reason was the extreme shortness of the acetabular roof
in the vast majority of the cases. Later, Tönnis et al. in 1996588 published the results of triple
osteotomy performed on 197 patients (216 hip joints). In 78 children and 138 adults with
a mean follow-up of 8.6 years (ranging from 5 to 16 years). He observed that 23 percent of
adolescents and 33 percent of adults had well-centered joints.
Common errors
• The plane of the ischial osteotomy may be too close to the hip joint and does not
enter into the obturator foramen.
• Undercutting the bony ridge at the attachment of the obturator membrane (digital
palpation helps the surgeon to avoid these situations).
• The orientation of the iliac osteotomy should not be horizontal; this may cause leg
lengthening and limited rotation of the acetabular segment and will reduce the
contact of the fragments. If the inclination of the osteotomy is too great, the
medialization of the acetabulum will not be possible. The difficulty of rotation also
may be caused by a high lateral dislocation of the femur or elliptical deformity of
the acetabulum.
Complications
• Delayed union of the osteotomies (pubic fragments were not well opposed or
occurred in patients who had severe osteoarthritis and osteoporosis preoperatively)
• Pseudoarthrosis when more extensive acetabular rotation is performed
De Kleuver et al.118,119 carried out a Tönnis triple pelvic osteotomy on 12 cadaver hips,
followed by an anterior, posterior, and intrapelvic dissection of the hip joint. At the is-
chium, the inferior gluteal neurovascular bundle proximally and the pudendal bundle
medially are most at risk. The sciatic nerve is 1–3 cm lateral to the osteotomy site. At the
pubis osteotomy, the femoral vein can be found close to the bone. The iliac osteotomy is
performed proximal to the anterior inferior iliac spine and extends posteriorly to the
sciatic notch. At that point, the superior gluteal neurovascular bundle and the sciatic
nerve can be injured. Another study,118,119 using radiostereometric analysis, was carried out
on six osteotomized cadaver hips to evaluate the obtained reorientation. This study showed
posterior translation of the centers of the femoral heads between 11 and 41 mm, and distal
displacement up to 13 mm. Four femoral heads were displaced laterally up to eight mm
and two were displaced medially up to five mm. Changes in measured orientation affected
significantly the moment arms of the muscles, their length, the dimensions of the pelvis,
and the loads across the hip joint.
Bowen developed a triple osteotomy that is simple to perform and allows good rota-
tion of the acetabulum. The ischial osteotomy is similar to the Steel; however, 1 cm of bone
is resected, allowing medialization of the distal end of the acetabular fragment. The iliac
osteotomy is performed like the modification of the Kalamchi procedure; however, the
triangular segment of bone (notch) is resected only from the outer cortex of the iliac bone.
The proximal end of the acetabular segment is reduced into the resected triangular area.
This allows shortening of the pelvis and stability to prevent migration. The position of the
triangular notch determines the degree of anterior and rotational movement of the proxi-
mal part of the acetabular segment. The shortening releases the tension of the sacro-spinous
and the sacro-tuberous ligaments. The triple osteotomy is easy to perform and offers
excellent freedom for acetabular realignment. As with all osteotomies that allow marked
freedom for acetabular realignment, overcorrection must be avoided.
Prerequisites/indications
• Maldirected type of acetabular dysplasia
• Possibly capacious type of acetabular dysplasia
Contraindications
• Other previous diseases of the hip joint that have destroyed the femoral head, the
acetabulum, or both
• Degenerative arthritis
• Ankylosis of the hip joint
• When hip reduction is not attainable with abduction of the thigh
Advantages
• Promotes covering of the femoral head by articular cartilage
• Provides stability of the hip joint for weightbearing
Disadvantages
• Difficult procedure
• Does not alter the hip joint capacity of a capacious type of acetabulum
• Causes distortion of the pelvis, especially if it is performed bilaterally, which may
affect birthing
Procedure
1. The procedure is performed utilizing two incisions: an ischial incision and a bikini
type of ilio- femoral incision.
2. The ischial incision is performed with the patient in a prone position on a radio-
lucent table with the hips flexed 90°. The author uses a spine table to achieve the
position.
3. The buttock area is scrubbed, prepared, and draped into a sterile field.
4. Palpate the ischial tuberosity to identify the skin landmarks for the incision.
5. Perform a 4–5-cm horizontal incision to approach the ischium tuberosity by
beginning 1 cm proximal to the gluteal crease and extending perpendicular to the
axis of the femoral shaft.
6. Expose the hamstrings and biceps femoris muscles at their origin on the ischial
tuberosity. The biceps femoris muscle is the most superficial and lateral muscle.
7. Expose the gap between the semitendinosus and semimembranosus muscles and
insert a curved hemostatic forceps behind the ischium into the obturator foramen.
The sciatic nerve is lateral to the semimembranosus and lies deep in the medial and
inferior aspect of the gluteus maximus. Do not expose or damage the sciatic nerve.
The sciatic nerve and the semimembranosus muscle, which is tendinous near its
origin, have a similar appearance: and must not be confused with each other.
8. Elevate the periosteum of the ischium just medial to the ischial tuberosity and
place protective retractors medially and laterally around the ischium.
9. Perform the ischial osteotomy and remove about 1 cm of bone utilizing a rongeur.
10. Close the wound as usual.
11. Palpate the anterior part of the iliac crest and the anterior-superior iliac spine to
identify skin landmarks. Begin the skin incision just inferior to the anterior- superior
iliac spine and continue laterally to a point beyond the middle of the iliac crest.
This is the “bikini incision,” which provides a satisfactory cosmetic appearance.
12. Expose the anterior part of the iliac crest and subperiosteally reflect laterally the
origins of the gluteus medius and minimus muscles from the outer cortex of the
ilium to the greater sciatic notch.
13. Detach the sartorius muscle from its origin at the anterior superior iliac spine and
reflect it medially.
14. Subperiosteally reflect the iliacus and psoas muscles from the inner cortex of the
ilium to the greater sciatic notch. Protect the femoral nerve, artery, and vein, which
lie anteriorly to these muscles.
15. Retract the psoas muscle and tendon medially and expose the pectineal eminence.
16. Expose the pubic ramus adequately, elevating subperiosteally the pectineous muscle,
approximately 1 cm from the pectineal eminence.
17. Introduce a curved hemostatic forceps superiorly to the pubic ramus into the
obturator foramen. A second curved forceps should then be introduced inferiorly
to the pubic ramus to make contact with the upper forceps. These forceps protect
the obturator artery, vein, and nerve, which are situated medially.
18. Perform the pubic osteotomy with an osteotome.
19. Proceed with the iliac osteotomy as in the Salter technique using a Gigli saw from
the greater sciatic notch to the midpoint between the anterior superior and anterior
inferior iliac spines.
20. A triangular wedge of bone with the base along the line of the osteotomy from the
proximal part of the ilium is removed from the outer cortex. The resected triangle
is from the outer cortex only. The triangular wedge is typically about 1 cm in
height. The resection can be achieved by an osteotome and curette.
21. Grip the anterior inferior iliac spine with a bone clip and mobilize the acetabular
segment distally, anteriorly, and laterally to cover the femoral head as determined
in the preoperative plan. Then draw and rotate the distal-posterior part of the
ilium into the slot created in the lateral cortex of the ilium (the resected triangle
wedge of bone).
22. A bone graft can be removed from the wing of the ilium and can be placed in the
iliac osteotomy; however, grafting has not often been necessary.
23. Fix the iliac osteotomy with two cannulated screws of about 7.3 mm penetrating
from the inner aspect of the proximal ilium to the distal segment, avoiding the hip
joint.
24. Reattach the rectus femoris to the anterior inferior iliac spine, and also the sartorius
muscle and the lateral end of the inguinal ligament to the anterior superior iliac
spine. The pectineal and iliopsoas muscles should be allowed to fall back into place.
25. Close the wound in layers.
26. If adequate fixation is obtained with the cannulated screws, a cast may not be
necessary. Otherwise, apply a spica cast with the affected hip at 20° of abduction, 5°
of flexion, and neutral rotation.
27. Take an antero-posterior radiograph to verify the position of the acetabulum.
Postoperative care
The patient returns after about 2 weeks for an antero-posterior radiograph and in
about the tenth week to verify healing of the osteotomy. Crutch walking is advised until
adequate healing is determined by radiographs. Passive and active motion are recom-
mended to recuperate hip motion and muscle strength, especially the gluteus medius mus-
cle.
B
C
Figure 8-7 A, B. Model and schematic drawing of the triple innominate osteotomy described by
Bowen. The ilium osteotomy is similar to Kalamchi’s modification of Salter’s procedure except the
notch is made only in the outer cortex of the ilium. The ischial osteotomy is inferior to the sacro-
tuberous and sacro-spinous ligaments. The ischium is shortened through the osteotomy and the
osteotomy is overlapped, which relaxes both ligaments and allows excellent rotation of the
acetbulum. The pubic cut is as in the Steel osteotomy. C. Radiograph of the triple osteotomy of
Bowen. Notice the overlapping of the ischial osteotomy and the displacement of the distal part of the
iliac osteotomy into the notch in the lateral wall of the ilium.
performed 220 arthroscopic hip procedures and identified 9 patients with secondary ar-
thritis caused by an inverted labrum. Their study attempts to define the radiological char-
acteristics of the hips and report the results of arthroscopic treatment. In the hips with the
inverted labrum, the labrum was resected and a chondroplasty performed.
Prerequisites
• The triradiate cartilage must be closed (adult).
• At least 120° of flexion, 30° of abduction, and 25° of external rotation are required
• Radiographs of the pelvis in the following positions must be obtained:
• Antero-posterior in neutral and abduction positions to determine the most
favorable relationship between the femoral head and the acetabulum.
• Lequesne and deSeze (false profile) view to evaluate the anterior coverage of the
femoral head.
• CT scan at 2-mm magnified cuts of both hip joints to create a contour map of the
hip joints. This map will demonstrate the extent of the coverage of the femoral
head provided by the acetabulum. Do not confuse the nonarticular area of the
acetabular fossa with a joint surface. Calculate the angles in sagittal, coronal, and
axial planes for an adequate repositioning of the acetabulum. The calculated angles
vary between cases, usually from 5–25°.369
• Three-dimensional computed tomography allows analysis of the femoral head
cartilage in relation to the cartilage of the acetabulum to determine the exact
angular correction of the acetabulum and if necessary the proximal femur.
• Image intensifier
Indications
• From skeletal maturity up to 50 years of age
• Treatment of residual hip dysplasia in adolescents and adults
• Correction of the malorientation of the articular surface of the acetabulum in
relation to the femoral head
Contraindications
• Severe degenerative changes
• Severe dysplasia with torn/frayed labrum
Advantages
• Allows an extensive acetabular orientation
• Allows medial and lateral displacement of the acetabulum
• Does not disturb the blood supply to the acetabulum
• Utilizes a single anterior approach
• The posterior column of the affected hemipelvis remains mechanically intact,
requiring minimal internal fixation and allowing early ambulation383
• Does not alter the shape of the true pelvis (internal pelvic shape)
• Provides better anatomical reconstruction
• Promotes greater correction with less distortion of the pelvic symmetry
Disadvantages
• Difficult technique
• Does not change the diameter of the acetabulum
• Occasional bone necrosis of the reorientated acetabulum273,275,377
Procedure
1. Place the patient is on the operating table in a supine position. Prepare sterile and
drape the pelvis and the affected lower limb to allow free movement during the
surgical procedure.
2. Approach the hip by using a Smith-Petersen approach.379,530
3. Incise laterally the tensor fascia lata to protect the lateral cutaneous nerve.
4. Detach, with the hip positioned in extension and in slight abduction, the tensor
fascia lata subperiosteally from the ilium up to the tubercle of the gluteus medius
muscle to expose the antero-superior aspect of the hip joint capsule. The greater
sciatic notch, the posterior part of the capsule, and the transition to the bony
posterior edge, although not visible, should be palpable.
5. Expose the antero-inferior parts of the capsule and the pubis with the hip placed in
slight flexion and adduction.
6. Elevate the iliacus and sartorius muscles subperiosteally from the anterior superior
iliac spine and from the ilium.
A B
29. Insert four Kirschner wires to fix the acetabulum temporarily. Two Kirschner wires
are placed vertically, one in the iliac crest and the other on the anterior inferior
iliac spine. The other two Kirschner wires are placed horizontally, parallel to one
another on the inner side of the ilium and the anterior-inferior iliac spine,
respectively.
30. Analyze the acetabular reorientation in all three planes and the flexion, abduction,
and anteversion of the hip.
31. Insert two or three guide wires from the iliac wing to the acetabulum as widely
separated as possible for later definitive fixation.
32. Take a radiograph to evaluate the new position of the acetabulum, which should be
placed at the position previously calculated from the preoperative radiograms.
Evaluate also the position of the guide wires. This radiograph permits evaluation
of the horizontal position of the sclerotic acetabular roof, the supero-lateral
coverage of the femoral head, the position of the fossa acetabuli relative to the
weightbearing area, the amount of cranial displacement of the teardrop, and the
shape of the Shenton line.
33. Fix the osteotomies with two or three cortical screws. The first screw is oriented in
a medial and distal position, passing from the iliac crest to the proximal surface of
the pubic ramus. This screw rarely needs to be shorter than 120 mm. Its mid-length
stands some millimeters prominent from the inner aspect of the ilium and
acetabular fragments, lying deep to the psoas muscle. This screw position does not
interfere with the psoas muscle function. The second and, if necessary, the third
screw are passed through the ilium anteriorly directly toward the iliac osteotomy
into the acetabular fragment, forming an angle as wide as possible with the first
screw. Usually, the screw lengths are between 80 and 90 mm.
34. Move the affected lower limb to check the stability of the osteosynthesis and joint
penetration by the screws.
35. Place a suction drain in the true pelvic cavity, emerging over the anterior inferior
iliac spine.
36. Reattach the rectus, sartorius, and tensor fasciae latae muscles to their original
positions on the bone.
37. Close the subcutaneous tissue and skin as usual.
38. Take an antero-posterior radiogram to verify the osteotomy and the screw positions,
oblique views to visualize the integrity of the posterior column, and a false profile
view to analyze the coverage of the femoral head.
1. Perform an incision that starts medially, 2.0 cm proximal to the line of the inguinal
ligament, extending laterally and parallel to this ligament up to the anterior
superior iliac spine. Then continue the incision following the iliac crest to the
junction of its middle and posterior thirds.
2. Make an incision into the iliac crest and carefully retract the abdominal muscles
medially.
3. Incise the external oblique fascia in order to expose the ilio-inguinal nerve and
round ligament.
4. Elevate the abdominal muscle and the combined iliacus/psoas mass from the inner
side of the ilium subperiosteally.
5. Identify the attachment of the inguinal ligament to the anterior inferior iliac spine
and the conjoined tendon of the internal oblique and transversus muscles (these
structures form the posterior wall of the inguinal canal).
6. Incise the reflection of the inguinal canal from the anterior-inferior iliac spine to
the inguinal ring. The psoas muscle is visible at the lateral one-third of the incision,
upon which runs longitudinally the lateral cutaneous nerve of the thigh and the
medial aspect of the femoral nerve. Medial to this, halfway along the conjoined
tendon, the femoral vessels (artery and vein) pass superficially. The lateral cutaneous
nerve is dissected and identified because it will be carefully mobilized proximally
and distally, but sometimes it does not survive the rest of the surgery.
7. Elevate the psoas muscle by blunt dissection to the true pelvic edge, inserting the
index finger on its medial aspect between the muscle and the fascial extension. This
maneuver separates the psoas muscle from the femoral nerve and vessels. Repeat
this finger dissection on the lateral aspect of the psoas muscle.
8. Introduce a retractor behind the psoas muscle. This will protect the muscle and the
femoral nerve. At this time, it is possible to see the rim of the pelvic inlet, from the
sacro-iliac joint at the back to the pubic ramus anteriorly.
9. Position blunt Hohmann retractors on both sides of the posterior column, at the
sciatic notch and in the pelvic inlet, in the area that represents the deep surface of
the acetabulum and is known as the quadrilateral surface. All of these retractors are
carefully inserted subperiosteally, especially those that must be passed exactly
vertically into the true pelvis.
10. Replace these Hohmann instruments with Chiari retractors, which are malleable
and have sufficient substance to be used as elevators.
11. Follow steps 10 to 35 as described above.
12. Perform several drillings at the iliac crest along its inner aspect to reattach the
transversus abdominus and internal oblique muscles, thus recreating the posterior
wall of the inguinal canal.
13. Reattach the external oblique fascia to the superficial layer of the inguinal ligament.
(Do not disturb the ilio-inguinal nerve.)
14. Reattach the external oblique muscle to the fascia over the abductor mass.
15. Follow steps 37 and 38 as described above.
Postoperative care
The patient is confined to bed for 48 hours with the hip placed in a soft splint in neutral
position and using anti-embolic stockings. Indomethacin, to prevent ectopic bone forma-
tion, and low-molecular-weight heparin, to prevent thromboembolism, are given. After
48 hours the suction drains are removed. On the third day the anti-embolic stockings and
heparin are discontinued and the patient gets up for the purpose of taking radiographs.
Crutch walking with partial weightbearing is permitted. Active movements are discour-
aged for 6 weeks until complete cicatrization of the musculature. After 8 to 10 weeks,
radiographs are taken to confirm satisfactory healing of the bones. Walking with the help
of a cane is permitted until the abductor muscles become strong and Trendelenburg’s sign
disappears.
Complications
• Intra-articular osteotomy178,275
• Excessive lateral displacement
• Ischial fracture 116
• Insufficient anterior coverage correction522
• Loss of correction275,522
• Anterior femoro-acetabular impingement421
• Bleeding116
• Hematoma116
• Damage to the femoral artery
• Proximal vein thrombosis (Reynolds482 reported two cases that occurred during
third and fourth postoperative weeks)
• Deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolus116
• Transient femoral nerve palsy
• Sciatic nerve palsy116
• Peroneal neuropraxia116
• Temporary loss of function of the lateral cutaneous nerve
• Reflex sympathetic dystrophy (treated with blocks)116
• Protrusion of the femoral head
• Symptomatic hardware116
• Resubluxation178,275
• Delayed union (ischium and ilium)
• Failure of hardware (nonunion ilium) 116,275
• Nonunion (os pubis) 275
• Persistent Trendelenburg’s sign (performed by anterior approach) for several
months
• Ectopic bone formation provoking limitation of flexion178,275
• Osteonecrosis273,275
• Chronic abdominal strain116
Results
Ganz et al.178 reported their preliminary clinical experience on 75 peri-acetabular oste-
otomies performed between 1984 and 1987. Twelve patients had bilateral surgeries. Twenty-
three hips had been operated on previously (ranging from one to four procedures). The
mean age of the patients at the time of surgery was 29 years (range 12 to 56 years). Fifty-two
procedures were performed for classical hip dysplasia and 18 cases had a significant sec-
ondary osteoarthritis. An analysis of the center-edge angle of Wiberg demonstrates that
the procedure produces adequate coverage of the femoral head. The CE angle, which was
between –28 and +25° before surgery, improved from 9–53° (average 31°). In the sagittal
plane, the vertical center anterior edge of Lequesne and deSeze was between –21 and +18°
preoperatively and improved to 15–35° (average 26°), demonstrating that this procedure
produces an effective coverage of the femoral head. All clinically significant complications
occurred in the first 18 cases: two intra-articular osteotomies, a protrusion of the femoral
head due to an excessive adduction of the acetabular fragment, and one excessive lateral
displacement, corrected by another surgery but complicated by a transient femoral nerve
palsy. Two resubluxations, two overcorrections with no clinical symptoms, and two delays
of union, of which one was in the ischium and the other in the pubis, were secondary to an
overcorrection. Ectopic bone formation caused limitation of the flexion at 90° in four
patients. In 13 patients, the implant was removed by local anesthesia due to shin pressure
problems. They concluded that this osteotomy, carefully planned and executed, could be
used to achieve more anatomic and satisfactory corrections of hip dysplasias.
Siebenrock et al.522 reported the late results of 63 patients (75 hips) with a follow-up of
11.3 years (ranging from 10 to 13.8 years). Based on radiographic measurements of the
acetabular index, the anterior and lateral center-edge angles, lateralization of the femoral
head, and the integrity of the Shenton line in 71 hips (95 percent) of 75 hip joints (100
percent), they observed that the hip joint was preserved in 58 patients (82 percent) and 73
percent showed good-to-excellent results. Matta et al. 379 published the results of 58 pa-
tients (66 hips) treated by Berne peri-acetabular osteotomy between 1987 and 1998. The
minimum follow-up was 2 years (average 4 years). They graded the results as 17 percent
excellent, 59 percent good, 12 percent fair, and 12 percent poor, and recommended this
operation for patients with hip pain and radiographic evidence of acetabular dysplasia.
Mayo et al. 381 reported no significant differences in outcome between the two groups of
patients who might or might not have had previous hip surgery undergoing peri-acetabu-
lar osteotomy. Hussell et al. 274,275 compared different surgical approaches for this oste-
otomy and recommended the modified Smith-Peterson approach, lateral to the lateral
cutaneous nerve, to provide appropriate exposure with minimal risk and morbidity.
Trumble et al. 604 detailed the results of 123 Berne osteotomies in 115 patients with a mini-
mum follow-up of 2 years (average of 4.3 years). The preoperative diagnosis was DDH in
101 hips, Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease in 10 hips, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease in 4 hips,
epiphyseal dysplasia in 3 hips, congenital coxa vara in 2 hips, slipped capital femoral
epiphysis in 1 hip, and postinfectious and posttraumatic dysplasia in 1 hip each. The mean
age of the patients at the time of surgery was 32.9 years (range of 14 to 54 years). They
observed the improvement of the Harris hip score from 65 points preoperatively to 89
points at latest follow-up, and the Merle d’Aubigne score increased from 13.6 points
preoperatively to 16.3 points at latest follow-up. Eighty-three percent of the hips were
classified as having good to excellent results, and based on the Tönnis criteria for radio-
graphic severity of osteoarthrosis, 117 hips (95 percent) improved or were unchanged. In
6 hips (5 percent), the osteoarthrosis progressed. They concluded that peri-acetabular
osteotomy “is a biologic solution to the mechanical problem” existing in dysplastic hips.
Crockarell et al.108 published the Mayo Clinic experience showing early results of the first
21 osteotomies in 19 patients. The average age at the time of surgery was 21 years (range 17
to 43 years) and the follow-up averaged 38 months (range 24 to 52 months). They ob-
served improvement of the Mayo hip score from an average of 46 points (range 34 to 58
points) preoperatively to an average of 68 points (range 42 to 80 points) at the latest
follow-up. The lateral center-edge angle of Wiberg improved from an average of 2° to an
average of 24°. They concluded that the early results of this operation achieve good radio-
graphic correction and improve hip joint function. Dagher et al.112 reported a study of 57
patients submitted to 64 Ganz peri-acetabular osteotomy procedures. The Merle d’Aubigne
score improved from 13 to 16.5 at follow-up, and they did not find any statistical relation-
ship. They considered that the Bernese peri-acetabular osteotomy improves function and
controls hip joint degeneration, providing good results, and moreover in young patients
may prevent joint degeneration. Clohisy et al.87 reported the results of 16 hips in 13 pa-
tients at an average age of 17 years of age with severe acetabular dysplasia (Severin classifi-
cation group IV or V). The early clinical results were very good at an average of 4 years
postoperatively. They also reported two major complications, which are excessive medial
translation of the acetabulum and loss of fixation of the acetabulum.
Eppright143 and Wagner625,627 suggested procedures in which the osteotomy was near
the acetabulum to allow better rotation of the socket and coverage of the femoral head.
These procedures need a congruous hip joint and a large hyaline cartilage surface in order
to cover the femoral head.
The authors caution against these procedures. The osteotomy is performed within
millimeters of the articular surface of the acetabulum, and avascular necrosis of the bone
of the roof of the acetabulum may result in collapse with early degenerative arthritis.
The Eppright143 technique, described as a “dial” osteotomy, utilizes an anterior ap-
proach and achieves a spherical osteotomy by an irregular antero-posterior and curved
cut parallel to the articular surface of the acetabulum. The osteotomy is cut with an arced
oscillating saw, creating an almost barrel-shaped osteotomy. The redirection of the acetabu-
lum is restricted to the degree of freedom of this arced osteotomy. The osteotomy is guided
by image intensifier radiographic control, and by utilizing spreaders, the acetabulum is
loosened and rotated down and laterally over the femoral head. Two Steinmann pins fix
the osteotomy. The medial part of the osteotomy is similar to Hopf ’s osteotomy, which
passes through the junction of the pubis and ischium. The patient is immobilized in a single
spica cast for 3 or 4 weeks. When the osteotomy is healed as demonstrated on radiographs,
the cast and pins may be removed.
Blavier41 described a peri-acetabular osteotomy that was spherical and allowed multi-
ple degrees of rotation. Therefore, the acetabulum could be rotated through the arc of the
sphere to achieve femoral head coverage. Wagner624–629 developed a special spoon-shaped
osteotome in order to divide the pelvis around, above, and below the acetabulum to
achieve a spherical shape to the osteotomy. The anterior and posterior cuts are controlled
by palpation, and the cut through the ischium, below the acetabulum, is observable only
by image-intensifier radiographic control. The ideal thickness of the cut is 10–15 mm to
avoid damage or trophic disturbances of the acetabulum. When the acetabulum is too
shallow, even special osteotomes do not fit well, increasing the risk of entering into the
acetabular cavity along the osteotomy line, injuring the hyaline cartilage, and increasing
the possibility of provoking chondrolysis. Care should also be taken so that the blade does
not enter into the obturator foramen, jeopardizing the obturator artery. Wagner de-
signed three types of osteotomies to be performed after the closure of the triradiate carti-
lage. In Wagner type I, the acetabular fragment is rotated laterally over the femoral head
to increase its coverage. One or two semitubular plates are cut through to create prongs
that will hold the acetabular fragment. The other end of these plates is fixed with cortical
screws inserted into the lateral aspect of the ilium. A bone graft is placed over the project-
ing roof, and a cast is not necessary. Wagner type II was designed for leg-length inequali-
ties. The distal fragment is pulled laterally and downwards with spreads, and a bone graft
is placed between the osteotomy surfaces, producing a slight limb lengthening. The bone
graft and the acetabulum are fixed with two semitubular plates, and cortical screws are
introduced into the lateral surface of the pelvis, The Wagner type III operation combines
the cut around the acetabulum with Chiari’s osteotomy. The distal fragment is shifted
medially and the piece of acetabulum is placed laterally and downwards over the femoral
head. The bone graft is packed into the site of the osteotomy and Kirschner wires are bent
into staples to fix the fragments. The lower legs of the Kirschner wire staples fix the rotated
peri-acetabular fragment and the upper legs are inserted into the lateral face of the ilium.
A semitubular plate is bent around the Kirschner wires to fix them and is held by a cortical
screw. This system of fixation stabilizes the osteotomy without the necessity of using a cast.
There are no published articles on large series of patients showing the outcome of
either the Eppright or Wagner procedure. Millis et al. reported 43 hips treated with a
spherical acetabular osteotomy. Their complication rate was low; however, they cautioned
surgeons about necrosis of the acetabulum. In three hips the osteotomy entered the hip
joint. One hip had an intra-articular fracture and one hip became septic.
We are concerned that the osteotomies may reduce the blood supply to the bone
support of the acetabulum, causing avascular necrosis. Until articles are published report-
ing outcomes, the authors recommend caution in using the Eppright and Wagner proce-
dures.
A B
B C
Leet et al.344 performed peri-acetabular osteotomies that extended into the triradiate
cartilage of the acetabulum in piglets and created bone bars across the physis. These physeal
bars are capable of blocking growth and resulting in a partial premature closure of the
triradiate physis. The triradiate cartilage offers height and width to the acetabulum and
premature closure results in a shallow acetabulum (acetabular dysplasia). They recom-
mend against cutting into or placing bone graft across the triradiate cartilage when per-
forming either the Pemberton or Dega acetabuloplasty.
OSTEOTOMY OF PEMBERTON451
This incomplete iliac osteotomy was designed by Pemberton in 1965 for the treatment
of the dysplastic acetabulum. This osteotomy is performed by hinging the upper portion
of the acetabulum laterally and inferiorly through the triradiate cartilage to increase the
antero-lateral coverage of the femoral head without compromising the posterior aspect of
the acetabulum. It is also called a pericapsular osteotomy.61,93,94,450,451,610 The authors recom-
mend the Pemberton osteotomy in treating the capacious type of acetabular dysplasia in
infants and young children.
Prerequisites
• Open and flexible triradiate cartilage
• Mobility of the affected hip must be normal or near normal, especially internal
rotation and abduction
• Concentrical reduction of the femoral head into the acetabulum (observed on an
antero-posterior radiograph with the hip held in mild flexion and internal rotation,
i.e., reduction of the hip)
Indications
• To correct the capacious type of residual acetabular dysplasia
• Deficiency of the anterior and supero-lateral walls of the acetabulum
• When more than 10–15° correction of the acetabular index is required
• Instability of the hip at the time of open reduction of a DDH due to a shallow
acetabulum
• Acetabular dysplasia after successfully closed or open reduction
• Acetabular dysplasia after closed or open reduction with progressive subluxation
of the femoral head
• From infants up to 10 years of age (when the triradiate cartilage becomes inflexible)
• Small femoral head and large acetabulum
Contraindications
• Patients having a skeletal age over about 11 years
Advantages
• Great versatility and wide application
• Achieves more than 15° of correction
• Incomplete osteotomy, leaving the posterior and inferior segments of the
acetabulum intact
• Changes the shape of the acetabulum
• Wraps the iliac anteriorly and laterally around the femoral head
• Does not require internal fixation
• Low possibility of damaging neurovascular structures
• No preliminary traction is necessary
Disadvantages
• Difficult technique
• Deforms the acetabulum
• Alters the volume of the acetabulum (increases the volume)
• The rotated acetabular fragment exerts excessive pressure on the femoral head
Procedure
1. Place the patient on the operating table in a semiprone position (partly on the side
with a sandbag behind the chest).
2. The lower limb must be prepared to allow free movement during the surgical
procedure.
3. Drape the hip to the midline anteriorly and posteriorly and behind the costal
margin.
4. Separately drape the lower limb, which may be left free during surgery.
5. Perform an antero-lateral oblique skin incision parallel to the inguinal ligament
(bikini incision) on the affected hip. Begin the skin incision just below the inguinal
ligament at its midpoint and continue laterally inferior to the anterior superior
iliac spine to a point beyond the middle of the iliac crest.
6. Deepen the incision to expose the iliac crest.
7. With a scalpel, cut the abductor muscles and the tensor fascia lata near the
cartilaginous apophysis of the ilium.
21. Stitch the deep fascia, avoiding injury to the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve.
22. Suture the subcutaneous tissue and close the wound subcuticularly.
23. Apply a spica cast.
24. Take an antero-posterior radiograph to evaluate the coverage of the femoral head
and the positioning of the bone graft.
The Pemberton osteotomy may be performed during an open reduction for DDH to
improve stability or the hip and to treat acetabular dysplasia. The authors prefer the
Pemberton osteotomy in children under 18 months of age with a capacious acetabulum
and a high acetabular index. Prior to performing the Pemberton osteotomy, the femoral
head must be concentrically reduced.
Postoperative Care
The cast is removed after 6 weeks and radiographs are taken. If the radiographs show
satisfactory union, weightbearing with crutches is permitted for an additional 2 or 3 weeks.
Afterwards, the crutches can be dispensed with and no further protection is necessary.
Complications
• Stiffness immediately after surgery385
• Chondrolysis94
• Growth disturbance or arrest when the cut extends into the triradiate cartilage)
• Avascular necrosis of the femoral head385
• Redislocation450
• Coxa plana450
Results
Pemberton450,451 published the results of 8 years of follow-up of osteotomies performed
on 64 hips in 46 patients younger than 4 years of age. All showed good results. He operated
on 25 hips in 24 patients of between 4 and 7 years of age and rated 21 as having good and 4
as having fair results. From 7 to 12 years of age, 21 patients (26 hips) were treated, and
their results were rated as good in 12, fair in 6, and poor in 3. He concluded that this
method can correct the defect in the anterior portion of the acetabulum and can obtain a
spherical head, which fits snugly into a well-formed acetabulum. Vedantan et al. 610 made a
retrospective analysis of the results of this osteotomy for the treatment of dysplasia in 16
hips of 14 patients older than 7 years of age. They concluded that the procedure is effective
and safe, demonstrating improvement in the acetabular index, the center-edge angle, and
the Severin classification. Slomczykowski et al.526 used physical examination and two-di-
mensional and three-dimensional CT scanning of the acetabulae in 18 pigs, 4 sheep, and 15
human models to determine the acetabular volume. A comparison between the acetabulae
before and after Pemberton osteotomies in three patients with dysplasia and two patients
with dislocated hips was also made. They concluded that there were no statistical differ-
ences between the results obtained utilizing the three methods and that the Pemberton
osteotomy increases the volume of the acetabulum. Faciszewski et al.148 reported the re-
sults of treatment with the Pemberton osteotomy of 52 residual hip dysplasias in 42 pa-
tients whose average age at the time of surgery was 4 years. They found that the Severin
classification could be extended to younger patients because “they had the same distribu-
tion of marginal values” as Severin gave for patients who were 6 to 13 years old.
Preoperatively, 6 hips were rated as Severin class IIB, 22 as class III, 9 as class IV, and 15 as
class IVB. The average duration of follow-up after the Pemberton osteotomy was 10 years,
and they rated 42 hips as class IA, 2 as class IB, 5 as class IIA, two as class IIB, and one as class
III. They concluded that the Pemberton osteotomy is a safe and effective procedure for the
treatment of residual dysplasia. Kessier et al.306 performed 26 Pemberton osteotomies us-
ing patellar allograft wedges. They reported that this provides good correction of the
acetabular dysplasia and that graft stability often eliminates the need of spica casting
postoperatively, even for patients undergoing bilateral procedures. Nishiyama et al.426
performed 56 Pemberton procedures in 49 patients and reported complications in 2 pa-
tients. In one case, the reduction of the acetabular dysplasia was considered excessive and
the femoral head dislocated inferiorly. In the other case, too much pressure was considered
to be placed on the femoral head and AVN developed. McKay385 reported four cases with
necrosis of the femoral head after the Pemberton procedure.
Indications
• In patients between 3 and 5 years of age
• Dislocated hip: congenital or paralytic
• Capacious type of acetabular dysplasia
A B
Procedure
1. Place the patient on the operating table in a supine position with a sandbag behind
the chest.
2. Prepare the lower limb, pelvis, and lower part of the chest sterile and draped as
usual for a hip surgical procedure.
3. Perform an antero-lateral (originally described) or “bikini” approach in order to
obtain a good exposure of the lateral aspect of the ilium.
4. Separate the sartorius, the tensor fascia lata muscles, and the gluteal attachments
subperiosteally from the outer aspect of the ilium.
5. Insert retractors into the sciatic notch from each side to protect the gluteal vessels
and the sciatic nerve.
6. Insert osteotomes (usually 1 or 1.5 cm wide) from the lateral wall of the ilium, just
above the anterior inferior iliac spine, guided toward the triradiate cartilage
medially and downward. Perform the cut under image intensifier control. The
medio-posterior cortical corner must remain intact; this part represents the
rotation center, at which point the acetabular roof is switched into lateral and
anterior.
7. Pull down the osteotomes to lever down the entire acetabular roof over the femoral
head to contour the roof in the shape of the femoral head. (The acetabular roof
will often bend to the desired contour.) Do not fracture the roof of the acetabulum,
which can easily be done in older patients.
8. Prepare an allogenic, lyophilized, or autogenic bone wedge to fit into the osteotomy
gap to keep the acetabulum correctly in place. The bone graft is packed firmly into
the gap, and it is not necessary to insert pins to fix the graft. The graft is directed
from laterally to medially.
9. Take a radiograph to evaluate the new acetabular position.
10. Close the wound.
11. Apply a hip spica cast with the hip at 25° of flexion, 20° of abduction, and neutral
rotation.
If open reduction is necessary, the femoral head is reduced into the acetabulum
before the Dega procedure is performed. If a varus derotation osteotomy of the femur is
necessary, the femoral procedure is performed through a separate lateral incision (see
sections on open reduction (chapter 6) and femoral osteotomies (chapter 10)). [Au: Where
are those sections?] In Dega’s original article, this procedure was performed by an antero-
lateral approach and an oblique intertrochanteric femoral osteotomy was made
subperiosteally. The subperiosteal osteotomy permitted correction of the femoral torsion
and shortening.
Postoperative care
The patient returns for cast care after 1 week and returns after a further 3 to 5 weeks
for cast removal. The total length of casting varies from 4 to 6 weeks, depending on the
patient’s age. Walking with the help of crutches is initiated with progressive weightbearing.
Complications
• Redislocation
• Late subluxation
• Avascular necrosis (Dega observed avascular changes in 28 percent of his cases
after 6 months, mostly in older children)120–124
Results
Dega reported the results of 172 of 398 patients operated on between 1953 and 1955,
based on movement, gait, pain, and fatigue.120–124 He developed a 1–10-point scale to rate
his cases: 10 was considered excellent; 8 to 9, good; 5 to 7, fair; and 5 or less, poor. The
follow-up ranged from 2 to 4 years and the age of the patients at the time of surgery ranged
from 3 to 12 years. He concluded that the border age between good and bad results was 6
years, because 84 percent were excellent or good under 6 years of age and 94 percent were
excellent between 3 and 5 years of age. On the other hand, only 23 percent were classified as
satisfactory if the surgery was carried out after the age of 6 years.
Reichel and Hein478 published the results of 51 patients with 70 hip surgeries utilizing
this procedure between 1973 and 1984. The mean age of the patients at the time of the
surgery was 2.9 years (range 8 months to 8 years) and the mean follow-up was 15.2 years
(range 10 to 19 years) after the Dega procedure. All patients in their study had idiopathic
developmental dysplasia of the hip. Sixty-two of the patients had been treated previously
nonoperatively, 8 children had undergone an open reduction, and 5 had had an intertro-
chanteric osteotomy. Preoperatively, avascular necrosis was present in 24.3 percent of the
joints. In 61 hips, the Dega procedure was performed combined with a derotational varus
osteotomy. Redislocation did not occur in any patients, but in children over 7 years of age,
persistent incongruous joints resulted. For this reason, they now prefer to perform the
triple pelvic osteotomy of Tönnis for these patients. The rate of avascular necrosis origi-
nated by this surgery was 5.7 percent, and they observed that the duration of the subluxa-
tion or dislocation and the type and time of closed reduction had more significant influ-
ence on the rate of the avascular necrosis than the operative method. Based on the Severin
criteria, their clinical outcome was classified as class A, very good, 46 hips (65.7 percent);
classes B and C, good, 10 hips (14.3 percent); class D, fair, 8 hips (11.4 percent); and classes
E, F, and G, poor, 6 hips (8.8 percent).
Femoral Osteotomies
The treatment of dislocated and dysplastic hips by a proximal femoral osteotomy
(intertrochanteric or subtrochanteric) proposes a means of repositioning the femoral
head into the acetabulum.72,80,187,284,448,505,506,532 The principles of proximal femoral osteotomy
are to change the stress within the hip, alter the relationship between the femoral head and
the acetabulum, alter the direction and the length of the femoral neck axis, causing changes
at the lever arm of the hip abductor muscles, and elevate (or depress) the greater tro-
chanter. The articular cartilage of the femoral head from its lateral margin to the fovea is
available for weightbearing. A varus proximal femoral osteotomy increases the articular
cartilage surface of the femoral head available for weightbearing, and a valgus osteotomy
decreases it.
Tönnis593 defined the nomenclature of the femoral head and neck deformities. If the
abnormal angulation is between the femoral head and the femoral neck, anteversion or
retroversion of the head is used. The angle of torsion between the distal-posterior aspect of
femoral condyles to the femoral neck is referred to as increased antetorsion or retrotorsion of
the femur (normal antetorsion is about 12°). Angulation within the femoral neck is either
anteflexion or retroflexion of the neck of the femur.
Intertrochanteric and subtrochanteric proximal femoral osteotomies are utilized fre-
quently to correct anteversion, reposition the femoral head in the acetabulum, and cor-
rect an abnormal neck shaft angle. However, the relationship of the level of the tip of the
greater trochanter to the level of the center of the femoral head is changed. Deformities in
the femoral head, femoral neck, and greater trochanter may reduce the effectiveness of a
proximal femoral osteotomy. If the femoral head is deformed and adequate motion of the
hip cannot be obtained or if the osteotomy results in an incongruent joint, full correction
by a proximal femoral osteotomy may not be desirable. In some cases in which the greater
trochanter has an abnormal position or the femoral neck is abnormal, additional opera-
tive procedures may be required (see Trochanteric Procedures in chapter 11).
Both intertrochanteric and subtrochanteric proximal femoral osteotomies reposition
the level of the greater trochanter in relation to the center of the femoral head. Normally
the level of the tip of the greater trochanter is at or just below the level of the center of the
femoral head. A valgus osteotomy will lengthen the abductor muscles of the hip and a
varus osteotomy will shorten them. Be cautious of performing a varus osteotomy in ado-
lescents, because destabilization of the abductor muscles can result in a permanent Trende-
lenburg gait. Also, a valgus osteotomy may increase the pressure across the hip joint and
A
B
C D
E F
Figure 10-1 A. Tönnis nomenclature of femoral head and neck deformities (modified from
Tönnis D, Legal H, Graf R: Congenital Dysplasia and Dislocation of the Hip in Children and
Adults, p 4, Fig 1.7, Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 1987). B. CT with schematic drawing of the Nishio
helical dome osteotomy (Nischio 1984). C. Model of the oblique femoral osteotomy of MacEwen
and Shands. D. Schematic drawing of the oblique femoral osteotomy. E. Model demonstrating
how the oblique osteotomy corrects anteversion and valgus. F. Radiograph of the oblique femoral
osteotomy.
proximal tip of the greater trochanter). If there is no deformity of the distal femur, an
osteotomy just above the level of the lesser trochanter will correct both the mechanical
and anatomical axis of the femur.443 Translation of the distal segment of the osteotomy may
be necessary in circumstances in which the CORA is not at the level of the osteotomy. For
example, if the varus osteotomy is distal to the CORA, the distal segment must be angulated
to correct the valgus deformity and translated medially to correct the mechanical and
anatomical axis of the femur.443
Prerequisites
• Concentric relationship between the femoral head and the acetabulum (may be
verified radiographically when the lower limb is positioned in abduction and
internal rotation)
• Minimal arch of motion: 90° flexion and 10° rotation (ideal arch of motion of
abduction-adduction is 50–60° and internal/external rotation of 50–60°)
• Proximal femur deformity such as anteversion or coxa vara
• Image intensifier radiography (fluoroscopy)
Indications
• Instability of the hip
• Delay of normal development of the acetabulum due to femoral anteversion, valgus
deviation, or both
Contraindications
• Limited range of motion
• Normal proximal femur
• Avascular necrosis of the femoral head
• Osteophyte impingement
Advantages
• Easy procedure
Disadvantages
• Shortening of the lower limb
Preoperative care
• Radiographs: antero-posterior views in neutral position, in abduction to determine
the degree of varus deformity, and in internal rotation to determine the degree of
derotation.
• Determine the degree of femoral anteversion (radiographs, CT, sonography, etc.).
• Arthrogram in younger children is helpful in establishing the degree of concentricity
of reduction.
The best site to perform the osteotomy is at the intertrochanteric level, just above the
lesser trochanter and the insertion of the iliopsoas and gluteus maximus muscles. The
lesser trochanter will be displaced anteriorly, decreasing the lateral rotatory force and
conserving the medial rotatory force. Also, it permits easy correction of the valgus de-
formity of the proximal femur and rapid healing because of the extensive surface of bone
contact. If the osteotomy is performed at the subtrochanteric level, the distal fragment of
the femur may rotate laterally and create a pathologic retroversion of the lesser trochanter,
which rotates the thigh more externally due to the action of the iliopsoas muscle.
Nishio developed a helical dome (arced) osteotomy that is performed at the base of
the femoral neck along the posterior intertrochanteric ridge. Through this osteotomy, a
varus or valgus correction can be achieved. The osteotomy prevents proximal displace-
ment of the greater trochanter as is observed with an intertrochanteric or subtrochanteric
osteotomy. This osteotomy is helpful in cases in which the femoral neck requires correc-
tion; however, the greater trochanter must be positioned appropriately.
Differences in the type of bony fixation depend upon the choice of the orthopaedic
surgeon. The osteosynthesis can be carried out employing crossed Kirschner wires, Stein-
mann pins, Coventry plates, AO blade plates, and various hip lag screws with side plates.
The authors prefer rigid fixation with a hip screw with side plate.
PROCEDURES
4. Divide the subcutaneous tissue and the fascia lata in line with the skin incision.
5. Expose to the greater trochanter and the antero-lateral region of the proximal
femur, avoiding injury of the trochanteric physis.
6. Divide the vastus lateralis muscle at its origin from the inferior margin of the
greater trochanter, extending distally on the postero-lateral aspect of the femur.
7. Incise and elevate the periosteum to expose the proximal femur.
8. Place the thigh in abduction and internal rotation to reduce the femoral head
concentrically into the acetabulum. Check the accuracy of the reduction attained
by radiography or fluoroscopy.
9. Pass a threaded Steinmann pin from the lateral aspect of the proximal femur, just
below the apophysis of the greater trochanter, along the femoral neck towards the
calcar.
10. Drill holes in the proximal femur following an oblique line from the antero-superior
to the postero-inferior aspect of the femur.
11. Complete the osteotomy using a sharp osteotome.
12. Based on the preoperative calculation determined by the d’Aubigne and Vaillant
graph, rotate the limb externally to obtain varus angle of the femoral neck. If
necessary, rotation may be corrected at this time.
13. Hold the proximal pin perpendicular to the femur and parallel to the floor to
maintain the reduction. The affected lower limb should be placed parallel to the
contra-lateral limb and the foot should point straight up towards the ceiling.
14. Insert a Steinmann pin from the anterior aspect of the proximal end of the distal
femur fragment into the posterior part of the proximal fragment.
15. Take an antero-posterior radiograph to assure the reduction, the correction of
deformity, and the osteosynthesis.
16. Cut off the anterior pin just below the level of the skin.
17. Apply a hip spica cast. The lateral pin is incorporated into the cast to maintain the
proper angle of the femoral neck angle.
Postoperative care
The patient returns after 2 weeks for cast care and again during the sixth week for
radiographs. If the osteotomy has healed, the lateral pin is removed. The spica cast is
maintained for a total of 8 weeks. Active exercises are then encouraged and crutch walking
is initiated. Complete weightbearing is allowed after bone union, about the twelfth week.
Procedure
1. Place the patient in a supine position on a standard orthopaedic table with a sandbag
under the flank to elevate the pelvis and the thigh on the side of the intended
surgery.
2. Prepare sterile the pelvis and the affected lower limb, and drape as usual.
3. Perform a straight skin incision on the lateral side of the thigh from the tip of the
greater trochanter to the proximal third of the femoral shaft, or an oblique incision
beginning more posterior proximally and extending laterally to the upper third of
the femoral shaft.
4. Incise the subcutaneous tissue and the fascia lata in a straight line.
5. Make a transverse incision on the proximal attachment of the vastus lateralis muscle
and extend it distally along the postero-lateral side of the femur.
6. Elevate and anteriorly retract the vastus lateralis muscle to expose the proximal
femoral shaft.
7. Subperiosteally elevate the intertrochanteric area, especially at the level of the
lesser trochanter. Place Hohmann retractors beside both sides of the femur.
8. Apply the internal fixation after performing the osteotomy according to the
specifications in the manufacturer guidelines.
9. Reattach the vastus lateralis muscle over the implant to its original site.
10. Stitch the fascia lata.
11. Close the subcutaneous tissue and the skin as usual.
12. Take antero-posterior and lateral radiographs of the operated limb.
Postoperative care
If the proximal femur osteotomy is performed during an open reduction of the hip, a
spica cast is used to maintain the hip reduction (refer to the section on open reduction of
the dislocated hip, chapter 6). If the osteotomy is performed to correct proximal femoral
dysplasia and the internal fixation is secure, no cast is generally necessary. Weightbearing
is discouraged until the osteotomy heals, which is usually in 6 to 8 weeks in most children.
Complications
• Infection
• Loss of correction
• Distal supracondylar fractures due to disuse osteoporosis from the cast
immobilization
• Proximal femoral epiphyseal slip332
Results
Kasser et al.300 reported the results of 44 varus osteotomies in 34 patients. The ages of
the patients ranged from 1 year and 6 months to 13 years and 2 months at the time of the
surgery, and the follow-up ranged from 5 to 22 years (average 10.3 years). Based on the
Severin classification, the results were excellent in 8 hips (18 percent), good in 13 (30
percent), fair in 2 (5 percent), and failure in 22 (48 percent). They observed that the age of
the patients and the presence or absence of AVN at the time of the surgery are the most
significant predictors of success or failure of the treatment. In children under 4 years of age
who have no avascular necrosis, good results are expected and acetabular improvement
should persist until the age of 8 years.
Valgus Osteotomy69
Proximal femoral osteotomies are performed to center the femoral head into the
acetabulum and improve stability and coverage. These principles are traditionally estab-
lished in the treatment of DDH. The valgus osteotomy was used in the past for the treat-
ment of coxa vara. Since 1976, Bombelli46 has used this operation for the treatment of
intermediate stages of osteoarthritis of the hip to reduce the forces at the lateral margin of
the femoral head and the acetabulum and to produce good contact at the medial aspect of
the femoral head, which is congruently round within the acetabulum.
A valgus osteotomy to obtain full correction of a varus deformity requires adequate
preoperative abduction of the hip. If the femoral head is spherical, there are no deformities
of the femoral neck or greater trochanter, and there are no contractures, correction can
usually be anticipated. To correct the mechanical and anatomical axis of the femur fully,
the distal segment of the osteotomy must be angulated (to correct the varus deformity)
and translated unless the osteotomy is at the level of the CORA. Intertrochanteric and
subtrochanteric valgus osteotomies often require translation laterally because the oste-
otomy is distal to the CORA.443 If the femoral head is deformed and adequate adduction of
the hip cannot be obtained, or if the necessary hip adduction results in an incongruent
joint, full correction may not be desirable. The authors prefer a preoperative radiograph
with the limb adducted until the proximal femur is positioned in the corrected position
(the center of the femoral head is at the level of the proximal tip of the greater trochanter).
Indications
• Coxa vara
• Sequela of osteoarthritis of the hip
• Irreversible deformed hips in later stages of osteoarthritis or avascular necrosis of
the femoral head
• Special cases of DDH with oval femoral heads
• Malunion of a fracture of the femoral neck69
Advantages
• Place the round surface of the femoral head into the acetabulum
• Improve the abductor lever arm68
Disadvantages
• Makes the femoral neck more vertical, altering the forces that pass through the
knee
Prerequisites
• Careful clinical examination under general anesthesia to ensure congruency of the
hip
• Arthrography to visualize the contour of the cartilaginous femoral head and its
relationship with the acetabulum (take images in neutral, abduction, adduction,
and flexion positions)
Procedure
1. Place the patient on an orthopaedic table in a supine position.
2. Prepare sterile the pelvis and the affected lower limb and drape as usual.
3. Perform a lateral oblique incision from the posterior aspect of the greater trochanter
and following the femoral axis distally.
4. Incise the subcutaneous tissue and the fascia lata along the same line as the skin
incision.
5. Release the inferior margin of the gluteus medius muscle from its attachment to the
femur.
6. Perform a “T”-shaped incision at the origin of the vastus lateralis and subperiosteally
elevate this muscle from the upper femur.
7. Insert retractors to expose the proximal femur.
8. Insert a guide wire from the lateral aspect of the femur, just below the trochanteric
growth plate, through the femoral neck. This guide wire should be placed parallel
to the anterior aspect and proximal to the inferior margin of the femoral neck.
9. Pass the reamer of the hip screw over the guide wire.
10. Insert a suitable screw into the femoral neck.
11. Place the leg in the position of realignment, as indicated by the arthrographic
study, to recuperate the congruity of the joint.
12. Perform the first osteotomy cut just below the hip screw with an oscillating saw
positioned at right angles to the femur in the frontal and sagittal planes.
13. Place the lower limb back in the neutral position and perform the second osteotomy
cut at right angles to the femoral shaft and to the floor.
14. Remove the wedge of bone.
15. Apply the plate to the hip screw and abduct the leg.
16. Apply the plate and hold it to the distal femur fragment using a holding clamp.
17. Insert the locking nut and the screws to fix the plate to the distal femur segment.
18. Stitch the vastus lateralis.
19. Close the fascia and the wound in layers as usual.
Postoperative care
Hip range of motion is encouraged and crutch walking with partial weightbearing is
permitted until the osteotomy is consolidated, usually by the sixth or eight week after
surgery. If the femur is osteopenic or fixation weak, a spica cast may be applied until bone
union.
Indications
• High dislocation
• To facilitate the reduction of the femoral head
• To avoid increasing pressure on the femoral head after reduction
Contraindications
• Limited range of motion
Advantages
• Easy procedure
• Avoids the use of preoperative traction
• Does not increase significantly the length of the operation
Disadvantages
• Additional scars on the skin
• Additional surgery to remove the plate if necessary
Procedure
1. Place the patient on an operating table in a supine position.
2. Prepare sterile and drape the lower limb.
3. Perform a 7–10-cm lateral skin incision beginning at the tip of the greater trochanter
and extending distally parallel to the femoral axis.
4. Divide the subcutaneous tissue and the fascia lata in line with the skin incision.
5. Expose the antero-lateral region of the proximal femur distal to the greater
trochanter. (Do not damage the physis of the greater trochanter.)
6. Divide the vastus lateralis muscle at its origin from the inferior margin of the
greater trochanter, extending the cut distally on the postero-lateral aspect of the
femur.
7. Incise and elevate the periosteum to expose the proximal metaphysis of the femur.
8. Mark a longitudinal line on the anterior surface of the femoral shaft to avoid
loosening rotation after the osteotomy and resection, or insert two threaded
Steinmann pins, one in the proximal femoral segment and the other in the distal
segment. If only shortening osteotomy is required, the pins should be inserted
parallel to each other. If a derotational osteotomy is indicated, the angle between
both pins should correspond to the desired correction.
9. Make two parallel and transverse osteotomy cuts, the first just below the lesser
trochanter and the second distal to it according to the previous measurements, or
overlapping the femoral fragments.
10. The authors prefer to insert the two proximal screws of the four-hole plate before
completing the two-level osteotomies at their medial side. Then, when the
osteotomies are completed, the shortening is done by resection of a segment of the
femur, and if necessary, correction of the rotation is performed. (Varus can be
added to the osteotomy to facilitate the reduction in selected cases.)
11. Place a bone clamp to fix the plate to the distal fragment and check the length and
alignment of the femur.
12. Insert the last two screws to fix the plate to the distal fragment of the femur.
13. Close the wound.
A
Figure 10-2 Femoral shortening oste-
otomy to achieve reduction of a dislocated
hip. A. Radiograph demonstrating femoral
shortening to achieve a safer open reduction.
B. Radiograph of internal fixation that
secured an open reduction and femoral
shortening. Notice that the fixation has been
internalized into the femur as the child
matured. If internal fixation is used in young
children, its removal may facilitate
reconstructive procedures in adolescence or
adulthood.
B
Results
Klisic and Jankovic316,317 reported their results in the treatment of 51 children with 67
congenital dislocations treated between 1963 and 1967. The age of the patients at the time
of surgery varied from 5 to 15 years (average 8 years). The minimum follow-up in 60 hips
of 47 children was 5 years. Their results were excellent in 2 hips (3 percent), good in 36 hips
(60 percent), fair in 18 hips (30 percent), and poor in 4 hips (7 percent). Klisic et al.317 again
reported their results in 1988 involving 189 patients (225 hips) treated between 1963 and
1977. Age at surgery ranged from 7 to 15 years and follow-up ranged from 1 to 24 years
(average 5 years). They sent questionnaires to all 225 patients and answers were received
from 144 hips, allowing subjective assessment from 9 to 24 years postoperatively (mean of
13 years). The patients were treated with a combined operation: Chiari pelvic osteotomy
was performed in 99 hips, Salter innominate osteotomy in 89, and Pemberton iliac oste-
otomy in 37. The patients’ average age at surgery was 10 years in Chiari osteotomies, 9.3
years in Pemberton osteotomies, and 8.8 years in Salter innominate osteotomies. Based on
the Severin classification, the hips treated by Chiari osteotomy most frequently showed
group II results. In patients treated by Salter innominate osteotomy, group III results were
most frequent. Most treated with the Pemberton osteotomy had group IV results. How-
ever, late subjective results were significantly better after combined operation with
Pemberton osteotomy. They advised older children with a very shallow acetabulum and
flattened roof to have a Chiari-type osteotomy. In cases with radiographs showing a mod-
erately dysplastic acetabular roof, especially in younger patients, a Salter- or Pemberton-
type iliac osteotomy may promote better outcome.
Preuss and Caldeira469 reported the results of DDH treated by open reduction and
femur varus and shortening osteotomy in 7 patients (11 hips). The patients’ ages averaged
2.5 years (range 2 to 4 years). The results by radiographic evaluation considered 18 per-
cent excellent, 64 percent good, and 18 percent regular. There was no AVN, redislocations,
or persistent subluxation.
Wenger et al.650 published their observations on the treatment of 15 patients, 20 hips,
carrying out combined derotational femoral shortening osteotomy. The patients’ ages at
the time of surgery ranged from 5 to 23 months and the minimum follow-up was 2 years.
Based on the Severin classification, they reported 15 excellent or good results and 5 fair or
poor. They concluded that femoral shortening could be used occasionally to accomplish
reduction in developmental dysplasia of the hip in patients younger than 2 years of age.
The authors routinely use femoral shortening to facilitate open reduction of DDH
in children with increased pressure upon the femoral head after a trial reduction or to
correct excessive anteversion. (See section on open reduction, chapter 6). In young chil-
dren, the internal fixation for the femoral shortening osteotomy may require removal
after healing; otherwise, continued growth of the femur may incorporate the fixation
within the diaphysis and make removal as an adult very difficult.
defined as having a smooth inverted “L” form. With AVN, alterations in the form of this
line can be seen within 6 months after reduction of the hip joint, and can also predict the
type of the metaphyseal growth disturbance and the location and amount of the physeal
closure. For better judgment and prediction of damage to the hip joint by AVN; acetabu-
lar dysplasia, deformity of the femoral head, neck length, femoral neck-shaft angle,
overgrowth of the greater trochanter, and limb-length discrepancy need to be evaluated.
To identify the presence of AVN, Salter et al.564 described the criteria as follows:
1. Failure of appearance of the ossific nucleus during the year after reduction
2. Failure of appearance of the ossific nucleus a year or more after reduction
3. Broadening of the femoral neck during the year after reduction
4. Increased radiographic density followed by fragmentation
5. Residual deformity after reossification is complete
The incidence of AVN varies according to the method of treatment, and it is not ob-
served in the untreated dislocated hip.49,434,564 The percentage of hips that develop AVN
increases with the higher level of the dislocation, the method of reduction, and the posi-
tion of immobilization in a cast or orthosis. Tachdjian565 considered the occurrence of
avascular necrosis of the hip following treatment of DDH to be iatrogenic. Although AVN
usually occurs following reduction of a dislocated hip, some authors have described rare
cases of AVN following treatment in the noninvolved side.104,200,251 Probably treatment of
the involved hip caused iatrogenic damage in the normal side. In the past decade, the
incidence of necrosis has decreased from 73 percent to near 10 percent105,349,378,496 owing to
early diagnosis, the use of traction before reduction, gentle manipulation during reduc-
tion, and immobilization that avoids extreme positions such as wide abduction (“frog-leg
position”), flexion, and internal rotation. In general, the occurrence of AVN of the femoral
head is not related specifically to the age of the patient or the duration of immobilization.
However, there appears to be a higher incidence of severe necrosis in young infants who
undergo closed reduction and casting prior to the formation of the ossific nucleus of the
femoral head.
Avascular necrosis following Pavlik harness treatment currently shows a rate from 0 to
9 percent,372,571,582 and with the use of abduction pants, AVN of the femoral head was not
observed.410 Following nonoperative treatment (closed reduction) of DDH, AVN is re-
ported at a rate of about 8 percent (range 0–75 percent. It may occur in the affected or
contralateral normal hip.54,81,89,153,175,305,316,317,380,428,476,485,528 Gage and Winter175 observed in their
series that traction, gentle manipulation, and avoidance of the extreme abduction posi-
tion in the treatment of DDH decreased the incidence of AVN from 34.8 percent to 4.5
percent. Kalamchi and MacEwen296 observed more severe forms of AVN in cases whose
initial treatment started before 6 months of age. Another study565 of 276 patients showed
fewer cases of AVN when prereduction traction was used. This article reported a 14 percent
AVN occurrence in infants younger than 3 months of age, reducing to 6 percent between 6
and 12 months of age, and increasing again in children between 24 and 36 months of age.
The initial use of traction in diminishing the incidence of AVN caused by closed reduc-
tion is under discussion by some authors,89,267 especially Kahle,294 who reported excellent
results without using early traction in the treatment of his patients. The evidence of the
relationship of different degrees of abduction of the hip and AVN was reported in a study
on 222 hips in 173 patients.163 All lower limbs were held at 90° of flexion. The patients were
divided into two groups. In the first group the hips were abducted 90°, and in the second
group the abduction was no more than 60°. The incidence of AVN in the first group was 17
percent, but it was only 9 percent in the second group. They did not observe differences
between the groups in relation to partial AVN, and the results of the less-than-60° group
were similar to other reports on traction with the hips in extension. Another study by
Smith et al.528 evaluated computed tomographic scans of 53 children with 68 dislocated
hips treated by closed reduction and spica casts. They measured acetabular indices and
anteversion, hip-abduction angle, femoral displacement from a modified Shenton line
drawn from the pubic rami, and lateral and posterior displacement of the femur from the
acetabulum. They observed that the variables were not predictive of the outcome of per-
sistent dysplasia of the hip, but the subsequent development of AVN was statistically con-
nected with hip abduction angles over 55°, with 20 percent of the hips subsequently devel-
oping ischemic necrosis. A study by Stanton et al.546 based on closed reduction showed no
correlation between appearance of AVN and degree of abduction in plaster, but in their
series the average abduction was 54°, maintaining the position of immobilization within
the safe zone of Ramsey.
The incidence of AVN after open reduction is about 12 percent. It generally ranges
from 0–60 percent,89,141,153,316,317,342,376,380,394,395,428,485,566,580,665 but treatment variations make the
cause of necrosis difficult to determine. Different surgical approaches have different rates
of necrosis. Simons523 recommends abandoning the use of the antero-medial approach
because of the significant incidence of AVN of the femoral head in all studied cases.
Morcuende et al.,413 reviewing the long-term outcome of 73 patients, with 93 hips, treated
by open reduction through an antero-medial approach, observed high incidence of growth
disturbances of the femoral head in cases of high hip dislocations operated on after 24
months of age. They reported 66 excellent and good results (71 percent), 24 fair results (26
percent), and 3 poor results (3 percent). Fifty-three hips (57 percent) did not have AVN.
Tönnis586 collected studies from different hospitals, and associating these with his personal
cases, published the rate of ischemic necrosis in open reductions related to different opera-
tive approaches. For the antero-lateral approach, the rate was 8.2 percent; for the inguinal
approach, it was 9.6 percent; and for Ludloff ’s operation, it was 16.7 percent. When open
reduction was combined with femur-shortening osteotomy, the incidence was 5.5 percent;
when associated with Salter osteotomy, it increased to 10.3 percent; and with concomitant
varus osteotomy, it rose to 22.2 percent. Similar results were reported by Simons523 in
relation to the postero-medial approach and agree that the antero-lateral approach showed
a lower incidence of AVN.
Hsieh and Huang268 reported a retrospective study of 32 patients with 34 dislocated
hips that had failed in a primary open reduction and had a repeated open reduction
associated with other procedures for dysplasia. The patients’ ages at the time of the second
surgery ranged from 1.5 to 16.5 years, and the interval between the primary open reduc-
tion and the second operation ranged from 3 days to 10 years. They observed AVN of the
femoral head in approximately half of the hips before the secondary treatment, and the
most common cause of the failure of the initial treatment was technical errors, such as the
persistence of a tight inferior capsule or the transverse acetabular ligament blockage of
congruent reduction. They concluded, based on McKay criteria, that 18 hips in 32 patients
achieved excellent or good results after the secondary procedure.
CLASSIFICATIONS OF A
CLASSIFICATIONS VN OF THE FEMORAL HEAD
AVN
The classifications of AVN are based on different degrees of severity in necrosis of the
femoral head, predicting its natural history, and proposing the most adequate treatment.
Grade I: Mildest degree of alteration. The ossific center shows a rough contour and its
structure is slightly granular and irregular.
Grade IIa: Perceptible alterations in structure without fragmentation.
b: the femoral head shows small lateral notches on its surface (punched-out
defects).
Grade III: Ossific nucleus identified only by small fragments or as a flat strip.
Grade IV: Significant involvement of the physis and metaphysis affecting the growth of
the femur. Alterations are also perceptible in the neck and epiphyseal cartilage
of the femoral head.
Type IV: Caused by the occlusion of the posterior inferior medial circumflex vessels,
resulting in a short varus femoral neck (coxa brevis) and coxa magna.
The outcome and prognosis based on Bucholz and Ogden52 and Kalamchi and MacEwen
classifications are as follows:296
Type I/Group I: With revascularization, the femoral head initially may be flattened,
but it commonly recuperates its spherical shape. The hip joint
usually retains its regular shape. The prognosis is good and hip
function is complete.
Type II/Group II: The femoral neck ends short, the femoral shaft angle increases, and
a valgus deformity of the neck and the head is usual. For this reason,
deficient coverage of the femoral head by the acetabulum may occur
in adolescence. The greater trochanter grows normally, resulting
in a relative overgrowth, but only on rare occasions does this cause
abductor weakness.
Type III/Group III: The outcome of this lesion is a short femoral neck without much
change in the neck shaft angle, overgrowth of the greater trochanter,
and limb-length discrepancy. Evident deformation of the femoral
head and neck is always permanent.
Group IV: The neck shaft angle may decrease, becoming varus, and the greater
trochanter overgrowth results in abductor weakness. Acetabular
development is also insufficient and leg length inequality commonly
occurs.
Figure 11-1 Schematic drawings of the classification of AVN by Bucholz and Ogden
(1978) (modified from Tachdjian MO, ed: Congenital Dislocation of the Hip, p 83, Fig
3.33, New York, Churchill Livingstone, 1982). A. Normal growth. B. Type I. C. Type II. D.
Type III. E. Type IV.
B
A
G
F
I J
Figure 11-2 A. Schematic drawing of the classification of AVN by Kalamchi and MacEwen (from
Kalamchi A, MacEwen GD: Avascular necrosis following treatment of congenital dislocation of the
hip, J Bone Joint Surg Am 62(6): 876–88, p 884, Fig 8, 1980). B. Schematic drawing of group I AVN.
C. Radiograph of group I AVN. D. Schematic drawing of group II AVN. E. Radiograph of group II
AVN. F. MRI of group II AVN. G. Schematic drawing of group III AVN. H. Radiograph of group III
AVN. I. Schematic drawing of group IV AVN. J. Radiograph of group IV AVN.
Treatment of AVN
AVN
The authors prefer to use the Kalamchi and MacEwen296 classification to determine
treatment in their patients. Treatment of the four classification groups is described in the
following paragraphs.
In group I patients, radiographs show delay in appearance or fragmentation of the
ossific nucleus and mottling of the cartilage model. Since most hips reossify rapidly with-
out deformity, observation only is required. If flattening or subluxation of the femoral
head begins, an abduction brace is recommended to contain the hip and prevent subluxa-
tion.
In group II patients, due to damage of the lateral portion of the physis (isthmus)
and involvement of the ossific nucleus; radiographs show a short valgus and externally
rotated femoral neck; relative overgrowth of the greater trochanter; and acetabular dys-
plasia. Clinically, the patient develops a leg-length discrepancy. The treatment consists of
observation of whether a mild coxa valga develops. If it does and there is no acetabular
dysplasia and good femoral head coverage, continue observation. In a few cases, the pro-
gressive coxa valga has been prevented by an epiphysiodesis of the medial portion of the
physis of the femoral head. If coxa valga is associated with insufficient acetabular coverage,
an arthrogram is indicated to evaluate the relationship of the femoral head and the acetabu-
lum. If the coxa valga is severe, a varus osteotomy with a medial proximal femoral epi-
physiodesis is performed. Overgrowth of the greater trochanter is treated with
apophysiodesis in younger children, and with older children distal and lateral transfer of
the greater trochanter or double osteotomy of Wagner628 and Hasler/Morscher.243 To repo-
sition the femoral head into the acetabulum and correct the acetabular dysplasia, pelvic
osteotomies as described by Salter may be performed in younger children,20 and for older
children triple pelvic osteotomies are recommended. Limb-length discrepancy, when less
than 2 cm, does not require treatment. When the discrepancy is between 2 and 5 cm, a shoe
lift may be used until a distal femoral epiphysiodesis on the contralateral side is performed
to equalize length. Severe limb-length discrepancies may require a limb-lengthening pro-
cedure.
In group III and IV patients, when severe trochanteric overgrowth occurs, trochanteric
apophysiodesis can be considered in patients up to 4 years of age, but for patients over 10
to 12 years of age, distal and lateral greater trochanter transfer may be considered. Acetabu-
lar dysplasia is often severe in these types of AVN, which require reconstruction with pelvic
osteotomies (see discussion of pelvic osteotomies in chapter 12). The limb-length discrep-
ancy is treated as described above for group II.
TROCHANTERIC PROCEDURES
The anatomic relationship among the femoral head, the greater trochanter, and the
abductor muscles in a hip joint is extremely important to produce pelvic-femoral stability
for a normal and balanced gait. Wagner626,629 reported that the tip of the greater tro-
chanter is leveled or is slightly distal to the center of the femoral head, and the distance
between them is two to two-and-one-half times the radius of the femoral head. The ar-
ticulo-trochanteric distance304 normally measures 10–25 mm. This value is positive when
the tip of the greater trochanter is distal to the center of the femoral head, neutral if both
are at the same level, and negative when the tip of the greater trochanter is proximal to the
center of the femoral head. Gage and Cary174 evaluated the articulo-trochanteric distance
and concluded that the term trochanteric overgrowth is a misnomer and suggested the rela-
tive trochanteric overgrowth instead. In hips with AVN, retardation of growth in the capital
femoral epiphysis and normal growth of the greater trochanter cause the relative
overgrowth of the trochanter.
The height and lateral position (lateralization) of the greater trochanter determine
the lever arm of the abductor muscle complex.448 If a relative overgrowth occurs, the length
of the lever arm is decreased and the gluteus medius and minimus muscles become short-
ened. Trendelenburg’s sign becomes positive, and the patient walks with a gluteus medius
lurch. For this reason, some operative procedures have been designed to recuperate the
length of the lever arm and its relationship with the proximal end of the femur. Osteoto-
mies of the greater trochanter are considered when there is an abnormal relationship
between the axis of the femoral neck (measured by the neck shaft angle) and the axis (or
lever arm) between the tip of the greater trochanter and the center of the femoral head
(measured as the medial proximal femoral angle). The neck shaft angle is measured on an
antero-posterior radiograph at the intersection of a line drawn from the center of the
femoral head to the center of the femoral neck and a line drawn through the femoral
diaphysis. The normal neck shaft angle averages 135°. The medial proximal femoral angle
is measured on an antero-posterior radiograph at the intersection of a line drawn from the
tip of the greater trochanter to the center of the femoral head and a line parallel to the shaft
of the femur. The normal medial proximal femoral angle averages 90°. The commonly
utilized procedures are (1) greater trochanter apophysis arrest (apophysiodesis), (2) distal
and lateral transfer of greater trochanter, (3) lateral transfer of the greater trochanter to
lengthen the lever arm of hip abductors, and (4) double intertrochanteric osteotomy of
Wagner.
Greater TTrochanteric
rochanteric Apophyseal Arrest (Apophysiodesis)
Langenskiöld and Selenius336 described this technique to prevent severe greater tro-
chanter overgrowth. This procedure is useful in children under 4 years of age and may be
helpful up to 7 years of age. It is inadequate in older children because approximately half
the growth of the greater trochanter occurs by appositional bone growth at its cephalic
cartilaginous part, which is not affected by an apophysiodesis. Gage and Cary174 deter-
mined that a trochanteric growth plate arrest (apophysiodesis) achieved a 42.3 percent
reduction in anticipated remaining growth. They suggest that a greater trochanteric apo-
physeal growth plate arrest is effective in children under age 5 in slowing the relative
overgrowth; however, continued appositional growth may not maintain the status quo in
hips with AVN of Kalamchi groups 2, 3, and 4.
Indications
Premature growth arrest of the capital femoral physis
Children under 7 years of age
Contraindications
Children over 7 years of age.
Advantages
Easy procedure
Disadvantages
Does not lateralize the greater trochanter
Does not change the neck-shaft angle if coxa vara is present (the coxa vara needs
treatment by valgus osteotomy)
Procedure
1. Place the patient in a supine position with a sandbag under the affected hip.
2. Prepare sterile and drape the pelvis and the lower limb.
3. Perform a 5–7-cm long transverse or longitudinal incision to approach the
apophysis of the greater trochanter.
4. Divide the subcutaneous tissue in line with the skin incision.
5. Make a longitudinal incision in the fascia of the tensor fascia lata muscle.
6. Anteriorly retract the tensor fascia muscle.
7. Detach the vastus lateralis muscle at its origin and elevate it extraperiosteally.
8. Introduce a Keith needle or a smooth Kirschner wire into the soft growth plate of
the greater trochanteric apophysis. Take an antero-posterior radiograph or use an
image intensifier to evaluate the position of the needle or Kirschner wire at the
growth plate.
9. Divide the periosteum in an “H”-shaped incision, with the horizontal portion made
longitudinally (approximately 2 cm long and 1.5 cm wide for a bigger child and 1.2
cm long and 0.6 cm wide for a smaller child).
10. Elevate the periosteum.
11. Frequently this procedure is performed utilizing osteotomes to remove a
rectangular piece of bone in such a manner that the growth plate stays in its proximal
third. This rectangular piece of bone is approximately 1.5 cm long, 1.2 cm wide,
and 0.5 cm deep for a bigger child and 1 cm long, 0.5 cm wide, and 0.4 cm deep for
a smaller child. Care must be taken to avoid resecting a large piece of bone and
loosening the greater trochanter and entering the trochanteric fossa, and damaging
the femoral head blood supply.
11a. Rotate the piece of bone 180° and replace it in the defect previously produced in the
greater trochanteric physis.
Or
11b.Utilize curettes or a drill to destroy the growth plate in the same dimensions as
described above for small and big children.
12. Close the periosteum.
13. Reattach the vastus lateralis muscle.
14. Close the fascia, the subcuticular tissue, and the wound.
15. Immobilization of the patient is usually not necessary.
Postoperative care
Postoperatively, walking is allowed with a three-point crutch gait for about 3 to 4
weeks. Activities are restricted until radiographs demonstrate healing of the osteotomies.
Indications
• Adolescent or young adult with a positive Trendelenburg sign
• Normal neck shaft angle
• Overgrowth of the greater trochanter (the tip of the greater trochanter is above
the center of the femoral head, i.e., at the level of the hip joint line)
Contraindications
• Degenerative hip joint changes
• Stiffness of the hip joint
• Deficient gluteus medius and minimus muscles
Advantages
• Relatively easy procedure
Disadvantages
• Possible increase in articular pressure that may cause chondrolysis
Prerequisites
• Age less than 8 years.
• Concentric hip joint.
• Femoral neck-shaft angle of at least 110°.
• Femoral anteversion of less than 40°.
• Hip motion in an extension position with an arch of abduction/adduction at least
45°. The strength of the gluteus medius and minimus muscles must be at least a fair
grade.
• Image intensifier radiography.
Procedure
1. Place the patient on the operating table in a supine position with a sandbag under
the affected limb to bring the greater trochanter forward, thus facilitating its
exposure.
2. Prepare sterile and drape the affected lower limb.
3. Perform a straight lateral incision from the tip of the greater trochanter and extend
distally approximately 8 to 10 cm. Some surgeons prefer a transverse incision
centered 2 to 3 cm below the tip of the greater trochanter.
4. Incise the subcutaneous tissue longitudinally.
5. Split the fascia lata muscle longitudinally at its postero-lateral border.
6. Detach the vastus lateralis muscle from the abductor tubercle by a “U”-shaped
incision and elevate it subperiosteally from the femoral shaft for approximately 5
to 8 cm.
7. Identify the margin of the gluteus medius superiorly and introduce a retractor
pointing toward the trochanteric fossa. A second retractor is placed beneath the
posterior edge of the greater trochanter.
8. Insert a smooth Kirschner wire through the abductor tubercle pointing slightly
superior to the trochanteric fossa to orient the plane of the trochanteric osteotomy.
Use an image intensifier to evaluate the position of the Kirschner wire.
9. Use a 2.5–3.0-cm wide osteotome or an oscillating saw to perform an oblique
osteotomy of the greater trochanteric. This osteotomy is completed by gentle
leverage proximally using a broad osteotome. Care must be taken to avoid injuring
the retinacula vessels at the trochanteric fossa.
10. Lift the trochanteric fragment supero-laterally with a bone clamp.
11. Release soft-tissue adhesions between the joint capsule and the medial margin of
the greater trochanteric to mobilize it by traction distally and laterally. Take great
care to avoid damaging the retinacula vessels and fracturing the greater trochanteric
fragment.
12. Prepare a flattened surface on the proximal end of the femoral shaft using an
osteotome to receive the trochanteric fragment.
13. Remove a segment of the greater trochanter on its medial aspect to facilitate
attachment to the receptor site at the femoral shaft.
14. Abduct the leg and hold the trochanter in the desired position (1 to 2 cm distally
and slightly posteriorly to position the tip of the greater trochanter leveled with
the center of the femoral head when the leg is in the neutral position).
15. Temporarily fix the trochanter with two threaded Kirschner wires and, by using
image intensifier, verify that the new position of the greater trochanter is correct.
Then insert two lag screws (with washers) pointing to the calcar to achieve strong
compression; if necessary, a tension band may be employed to strengthen the
fixation. Some surgeons utilize two threaded and heavy pins placed parallel to
each other, pointing medially and upwards.
16. Test the stability of the osteosynthesis by moving the lower limb and take
radiographs to confirm the position of the trochanter.
17. Suture the vastus lateralis muscle to the tendon insertion of the gluteus medius and
minimus muscles.
18. Close the fascia lata and the wound.
19. Place the patient in a split Russell’s traction with the hips at 35–40° of abduction or
abduction in a spica cast pending stability of fixation.
Postoperative care
Active abduction exercises are encouraged (adduction and excessive flexion of the
hip should be avoided). Sitting is not permitted for 3 weeks to avoid loosening the fixation.
On or about third day, partial weightbearing with the aid of crutches is allowed. In the
sixth postoperative week, the use of one crutch on the contralateral side is allowed. This is
maintained until the hip abductor muscles are normal or the Trendelenburg sign is nega-
tive. Usually, the osteotomy heals in 3 months. The screws may be removed 3 to 6 months
postoperatively and the affected limb should be protected by the use of crutches for 3
weeks.
Complications
• Infection
• Thromboembolism (if combined with pelvic or intertrochanteric osteotomy)
• Loss of the fixation (fracture of the thin cortical bone of the trochanter)
• Nonunion
• Insufficient advancement
• Excessive lateralization
• Trochanteric bursitis
• Prominence of the greater trochanter
Results
Givon et al.196 reported the results of seven patients (nine hips) with coxa brevis (vara)
and AVN secondary to DDH, which were treated by distal transfer of the greater tro-
chanter. Good results were achieved in 89 percent of their patients, according to a 5-year
follow-up study. They reviewed the same patients 12 years after surgery, and, based on the
Mayo Clinic hip score, 71 percent maintained their improvement in gait but 67 percent
decreased their hip score because of the appearance or advance of osteoarthritis. They
concluded that distal transfer of the greater trochanter is beneficial in improvement of gait
but may increase osteoarthritis. Bar-On et al.20 published the clinical and radiographic
outcomes of 25 patients with AVN of the femoral head following previous treatment of
DDH. Fifteen of the patients were treated with innominate pelvic osteotomy and were
classified into three groups: A, B, and C. Group A consisted of seven patients whose sur-
gery was performed 1 to 3 years after the ischemic insult. Group B consisted of eight
patients whose surgery was performed 5 to 10 years after AVN. Group C consisted of the
remaining 10 patients who did not have pelvic osteotomy. The minimum follow-up was 10
years from the ischemic insult, and, based on a modified Severin grading, the patients from
group A showed better radiographic outcomes, less pain, and better gait and required
fewer additional procedures for limb length inequality than group B. After a distal and
lateral transfer of the greater trochanter, Macnicol and Makris370 observed an increase in
hip abduction, correction of a positive Trendelenburg gait, relief of pain, and reduction of
limping in their patients. They reported two factors that increased the incidence of poor
results: first, a primary condition affecting the hip joint such as septic arthritis and DDH;
and second, the number of surgeries performed before trochanteric transfer. Anwar et al.10
published their preference for distal transfer only based on their conclusion that lateral
shift of the greater trochanter does not interfere with limp or the Trendelenburg sign after
medial displacement pelvic osteotomy. Porat et al.462 reported 15 patients who limped and
had early fatigue during walking with AVN that were treated by distal and lateral transfer
of the greater trochanter. The limp appeared at the age of 9 to 10 years; however, at this age
no limited walking capacity was noted. Disability developed at about 12 years of age. Nine
patients also had more than a 3-cm leg-length discrepancy that was treated by a contralat-
eral epiphysiodesis. In seven patients the trochanteric and epiphysiodesis procedures were
performed simultaneously without serious complications. At maturity the limp was elimi-
nated and walking distance improved.
rochanter566,628
Lateral Advancement of the Greater TTrochanter
Indications
• Foreshortened femoral neck, which narrows the distance between the trochanter
and the center of the femoral head
• Tip of the greater trochanter at its normal level: distal transfer not necessary
Advantages
• Easy procedure
• Increases the lever arm of the hip abductors
Disadvantages
• Needs a separate incision to take the bone graft from the ilium
Procedure
The surgical approach is the same as that previously described for distal and lateral
advance of the greater trochanter. Follow steps 1 to 11. Then:
12. Laterally shift the greater trochanter segment, filling the cleft between the
trochanteric fragment and the femoral shaft with an autogenous cancellous bone
previously taken from the iliac bone by a separate incision.
13. Fix the greater trochanter and the bone graft to the femoral shaft using two wide-
threaded cancellous screws placed perpendicularly to the osteotomized lateral
aspect of the femur.
14. Add a taut tension band of heavy wire suture, which extends from both trochanteric
screws, to a small cortical screw inserted 5–6 cm distally on the external aspect of
the femoral shaft. (This wire tension band is used to counteract the pull of the hip
abductor muscle.)
15. Reattach the vastus lateralis muscle at the insertion of the gluteus medius muscle.
16. Close the fascia lata muscle and the wound.
Postoperative care
Postoperative patient care is similar to that described for distal and lateral transfer
of the greater trochanter.
Advantages
• Transfers the greater trochanter laterally and distally and elongates the femoral
neck.
B
A
Disadvantages
• Difficult procedure
Prerequisites
• Image-intensifier radiograph
Procedure
Follow steps 1 to 11 as described in the distal and lateral transfer of the greater
trochanter section. Then:
12. Insert a threaded Steinmann pin into the center of the femoral head. This pin must
stop close to the capital femoral physis.
13. Determine the level of the two osteotomies using the image intensifier. The first
osteotomy should be at the base of the greater trochanter and the second should be
immediately distal to the base of the femoral neck
14. Mark the levels of the osteotomies by inserting smooth Kirschner wires into the
bone.
15. Insert a threaded Steinmann pin into the midportion of the greater trochanter.
16. Perform the two horizontal and parallel osteotomies under image intensifier
control. Stop the osteotomies just before the medial cortex of the femur. Complete
the osteotomies by provoking a greenstick fracture. Care must be taken to avoid
injuring the retinacula vessels and the vessels in the trochanteric fossa. These
osteotomies produce three fragments: the greater trochanter, the head and neck,
and the femoral shaft fragments.
17. Proximally retract the greater trochanter fragment to provide better exposure.
18. Push the femoral neck fragment downward and medially.
19. Laterally pull the distal femoral fragment to produce a buttress to the infero-
medial corner of the femoral neck with the proximal end of the femoral shaft.
20. Using three smooth Kirschner wires, temporarily fix the head and neck and the
femoral shaft fragments.
B
A
Figure 11-5 A–C. Schematic drawings of the double intertrochanteric osteotomy of Wagner.
D. Schematic drawing of the Morscher osteotomy (from Hasler CC, Morscher EW: Femoral neck
lengthening osteotomy after growth disturbance of the proximal femur, J Pediatr Orthop B 8(4):
271–75, p 272, Fig 2, 1999).
21. Transfer the greater trochanter distally and laterally and fix it to the femoral neck
with the threaded Steinmann pin previously inserted in its midportion. Correct
the neck shaft angle. The tip of the trochanter should be aligned with the center of
the femoral head.
22. Take radiographs to make sure that the three fragments are in the desired position.
Notice: the neck shaft angle should be 135°, the tip of the greater trochanter should
be leveled to the center of the femoral head, and the length of the femoral neck
should be restored (2.5 times the radius of the femoral head).
23. Perform the osteosynthesis utilizing 90–30° AO right-angle plate and multiple
screws, hip screw, and side plate, or a molded semitubular plate prepared at its
proximal end as a hook to fix the trochanter (cut the plate at its first screw hole; the
bifurcated limbs are sharpened and bent inward to form hooks).564,566
24. Pack the spaces between the fragments with autogenous cancellous bone. These
bone grafts are obtained from the ilium through a separate incision.
25. Reattach the vastus lateralis muscle at the insertion of the gluteus medius muscle.
26. Close the fascia lata muscle and the wound.
27. Place the patient in a split Russell’s traction or make a spica cast in 35–40° of
abduction.
Postoperative care
The patient rests in bed with split Russell traction or spica cast for 3 weeks. Active
exercises are stimulated 3 or 4 days postoperatively after removing the hip spica cast.
Partial weightbearing with the help of crutches or with a three-point crutch is permitted
after 3 weeks. Full weightbearing is allowed after bone healing, which usually occurs within
3 months.
Advantages
• The femoral neck is lengthened
• Distalization of the greater trochanter
• The neck shaft angle is not changed
Preoperative planning
• Three osteotomies are planned with an angle of 130° with respect to the lateral
cortex of the femur
• A hip blade plate is utilized
• A bony bridge of 2 cm or more should be left between the most distal osteotomy to
avoid breakout of the implant.
• The blade of the implant should just reach the base of the femoral head and fill 50–
70 percent of the diameter in the axial view.
Procedure
1. The patient is placed supine on the operative table.
2. A straight skin incision is made for the tip of the greater trochanter about 12 cm
distally.
3. Dissection is carried down to the femur.
4. A K-wire is placed on the flat surface of the femoral neck to determine anteversion.
5. A K-wire is inserted in the femoral neck parallel to the anteversion with an angle of
50° to the femoral shaft.
6. The seating chisel is driven into the femoral neck parallel to the K-wire.
7. At each level of the anticipated osteotomies, K-wires are placed parallel to the
seating chisel.
8. The first osteotomy is at the base of the greater trochanter.
Postoperative
The patient is mobilized on two crutches with partial weightbearing until consolida-
tion is confirmed by radiographs at follow-up (usually 6 to 12 weeks).
The shelf operation was designed to enlarge a dysplastic acetabulum by extending the
acetabular roof laterally, posteriorly, and anteriorly with the addition of bone grafts di-
rectly over the capsule of the uncovered femoral head. The weightbearing forces are di-
rected through the femoral head to the capsule (interposing tissue) onto the shelf (the
ilium). Dickson130,131 in 1924 was the first to use the term “shelf ” to describe this operative
procedure. Albee3 performed the technique in two cases of paralytic dislocations of the
hip, reporting good results, and Fairbank149 was the first to carry out a successful shelf
operation for DDH. This operation has been utilized by many surgeons189,192,217,328 in an
attempt to treat the different types of subluxations and dislocations. Modifications to
facilitate the positioning of the bone graft and the stability of the femoral head inside the
acetabulum have been described.131,186,190,193,359,422,541
Even though the initial results of the shelf procedures are good, the authors believe the
capsule (interposing tissue between the femoral head and ilium) will not be able to with-
stand the long-term hip wear. Therefore, we consider the shelf operation to be a salvage
procedure. Whenever possible, reconstructive procedures that redirect the acetabulum
with its hyaline cartilage may be preferable to the shelf procedure in selected patients.
Prerequisites
• Absence of significant degenerative bone changes in the hip joint
• At least 50 percent of the femoral head must be covered by the dysplastic acetabulum
in a weightbearing position
Indications
• To improve acetabular dysplasia
• To increase the weightbearing area of the hip joint
• To prevent lateral and upward migration of the femoral head
• Can be performed at any age from 1 year to younger adults (better applied to
adolescents)
Contraindications
• In frank dislocation of the hip
• When the CE angle is less than 0°
Advantages
• Safe procedure
• Stabilizes the hip
• Prevents supero-lateral migration of the femoral head
• Decreases pressure forces across the hip joint
• Does not interfere in the blood supply of the femoral head
• Does not disturb the articular cartilage of the acetabulum or the femoral head
• Does not require internal fixation
• Does not provoke obstetrical problems
• Is an extra-articular procedure
• Minimal chance of jeopardizing the sciatic nerve
• Bilateral procedure can be performed at the same time
• Can be associated with other procedures (femoral, Salter, Steel, or Chiari
osteotomies)
Disadvantages
• Is not appropriate for posterior acetabular deficiency
• Cast is required for 6 weeks
• Does not provide medialization of the femoral head
• The femoral head is covered by fibrocartilage (fibrocapsule converts into
fibrocartilage)
• Does not medialize the acetabulum (the center of gravity across the hip remains
lateral)
• Can absorb the graft if it is carried out during the first few years of life
Procedure
1. Place patient in a supine position with a sandbag under the chest and prepare and
drape as usual for a hip surgical procedure.
2. Perform an antero-lateral or bikini incision in order to obtain good exposure of
the lateral wall of the ilium (see Innominate Osteotomy of Salter in chapter 8).
3. Expose the iliac crest.
4. Widen the gap between the sartorius medially and the tensor fascia lata laterally.
5. Isolate, protect, and retract the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve.
6. Split the ilium apophysis vertically with a scalpel and expose subperiosteally both
walls of the ilium. The authors prefer to make an osteotomy just below the
cartilaginous iliac apophysis from the outer side and to displace the apophysis
medially.
7. Isolate and detach the reflected head of the rectus femoris muscle from the capsule
and tag it with a suture for later reattachment. Clear the capsule from the adherent
abductor muscles.
8. Separate the capsule from the outer aspect of the ilium with a blunt periosteal
elevator. Gently peel distally to thin the thick capsule. Do not perforate the capsule.
Some surgeons suggest opening the capsule,660 but others328 utilize a blunt probe,
such as a hemostat, to identify the joint line. Continue splitting the capsule in half,
distally, parallel to the femoral head, utilizing scissors, to provide a pocket in which
the bone graft can be inserted.
9. Create a slot at the level of the thinned capsule just above the femoral head.
10. Outline a flap of bone with drill holes on the lateral side of the ilium.
11. The bone flap must be placed into the slot that has been created, pointing upwards
and under the reflected head of the rectus femoris muscle, directly into the split
capsule. Some surgeons369 turn down the bone flap using a curved osteotome,
bending it distally over the uncovered femoral head and suturing it in place with a
single absorbable suture. At this time, care must be taken to avoid breaking the
bone flap. The bone should be extended anteriorly and laterally and should be
sufficient to form a CE angle of about 30°. Do not create a shelf that limits the
abduction touching the greater trochanter.
12. Remove more cancellous bone from the outer aspect of the ilium to form a thick
buttress on the lateral wall of the ilium.
13. Take an antero-posterior radiogram to confirm the position and extension of the
created shelf.
14. Close the wound in layers as usual.
15. Apply a hip spica cast.
Postoperative Care
The total time in the spica cast is 6 weeks. The patient is followed during the first week
for cast care and radiograms. The patient returns after a further 5 weeks for cast removal.
Walking with the help of crutches is allowed when the range of movement of the affected
hip is 90° of flexion and the knee flexion on the operated side is 90°. Progressive
weightbearing is allowed 3 months after surgery.
Complications
• Infection
• Bone graft resorption
• Upward displacement of the shelf
• Meralgia paraesthetica in the adolescent and young adult due to damage to the
lateral femoral cutaneous nerve
Wilson660 described this procedure with some modifications, which are listed below:
1. Place the patient is placed in the supine position in preparation for the surgery;
otherwise the approach is the same as described above.
2. The medial and lateral aspects of the ilium are exposed subperiosteally. Originally,
the approach described was by the Smith-Petersen incision.
3. Detach the straight head of the rectus femoris muscle, tag with suture, and reflect
distally.
4. Expose widely the capsule in its anterior, lateral, and posterior aspects.
5. Release and elevate the capsule from the lateral wall of the ilium distally as far as
possible to the lateral margin of the acetabulum.
6. Make a small aperture in the capsule to identify the hip joint.
7. Perform a partial capsulectomy to thin the thickened capsule.
8. Locate the femoral head. Mark, with drill holes on the lateral wall of the ilium, a
2.5–3-cm area immediately superior and slightly anterior to the femoral head.
9. Use a curved osteotome to turn down this piece of bone, which becomes the first
layer of the shelf, and suture it to the capsule using chromic catgut.
Figure 12-2 Schematic drawing of the Saito tectoplasty technique, in which a triangular piece of
bone graft is placed over the femoral head and the external cortex of the ilium is split away from the
inner cortex. The gap between the outer and inner cortex of the ilium is filled with bone graft (from
Saito S, Takaoka K, Ono K: Tectoplasty for painful dislocation or subluxation of the hip. Long-term
evaluation of a new acetabuloplasty, J Bone Joint Surg Br 68(1): 55–60, p 56, Fig 5, 1986. Copyright ©
the British Editorial Society of Bone and Joint Surgery. Reproduced with permission).
10. In the region of the anterior superior iliac spine, mark the outline of a wedge-
shaped graft with drill holes. Resect the triangular bone graft from the ilium and
place it in the previously prepared defect through the cancellous bone of the ilium
to the inner cortex. Reinforce the shelf with additional chip grafts on each side of
the triangular graft from the ilium.
11. Fix the wedge-shaped graft to the inner wall of the ilium with a Steinmann pin.
12. Cut off the Steinmann pin just below the skin.
13. Close the wound in layers.
14. Install a bilateral skeletal traction by inserting the traction pin through the tibia.
Postoperative care
After 4 weeks the skeletal traction is discontinued and a one-and-one-half spica cast is
applied and maintained for another 8 weeks. Afterwards, hydrotherapy is prescribed and
partial weightbearing with crutches is permitted for an additional 6 weeks.
Postoperative care
The patient returns in the third postoperative week for cast removal. Active move-
ments in bed are permitted for the next 3 weeks, followed by walking with the aid of
crutches after about 6 to 8 weeks.
Indication
• Deficient acetabulum that cannot be corrected by redirectional pelvic osteotomy
Contraindications
• Hip joint that requires open reduction and supplementary stability
• Dysplastic hips with spherical congruity that are more appropriate for treatment
by a redirectional osteotomy
Requisites
• Antero-posterior pelvic radiographs in standing and supine positions in abduction
and internal rotation. (If the joint demonstrates congruity in the abduction internal
rotation view, the best recommendation for this case may be femoral or pelvic
redirectional osteotomy.)
Preoperative analysis
• To determine the center-edge (CE) angle on the standing antero-posterior
radiogram.
• To calculate the additional width necessary to extend the acetabulum on the
standing antero-posterior view on the side of the dysplastic joint by drawing a
normal CE angle of about 35°. The difference between the real and the desired 35°
of CE angle corresponds to the width of the augmentation necessary to cover
adequately the femoral head.
A
B
Procedure
1. Place the patient on the operating table in a semiprone position with a sandbag
behind the hip.
2. Prepare the lower limb as usual to allow free movement during the surgical
procedure.
3. Make a bikini incision 2–3 cm below and parallel to the iliac crest.
4. Expose the hip joint by a standard iliofemoral approach.
5. Divide the tendon of the reflected head of the rectus femoris muscle anteriorly and
retract posteriorly.
6. Make a small incision in the capsule to measure its thickness. This can also be done
by palpation. The capsule must be thinned, and in the absence of the rectus femoris
muscle, capsular flaps may be made and left attached on their anterior and posterior
sides to stabilize the bone grafts.
7. The slot must be placed exactly at the acetabular margin. Staheli describes this as
the most critical part of the procedure and suggests placing a probe into the joint
to palpate the acetabular rim.
8. Introduce a drill onto the selected site and take an antero-posterior radiograph to
confirm the correctness of the position.
9. Make a slot by drilling a series of holes accompanying the acetabular margin. With
a small rongeur, create a 5-mm-wide and 10-mm-deep slot. The length is determined
by the necessity of coverage. If the head of the femur is anteverted, the slot should
extend anteriorly; if the acetabulum is deficient in its posterior aspect, the slot
should extend posteriorly.
10. Take strips of cortical and cancellous bone from the lateral wall of the ilium. These
strips of bone should be as long as possible, from the iliac crest to the superior
margin of the slot, to allow rapid fusion of the graft to the ilium.
11. Measure the depth of the slot and add the width of the desired augmentation
calculated from the preoperative radiograph.
12. Select strips 1 mm high and 1 cm wide, with appropriate length of cancellous bone,
and apply them radially from the slot, with the concave side down to produce a
congruous extension of the acetabulum.
13. Place longer cancellous strips parallel to the acetabular margin to produce the
second layer. The strips chosen for this layer may be thicker (2 mm), particularly
the most lateral one, to produce a well-defined lateral margin of the augmentation.
14. To avoid blocking hip flexion, do not extend the augmentation too anteriorly.
15. Reattach the reflected head of the rectus femoris tendon in its original position
over the two layers of strips to stabilize them. If the rectus femoris tendon is not
available, utilize a capsular flap as described above. The reflected head of the rectus
femoris muscle or the capsular flaps will be incorporated in the bone shelf.
16. Cut the remaining bone graft into small pieces and apply over the initial layers.
17. Reattach the abductor muscles.
18. Take an antero-posterior radiograph to verify the position and the width of the
shelf.
19. Close the wound as usual.
20. Apply a single spica cast with the hip at 15° of abduction, 20° of flexion, and neutral
rotation.
Postoperative care
The cast is maintained for 6 weeks, after which it is removed and crutch walking is
allowed with partial (one-fifth) body-weight-bearing on the operated side until the graft
is incorporated. Periodic radiographs are taken to determine when to begin weaning from
the crutches, usually at about 3 to 4 months postoperatively.
The authors use the Staheli technique and maintain the patient in a one-and-one-half
spica cast for 6 weeks, followed by walking with the aid of crutches for 6 to 8 weeks.
In 1950 Chiari75–78 designed a medial displacement osteotomy of the pelvis for the
treatment of residual subluxation. The basic concept is to construct a congruent bony
buttress just above the intact hip joint without the necessity of bone grafting, by
medialization of the distal fragment of the pelvis. The hip capsule is the interposing
weightbearing surface between the femoral head and the buttress.
Initially, the Chiari osteotomy was considered useful in young children; however, re-
cently this procedure has been reserved for severe dysplasia in which a reconstructive
procedure is impossible. The authors use the Chiari procedure in the most severe hips of
lateralized and false acetabular types of acetabular dysplasia. Also the osteotomy distorts
the shape of the pelvis, which may compromise the possibility of a vaginal childbirth and
necessitate a Ciceronian delivery.
Prerequisites
• Functional range of hip motion
• Previous correction of valgus inclination and/or femur anteversion required
• Level of the femoral head not be so high that the osteotomy will extend into the
sacroiliac joint
Indications
• For all types of congenital subluxations in which a reconstructive procedure cannot
be performed
• Older children (4 to 6 years), adolescents, and adults
• Untreated congenital dysplasias or lateralized types of residual dysplasias after
previous conservative treatment
• Coxa magna, femoral head uncovered more than 30 percent
• Incongruous joint that makes acetabuloplasty contraindicated
• Irreducible lateral subluxation
• Hip pain (arthritis)
• Hip instability (femoral anteversion or valgus)
• Dysplastic hips with osteoarthritis (including severe cases)
• Paralytic or spastic hips with dislocation
Contraindications
• Severe osteoarthritis
• Reducible lateral subluxation (consider a reconstructive procedure)
• Stiffness
• Shallow acetabulum (consider a reconstructive procedure)
Advantages
• Enlarges the capacity of the newly formed acetabulum
• Shifts the hip joint medially
• Increases the load-bearing surface on the femoral head
• Is an extra-articular procedure
• Does not disturb the acetabular roof
• Shortens the medial arm of the hip abductor lever system, diminishing the load on
the femoral head96
• Forms a strong, deep, and live bony acetabular roof
Disadvantages
• Creates a fibrocartilaginous coverage of the femoral head
• Postoperative narrowing of the pelvis may interfere with vaginal delivery (more
frequently with bilateral procedures)
• Shortening of the lower limb may occur
• Risk of sciatic nerve paresis
• Risk of stiff joint
• Flexion deformity of the hip (posterior slipping of the distal fragment due to a
straight-line osteotomy)
• Anterior superior iliac spine becomes prominent (straight-line osteotomy)
• May adversely affect the biomechanics of the contralateral hip480
• Defect between the osteotomized fragment and the ischium if major correction is
performed
Prerequisites
• Image intensifier (helpful)
• If bilateral, blood transfusion is needed
Procedure
1. Place the patient on an orthopaedic traction table, with the affected lower limb in
slight abduction and external rotation. (The authors prefer the lower limb free to
allow full motion during the surgery.)
2. Prepare and drape the skin.
3. Perform a skin bikini incision as in the Salter osteotomy or the ilio-femoral (Smith-
Petersen) approach. This ilio-femoral approach is recommended for larger or obese
patients.
4. Expose the iliac crest.
5. Widen the gap between the sartorius medially and the tensor fascia lata laterally.
The sartorius muscle can be detached from the anterior superior iliac spine. Its free
end is marked with a suture for later reattachment and reflected distally and medially.
6. Isolate, protect, and retract the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve.
A B
C D
Figure 12-4 Chiari procedure. A. Schematic drawing (from Dr. G. Dean MacEwen).
B. Radiograph of the Chiari procedure. The osteotomy starts just above the capsule and is directed
15° upwards to allow medial displacement of the distal fragment of the ilium. The osteotomy
displaces the fulcrum of the hip joint and shortens the medial arm of the hip abductor lever
system, decreasing the load on the femoral head. C. Radiograph of a dysplastic hip with a
lateralized type of acetabulum that is painful. D. Radiograph of the hip after the Chiari procedure.
7. Split the ilium apophysis vertically with a scalpel and expose subperiosteally both
the inner and outer walls of the ilium downward to the greater sciatic notch. (The
authors prefer to make an osteotomy just below the cartilaginous iliac apophysis
from the outer iliac wall and to displace the apophysis medially. This helps prevent
a growth disturbance of the iliac apophysis.)
8. Dissect and elevate the capsule from the outer aspect of the ilium and from the
rectus muscle and its reflected tendon. The capsule is usually thickened and adherent;
care must be taken to avoid opening or damaging it at the site of its latter
interposition.
9. Place the osteotome between the insertion of the capsule and the reflected head of
the rectus femoris muscle.
10. Check the position of the osteotome by image intensifier. Some authors use a
Steinmann pin to locate the correct site of the osteotomy. The cut must be made
higher if the femoral head is subluxed superiorly into a false acetabulum.
11. Make an osteotomy at an angle of 10–15° medially and upward in a curved line,
beginning inferiorly at the anterior inferior iliac spine anteriorly and finishing at
the lower part of the sciatic notch posteriorly. This curved osteotomy should follow
the shape of the femoral head and may be marked by drill holes on the outer aspect
of the ilium. Then it is performed using narrow osteotomes positioned side by side
and advancing from the lateral side to the medial side of the ilium. The posterior
cut (1 or 2 cm) of the ilium is made using a Gigli saw. The Gigli saw can be used to
make the entire osteotomy. Care must be taken to avoid entering the hip or sacroiliac
joints.
12. Open the cut gently using a laminar spreader to make sure that the distal fragment
of the ilium is loosened.
13. Abduct the affected hip as an assistant applies counterpressure from the
contralateral side of the pelvis. This maneuver causes the lower segment to displace
medially 50–80 percent of the width of the ilium, covering the femoral head. Forced
maneuvers may provoke greenstick fracture or superior or posterior displacement
of the segment, which can damage the sciatic nerve.
14. Fix the osteotomy using two threaded Steinmann pins or lag screws, placed from
the iliac crest to the distal fragment, avoiding penetration of the hip joint.
15. Test the hip joint mobility, particularly flexion, which can be limited by the anterior
projection of bone formed by the displacement of the ilium.
16. Close the deep fascia and the iliac apophysis and reattach the sartorius muscle.
17. Close the subcuticular tissue and the skin as usual.
18. A hip spica cast is not necessary.
19. Take an antero-posterior radiograph to evaluate the femoral coverage, the
displacement and position of the distal fragment, and the Steinmann pins.
Medial displacement must be sufficiently extensive to cover and to support the femo-
ral head. If this does not occur, the contact area between the femoral head and the socket is
too small, and consequently pressure over a small contact area on the head provokes
degenerative osteoarthritis. The authors add bone graft between iliac osteotomy when the
required displacement to cover the femoral head is inadequate.
Postoperative Care
The application of antibiotics and thromboembolism prophylaxis are recommended.
Bilateral split Russell traction is applied for 1 or 2 weeks and active movements in the
traction are encouraged. Walking with the aid of crutches is allowed after 2 weeks and
weightbearing is permitted at 12 weeks. (Chiari advocates the use of a spica cast at 20–30°
of abduction, extension, and neutral rotation for 3 weeks.)
Complications
• Greenstick fracture of the ilium
• Inadequate (insufficient or excessive) displacement
• Osteotomy too low
• Infection
• Palsy of the sciatic nerve
• Palsy of the femoral nerve
• Partial peroneal paresis408
• Thigh numbness
• Dislocation of the hip
• Thromboembolism
• Stiffness of the hip
• Extension contracture
• Flexion contracture (from shrinkage of the sartorius and tensor fascia lata muscles
at their attachment; may be treated by resection of the scars)
• Ossifying myositis of the gluteus minimus muscle
• Intra-operative damage of the capsule will destroy the interposition tissue,
provoking limitation of mobility or stiffness
• Inappropriate level of the osteotomy: if too high, will not provide a good coverage
and bone resorption may occur; if too low, will damage the interposed capsule
• Inappropriate direction of the osteotomy: if directed more than 15–20 upwards,
the cut can damage the sacroiliac joint; if performed by descending medially, the
medial displacement will be impeded and the femoral head will not be supported
properly. “The ideal osteotomy line for most of the cases will be horizontal or
slightly ascending.”77
great majority of these patients was more than 16 years. Mitchell,408 in the same year,
published his results of 40 Chiari osteotomies performed from 1966 to 1972, classifying
pain and technical achievement. Twenty-eight hips were pain-free and demonstrated good
technical procedure, 7 hips were pain-free but technical errors were present, 3 hips pro-
duced slight pain but the technical result was considered good, and 1 hip was classified as
a positive technical error and presented severe pain. In the last case, an arthrodesis was
performed. When only pain was considered as a symptom, 35 hips had no pain, 3 had
slight pain, and 1 had severe pain. Volpon et al.615 performed 27 Chiari osteotomies in 25
patients. They evaluated the femoral head coverage by the CE Wiberg angle and compared
the acetabular sclerosis before surgery and at follow-up. They obtained good results in
most patients. Reynolds483 showed 29 good results in 32 “properly selected” patients and
concluded that this osteotomy retards the progression of degenerative changes. Calvert et
al.60 published their studies on 45 patients, 49 hips treated by Chiari pelvic osteotomy
between 1965 and 1974. The average age at review was 33.9 years (range 18 to 54 tears) and
the average period of follow-up was 14 years (range 10 to 19 years). The primary diagnosis
was acetabular dysplasia in 7 hips and congenital dislocation in 42 hips. They evaluated
the hips and based their results on the Harris and Iowa hip scores and observed that a
young age at the time of surgery was associated with a higher final hip score. A painless hip
and the absence of degenerative changes on the radiograph at the time of operation were
associated with a significantly higher Harris hip score. They also noticed no correlation
between the final hip score and the percentage of subluxation, the medial shift, and the
angle or height of the osteotomy. Betz et al.37 published the results of a series of Chiari
osteotomies from the A. I. duPont Institute. Between 1966 and 1981, a Chiari osteotomy
was performed on 24 patients age 10 to 23 years at the time of surgery. Follow-up was from
3 to 20 years. Twelve patients had DDH; 6, poliomyelitis; 3, cerebral palsy; 1, sequelae of
multiple epiphyseal dysplasia; 1, osteonecrosis; and one, osteomyelitis. They achieved good
and excellent results in 21 patients (91.6 percent) and recommend medial bone grafting if
it is necessary to displace the osteotomy more than 50 percent to cover the femoral head.
Rejholec et al.480 reported the long-term results of 104 Chiari osteotomies (18 years of
follow-up). Forty-eight percent of patients complained of persistent hip pain, and 15 per-
cent complained of pain in the lumbo-sacral spine. Limitation of hip movement occurred
in 41 percent, the Trendelenburg sign was present in 74 percent, shortening over 1 cm
occurred in 77 percent of cases, and delivery by caesarean section occurred in 36 percent.
They concluded that the main indication for this procedure is grave instability of the hip
joint. For valgus hips, this operation should only be carried out after 14 years of age.
Lack et al.331 reported the late results of 100 Chiari osteotomies for osteoarthritis sec-
ondary to hip dysplasia. Eighty-two patients were reviewed and 18 items of information
were obtained by questionnaire. All patients were over 30 years of age at the time of sur-
gery, and follow-up averaged 15.5 years. The results were 75 percent good, 9 percent fair,
and 16 percent poor. The worst results came from the patients who were 44 years of age or
older at the time of their operation. Twenty hips had undergone secondary total hip re-
placement. They concluded that this procedure is an alternative to early hip replacement
in hips with osteoarthritis secondary to hip dysplasia.
Klaue et al.312 published a radiological assessment of Chiari osteotomy using conven-
tional radiographs and three-dimensional reconstruction from CT scans. They examined
16 patients with 19 Chiari osteotomies carried out for subluxation due to residual dyspla-
sia. The patients’ ages at surgery ranged from 11 to 51 years (average 24.3 years) and
follow-up was from 3 to 12 years (average 6 to 8 years). The center-edge angle of Wiberg
was measured on antero-posterior radiographs, and coverage of the femoral head by the
acetabulum was evaluated by CT scan. Their study concluded that improvement of the CE
angle of Wiberg (usually greater than normal) does not show the real covering of the
femoral head, which may be insufficiently covered on its postero-lateral quadrant.
Kawamura in 1958 modified the Chiari procedure to improve the results in patients
with hip dysplasia by creating a dome-shaped osteotomy to cover and support the femoral
head.301,302 The dome-shaped osteotomy contoured to the shape of the femoral head. He
utilized the lateral approach to the pelvis, made a greater trochanter osteotomy for better
exposition of the lateral wall of the ilium, and used a special oscillating saw to perform the
osteotomy. This approach also permits a valgus or varus proximal femoral osteotomy and
distal and lateral transfer of the greater trochanter.
Advantages
• Constructs a strong nonabsorbable roof at the moment of surgery
• Recuperates the normal biomechanics of the hip by redirecting the gluteus medius
muscle to the vertical line, improving the lever arm of abduction
• Reduces the load over the newly constructed hip joint due to medialization of the
femoral head
Disadvantages
• Postoperative narrowing of the pelvis
• Leg shortening
• Fibrocartilage coverage of the femoral head
• Risk of injuring the sciatic nerve
Procedure
1. Place the patient on an operating table in a lateral position with the affected hip
upwards. Prepare and drape the hip.
2. Perform an infero-posterior skin incision from the anterior superior iliac spine to
the greater trochanter, continuing posteriorly to a point that corresponds to the
sciatic notch. Tachdjian302 began the skin incision at the middle third of the iliac
crest and exposed the inner wall of the ilium by splitting the iliac apophysis.
3. Divide the subcutaneous tissue and the deep fascia along the same line as the skin
incision.
4. Widen the gap between the gluteus medius and the tensor fasciae femoris muscles
by blunt dissection.
5. Detach the vastus lateralis from the abductor tubercle and elevate it subperiosteally
from the femoral shaft approximately 5 cm.
6. Retract laterally the gluteus medius muscle.
7. Mark the correct level on the femur for the trochanter osteotomy using a smooth
Kirschner wire under image intensifier control.
8. Make the trochanter osteotomy with an oscillating electric saw, cutting in a supero-
medial direction. This kind of cut gives good exposure and allows the displacement
and reattachment to the femur more distally and laterally.
9. Reflect the greater trochanter, with its attached muscles, proximally.
10. Expose the superior aspect of the hip capsule and the adjacent iliac bone.
11. Expose, detach, and excise the reflected head of the rectus femoris muscle from the
acetabulum. The direct head of the rectus femoris muscle should be sectioned from
the anterior inferior iliac spine, marked with a suture, and reflected distally.
12. Divide the periosteum along the acetabular rim and elevate it approximately 1 cm
from the lateral aspect of the ilium. The entire acetabular rim should be visible
from the anterior to the posterior edges and the sciatic notch, permitting a safe
pelvic osteotomy.
13. Elevate the periosteum of the inner wall of the ilium from the greater sciatic notch
to the anterior inferior iliac spine.
14. Elevate the periosteum of the anterior edge of the ilium from the anterior superior
iliac spine to the ileopectineal eminence. Kawamura incises and elevates 3 to 5 cm
of the periosteum from the front to the arcuate line and from the sciatic notch to
the arcuate line. This step is necessary to complete detachment above the line of
osteotomy, allowing medial displacement of the acetabulum.
15. Place retractors subperiosteally in the sciatic notch, from the lateral and medial
sides of the ilium, to protect the vessels and the sciatic nerve.
16. Locate the level of the osteotomy just above the hypertrophied joint capsule. Mark
with a Kirschner wire and confirm by image intensifier. If the capsule is too thick,
some of it may be thinned.
17. Make multiple drill holes from the external wall of the ilium, outlining the dome
osteotomy line, parallel to the femoral head contour. These drill holes must be
pointed upward 15° in a lateral, medial direction.
18. Complete the osteotomy using a small osteotome. Kawamura utilizes a drill-type
saw specially designed for this procedure.
19. Abduct the hip and push the femoral head inwards to shift the distal fragment of
the ilium medially. To carry the proximal fragment of the ilium over the femoral
head, it should be pulled outwards by bone hook and periosteal elevators. At the
symphysis pubis, the fragments hinge more than at the sacroiliac joint.
20. Pull the lower limb distally to widen the space between the femoral head and the
newly constructed acetabular roof. The inferior aspect of the superior fragment
should be reshaped into a dome and smoothed with a rasp, thus avoiding a rough
surface, which may create susceptibility to osteoarthritis.
21. Fix the fragments with two threaded Steinmann pins or cancellous screws.
22. Take an antero-posterior radiograph to evaluate the femoral head coverage and
the osteosynthesis.
23. Reattach and fix the greater trochanter in the desired position with two screws.
24. Close the wound as usual.
Postoperative Care
Postoperative care is similar to that for the Chiari procedure. The hip is immobilized
in 20° flexion and 30° abduction in a spica cast for 3 weeks. Walking with the aid of crutches
with partial weightbearing is allowed at 6 weeks, and full weightbearing is permitted at 12
weeks.
Results
Kawamura301 reported the results of 36 unilateral cases with a follow-up of over 5
years. The patients’ ages ranged from 3 to 25 years. Nineteen patients were operated on
with the trapezoid osteotomy technique, and the other seventeen cases had the improved
technique with drillings. No significant difference between the two techniques was per-
ceived in the results. Fourteen patients were classified as excellent, 15 as good, 5 as fair, and
2 as poor. The reason observed for fewer excellent results in older age groups was the
presence of preosteoarthritic or early osteoarthritic changes in the patients’ hips.
Anwar et al.10 published the results of 101 Kawamura dome osteotomies with simulta-
neous distal transfer of the greater trochanter carried out on 91 patients from 1978 to
1986. All patients showed osteoarthritis secondary to hip dysplasia. The age at the time of
surgery ranged from 15 to 55 years (average 30 years), and the mean follow-up was 8.3
years (range 5 to 14 years). Ninety-one hips had good acetabular remodeling and did not
show any progression of osteoarthritis. The other 10 hips showed progression of
osteoarthritis, and 6 of them underwent a total hip replacement. They reported 92 percent
excellent or good results based on the Merle d’Aubigne score. They concluded that age of
40 years or more at the time of surgery, valgus deformity of the proximal femur, advanced
stage of osteoarthritis, and postoperative limping (associated or not with a positive Tren-
delenburg sign) are factors significantly related with poor results.
Operative dislocation of the young adult hip is rarely indicated; however, treatment of
impingement of the femoral head-neck area against the rim of the acetabulum and labral
tears may require complete or partial dislocation of the hip. The vascularity of the femoral
head must not be injured; otherwise iatrogenic AVN will occur. Trueta and Harrison603
showed that the majority of the blood supply to the femoral head is from the medial
femoral circumflex artery and very little or none is from the lateral femoral circumflex
artery. Articles107,517 confirm the importance of preserving the vascularity of the lateral
femoral circumflex artery in operative dislocations of the hip. Desmond Dall113 described
an approach to the hip by an osteotomy of the anterior part of the greater trochanter that
maintains the continuity of the tendon junction between the anterior half of the gluteus
medius muscle and the vastus lateralis muscle and preserves intact the insertion of the
gluteus minimus muscle to the anterior surface of the trochanter. Ganz et al.177 described a
“trochanteric flip” osteotomy, similar to the approach of Dall, which preserves the
vascularity of the femoral head and allows access for an anterior hip dislocation.
Procedure
1. Place the patient in a lateral decubitus position. Prepare and drape the entire
extremity.
2. Make a Kocher-Langenbeck incision over the lateral aspect of the proximal femur;
the cephalic end is curved posterior.
3. Internally rotate the leg and identify the posterior border of the gluteus medius
muscle.
4. Make an incision from the postero-superior edge of the greater trochanter extending
distally to the posterior border of the ridge of the vastus lateralis muscle.
5. Do not attempt to mobilize the gluteus medius muscle or to visualize the tendon of
the piriformis muscle.
Outcome
Ganz et al.177 reported his experience in using this technique in 213 hips over a 7-year
period. No hips developed AVN. Kim and Millis reported their experience at the Specialty
Day Meeting (February 26, 2005, Washington, DC) with this approach at the Children’s
Hospital in Boston from July 2001 to November 2004. Eighty-nine hips in 85 children
underwent a “safe” hip dislocation. Twenty-nine hips in 26 patients were treated for femoro-
acetabular impingements. Three hips developed AVN after associated osteotomies in the
subcapital femoral neck and intertrochanteric areas.
Procedure
1. Position the patient supine on the fracture table. Set up the table for free motion of
the leg/hip as well as for skin/ankle traction (a pubic post is positioned for
countertraction).
2. Prepare and drape freely the entire leg and hip area.
3. Introduce a 21-gauge spinal needle from an antero-lateral portal and perform
arthrography of the hip (see Arthrography of the Hip Joint in chapter 3).
4. For central compartment visualization, apply traction is until the hip joint is
distracted approximately 6 mm to 1 cm (table traction or by external fixation)
4B. For peripheral compartment visualization see 5B.
5. Introduce a 5-mm arthroscope with a 30° angular lens under image intensification
through an antero-lateral portal just lateral to the sartorius muscle. Special
attention must be paid to the introduction of the arthroscopic trocar, directing
the tip beneath the lateral acetabular labrum, through the capsule, and into the
distracted space in the hip joint (be careful not to injury the labrum or articular
surface).
6. The hip capsule may be penetrated only once; multiple punctures allow irrigation
solution to escape into the soft tissue about the hip.
7. Irrigate the joint with lactated Ringer’s solution (or other desired irrigation
arthroscopic fluid).
8. If bleeding occurs, epinephrine may be added to the irrigate (caution: calculate
appropriate dosage).
9. Evaluate the joint; multiple-angled lenses may be necessary.
10. Removal of a loose body or repair of a labral tear, etc. may require additional
portals. Prepare additional portals in a similar manner as for arthroscope insertion,
above.
11. At the end of the arthroscopy, remove the scope and close the small incisions by
sutures.
5B. Flex the hip (without traction) to make the anterior capsule lax.
6B. Place the arthroscope into the anterior aspect of the hip as with steps 5–9.
7B. Additional portals may be placed in a similar manner.
8B. Areas of femoral neck that cause femoro-acetabular impingement may be debrided
and labral tears repaired.132
9B. Fluoroscopic (image intensifier) confirmation of bone debridement is helpful.
Outcome
The outcome of arthroscopic treatment is not extensively reported; however,
arthroscopy offers the advantage of not dislocating the hip and possibly reduces probabil-
ity of AVN. In the author’s experience,50,502 removal of osteo-chondral loose bodies have
been very successful. Labral tears may be difficult to repair. Removal of bone from the
femoral neck that impinges against the acetabulum has been problematic if metaphyseal
bleeding obstructs visibility. The author has had two complications502 from hip arthroscopy,
which were temporary pudendal nerve dysesthesias with full recovery possibly from the
traction; however, there is potential for many severe complications.499
A pelvic support osteotomy (PSO) and distal femoral lengthening may be an accept-
able solution to alleviate pain for young adults67,280,443 or adolescents with high-dislocated
hips. This procedure consists of a subtrochanteric osteotomy to achieve adduction of
proximal segment of the femur. The effect of this osteotomy is to place the proximal femur
under the pelvis for support. In addition, abductor muscles are lengthened and their lev-
erage with the greater trochanter moves distally and laterally. A second osteotomy can be
performed in the distal femur to treat a limb-length discrepancy and align the mechanical
axis of the limb. The purpose of the pelvic support osteotomy is to improve function of the
affected extremity, remove pain, correct a limb-length discrepancy, and reduce Trendelen-
burg gait.443
In adolescents or young adults with untreated high congenital dislocation of the hip
there are many orthopaedic problems, which may include pain, limp, hip instability,
weakness of the abductor muscles, limb-length inequality, joint arthrosis, stiffness, and
limitation of daily activities. The goal of treatment is to achieve a painless, stable, and
functional hip. There are four treatment alternatives that may achieve this goal: excision
of the femoral head and neck, arthrodesis, joint replacement, and pelvic support oste-
otomies. Resection of the femoral head and neck is seldom indicated in DDH and has a
very high rate of morbidity (Girdlestone procedure).25 This operation is seldom per-
formed and is almost a historical procedure. Arthrodesis provides a stable, pain-free hip;
however, it may have an adverse effect on other joints, as in the lower back, contralat-
eral hip, and knees.58,539
Hip arthrodesis is contraindicated in bilateral hip disease. The experience of total hip
arthroplasty in young adults with a congenital dislocation of the hip has a high incidence
of early failure.36,134 Long-term follow-up of a group treated with a cemented Charnley
arthroplasty gave a failure rate of over 40 percent at 25 years due to aseptic loosening.31
This group also had a revision rate 3.3 times greater than normal and 10 times higher for
infection.
The pelvic support osteotomy was first performed for DDH by Bouvier in 1838.139
Modifications have been described by Kirmisson, Lorenz,357 Schanz,173,501 Milch,398–402 and
Hass.244 Walter Blount used a plate and screws to internally fix the osteotomy.42 In arthritic
hips, the femoral head and neck can be resected.399
These procedures were able to treat the hip instability but not the limb-length discrep-
ancy and mechanical axis of the limb until Ilizarov modified the pelvic support osteotomy
by adding a distal femoral lengthening. Catagni67 and Paley443 have advocated extensive
preoperative planning with a hybrid Ilizarov technique. Recently, Muharram Inan de-
scribed a unilateral fixator technique to facilitate patient mobility (personal communica-
tion).
Indications
• Older than 13 years of age
• Unilateral or bilateral high hip dislocation
• Pain in the hip/groin area
• Low back pain related to postural lordosis or/and scoliosis
Preoperative planning
1. Level of the proximal osteotomy: The level of the proximal osteotomy is determined
from an antero-posterior radiograph of the pelvis with the involved limb in
maximum adduction. The osteotomy of the proximal femur should be at the level
of the ischial tuberosity.
2. Correction of the proximal femoral valgus, rotation, and extension: Determine
proximal femoral valgus correction of the femoral osteotomy by taking antero-
posterior radiographs of the patient standing on the affected leg. Calculate the
difference between the femoral shaft longitudinal axis and the perpendicular line
of the pelvis (A°). The valgus angle of the pelvic support osteotomy should be A°
plus 15° of overcorrection. At the proximal osteotomy, the femur should be
extended by the amount of flexion contracture of hip plus 5° and internally rotated
10–15° to achieve stability of the hip during single-leg stance.
3. Planning of distal femoral osteotomy: The proximal axis line is the line perpendicular
to the horizontal line of the pelvis, passing through the apex of the proximal femoral
osteotomy. The distal axis line is the mechanical axis line of the distal femur. The
center of rotation angulation (CORA) is the level of distal femoral osteotomy. The
distal femoral osteotomy is performed at the CORA level. The femur is lengthened
first without angular correction. After the lengthening has been achieved, a gradual
varus angulation of the distal osteotomy is performed by using the hinges in the
external fixator until a normal mechanical axis is achieved.
2. Insert a 5–6-mm half-pin laterally under image intensifier from the greater
trochanter with the precalculated angle (A° + 15°).
3. Insert a second half-pin 15 cm distally from the first half-pin and perpendicular to
the distal femoral shaft.
4. Attach an Ilizarov external fixator arch to each half-pin and add one or two half-
pins to each arch.
5. Perform the proximal osteotomy at the precalculated level in the femur through a
3-cm transverse incision between the two arches. Closure of soft tissue with this
transverse incision after the adduction osteotomy is easier than in a longitudinal
incision.
6. Achieve valgus angulation is by bringing the arches parallel. Fifteen degrees of
internal rotation and extension should be added in addition to adduction to obtain
optimal support.
7. Connect the arches with rods while they are holding the corrected position.
8. Insert a 1.8-mm K-wire distally into the femur at the level of superior pole of the
patella from lateral to medial direction and parallel to knee joint line.
9. Attach tensioned K-wire to the ring and add two half-pins, one posteromedial and
one posterolateral, in the supracondylar region of the femur.
11. Connect the distal rings to the arch with hinges and rods.
12. The level of the hinges must be centered on the distal osteotomy site.
A
B
Figure 12-12 A. Calculation of CORA point by using proximal and distal axis lines for
determining distal osteotomy level. B. The final mechanical axis is perpendicular to the horizontal
line of the pelvis and normal lateral distal femoral angle of 87° should be obtained.
Preoperative planning
1. Level of the proximal femoral osteotomy: The level of the osteotomy in the proximal
femur is at the contact point of the femur to the pelvis as the hip is fully adducted.
The contact point can be acetabular, subacetabular, or ischium. For example, the
contact point of femur can be at the level of acetabulum in a patient who has a
highly dislocated hip, and at the ischial tuberosity level for a subluxated hip.
A B
2. Level of the distal femoral osteotomy: The distal femoral osteotomy is to be performed
near the midpoint between the proximal femoral osteotomy and the knee joint
line.
3. Determination of the angle of the osteotomies: The angle of the proximal femoral
osteotomy is determined as the degrees of maximum hip adduction plus 15°. The
angle of the distal osteotomy of the femur is formed by a line parallel to the shaft of
the femur below the proximal osteotomy and a line of the mid-diaphysis of the
distal femur. (The line of the mid-diaphysis of the distal femur is 87° to the distal
femoral condyles of the knee.)
Figure 12-16 Schematic drawing showing the angle of the proximal femoral osteotomy to be the
maximum adduction of the hip (A) + 15° and the angle of the distal femoral osteotomy to correct the
mechanical axis (D).
Postoperatively the femur is lengthened through the distal femoral osteotomy until the
limb length is corrected.
1. Insert the first pin (5–6-mm half-pin), under image intensifier, as described above
with the Ilizarov technique.
2. Insert the second pin about 15 cm distally and with 15° of internal rotation relative
to the first pin.
3. Insert the third pin into the distal femoral metaphysis according to preoperative
planning angle (D). Determine the angle and the level of pins by the radiographs.
4. Insert the fourth pin into the proximal femur distal to the first pin and establish
the appropriate distance between the pins by using the fixator clamp. Position this
fourth pin posteriorly relative to the first pin to obtain 15° of extension of the
proximal femoral osteotomy site.
5. Apply additional pins by using the fixator clamp as a guide at the middle femoral
and distal femoral levels.
6. Perform the proximal femoral osteotomy with a transverse incision between the
first and second pins.
7. Then bring the proximal mono-lateral fixator clamp parallel to the middle clamp
to achieve extension, internal rotation, and adduction of the proximal femur
through the proximal femoral osteotomy.
8. Attach clamps to the mono-lateral fixator body, which stabilizes the proximal
femoral osteotomy in the desired position for the pelvic support osteotomy to
heal.
9. Use a longitudinal lateral incision for the distal femoral osteotomy. Following the
distal osteotomy, achieve an acute varus correction by bringing the middle and
distal clamps parallel.
10. Attach the distal clamp to the fixator.
11. Determine bone contact at the distal femoral osteotomy site with the image
intensifier.
12. Soft-tissue releases around the pin sites may be required to prevent excessive skin
tension.
Postoperatively, limb lengthening can be carried out through the distal femoral
osteotomy to achieve lower limb equality.
Postoperative
Physical therapy and partial weightbearing with crutches are begun postoperatively.
Following a recovery period of 7 to 10 days postoperatively, gradual lengthening is started
from the distal osteotomy site at a rate of 0.25 mm four times a daily (total maximum daily
lengthening of 1 mm). In the Ilizarov technique, after the lengthening is near to comple-
tion, a gradual varus angulation of the distal osteotomy is performed using the hinges
until a normal mechanical axis is achieved. For the unilateral fixator technique, a full-leg
AP radiograph is taken when distraction is ended. If there is a mechanical axis deviation,
correction can be achieved by adjusting the fixator.
Outcomes
The major goal of the procedure, which is to achieve a painless, stable hip and a nega-
tive Trendelenburg sign, can be obtained in 50–82 percent of patients.67,319,375 Pain relief can
be achieved in arthritic hips after the pelvic support femoral osteotomy and resection of
femoral head in 75–80 percent of hips. Functional abduction obtained on the surgical
treated side aids perineal hygiene and sexual function in women.375
Valgus deformity of the proximal femoral created by the pelvic support osteotomy
may add significantly to the surgical difficulty of later arthroplasty (total hip replace-
ment) but probably does not affect long-term outcomes.519 This valgus deformity may
need to be corrected by an osteotomy before joint arthroplasty.531
Complications
Pin-tract infection is more common in the proximal pin sites than in the distal pins and
can be treated with local pin site care and oral/parenteral antibiotics, Occasionally pins
must be removed to prevent extensive osteomyelitis. Delayed consolidation may be seen
following lengthening procedure from a diaphyseal osteotomy and is treated by slowing
A
B
Figure 12-17 Unilateral fixation technique. A. Schematic drawing showing the inserted reference
pin and the position of the second pin before the proximal osteotomy. B. Schematic drawing after
osteotomies and application of the monolateral fixator.
Figure 12-18 Schematic drawing shows varus angulation of the osteotomy of the distal femur by
using hinges to correct mechanical axis. Correction of mechanical axis is achieved by pulling or pushing
the distal pins before tightening the clamp of the monolateral fixator.
the distraction rate. Premature consolidation is rarely a problem and can be treated by
manipulation of the osteotomy site under anesthesia.
Knee stiffness is a common problem. To avoid a permanent contracture, range-of-
motion therapy is crucial. In general, biarticular muscles should be stretched 30 times per
session and uniarticular muscles should be stretched 10 to 15 times per session. A progres-
sive loss of the valgus angulation of the proximal osteotomy can lead to a lack of pelvic
support and a persistent Trendelenburg gait. In the preoperative planning, a slightly in-
creased valgus is desired to reduce the risk of loss of correction during lengthening. The
position of the proximal femur must be monitored during the lengthening and consolida-
tion phases to ensure a proper position. A fracture of the femur can occur during the
lengthening or more commonly after removal of an external fixator. To reduce the risk of
a fracture after removal of the fixator, a cast or brace can be used for 3 months after the
removal of an external fixator. A fracture may require reapplication of the external fixator
to prevent malunion.
Hip arthroplasty in adolescents or young adults who have hip arthrosis from dyspla-
sia is an operative procedure to relieve pain and increase functional ability. However, there
are conflicting reports on long-term outcomes. Many series report rather poor results,
especially with high rates of loosening.71,134,531 Schotard and Porter reported the long-term
follow-up of a group treated with a cemented Charnley arthroplasty, which gave a failure
rate of over 40 percent at 25 years due to aseptic loosening.531 This group also had a revision
rate 3.3 times greater than normal and a 10 times higher rate of infection. In addition, the
abnormal anatomy of the femur and acetabulum, which includes increased anteversion, a
narrowing medullary canal of the femur, acetabular deficiency particularly at the superior
aspect, increases intraoperatively the risk of iatrogenic complications.184,194 For these rea-
sons, some orthopaedists consider a total hip arthroplasty a poor choice of treatment in
younger patients. Some recent studies have reported good long-term outcomes and low
complication rates in adults.232,239,452 The improved outcomes have been attributed to the
procedures being performed by specialized surgeons or to technological development of
total arthroplasty systems.63
Indications
Severe pain
Limitation of hip motion
Contraindications
Open triradiate cartilage in growing children
Active infection
Operative Considerations
Templates may be used for preoperative planning to estimate appropriate size of the
femoral stem and acetabular cup. The placement of the acetabular cup is important.
Hartofilakidis240 classified the congenital dislocated hip into three types: type I is dysplas-
tic, type II has a low dislocation, and type III has a high dislocation. Most authors390
recommend placement of the acetabular component in the true acetabulum with or with-
out cement because of equalization of limb shortening and improvement of abductor
muscle function. The shallow dysplastic acetabulum may, however, require a very small-
sized acetabular component and the use of a thin polyethylene liner. This is major limita-
tion of this prosthesis, especially in young and active patients with CDH.282 Femoral head
autograft or allograft can be used for increasing superior coverage of the acetabular com-
ponent.318,537 In the cases with a high dislocation, femoral shortening is recommended to
allow the acetabular component to be placed in the normal anatomical location. Placing
the acetabular component in the anatomical location may prevent excessive compressive
loads across the hip joint.73
The required femoral component is often smaller than normal to contour to the nar-
row femoral canal in hips with DDH. Techniques for femoral component stabilization
differ including those with or without bone cement. The stem of the femoral component
may need to be straight and the position of the femoral stem is to be in neutral or slight
anteversion in relation to the axis of the knee joint. Severe femoral anteversion as observed
in some hips with DDH may be corrected with a modular component or with a derotational
osteotomy of the femur. However, maintenance of torsional stability of the femoral stem
can be a problem after femoral shortening or osteotomy, and augmentative techniques
using plate fixation, wire circulage, and bone grafting may be necessary.
Complications of TTotal
otal Hip Arthroplasty
1. Intra-operative:
• Fracture in the proximal part of femur
• Femoral shaft perforations
• Neurovascular injuries
2. Early complications:
• Dislocations
• Hemorrhage
• Periprosthetic fracture
• Superficial or deep soft-tissue infection
• Thrombophlebitis
• Pulmonary embolism
3. Late complications:
• Aseptic or septic loosening
• Nonunion of femoral osteotomy
• Periprosthetic fracture
Rorabeck and Bourne486 reported the outcomes of 180 total hip replacements in 148
women and 32 men with hip dysplasia. Dysplastic acetabulae were treated in 140 hips, low
dislocations in 17 hips, and high dislocations in 23 hips. The average at total hip replace-
ment was 46 years and the mean follow-up was 8.5 years. All acetabular components were
cementless, and all sockets were relocated to the true anatomical position. Femoral stems
were placed cementless in 141 hips, and 39 stems were cemented. Most femoral stems were
bi-body, which allowed compensation for the femoral shortening, excessive anteversion,
and the posterior position of the greater trochanter. In cases requiring femoral shortening
they recommend strut allograft to enhance torsional stability. The surgeon should at-
tempt to place the acetabular cup in the location of the true acetabulum. In the dysplastic
acetabulum, the anatomical location can be obtained by reaming to the anatomical posi-
tion. If good cup fixation can be obtained, a cementless cup without bulk allograft is
recommended. If coverage is less than 50 percent, bulk allograft is recommended. They
reported a common need for a 36- or 40-mm acetabular component, which necessitates a
22-mm femoral head component. They concluded that cementless femoral stems had 97
percent survivorship and gave excellent results.
HIP ARTHRODESIS
The goals of hip arthrodesis are to provide a stable joint and complete pain relief.
The authors are unaware of a specific operative technique for hip arthrodesis in patients
with DDH; however, techniques developed to treat other conditions have been adapted.
The authors perform a hip arthrodesis by removing the articular cartilage of the femoral
head and acetabulum (internal fusion), placing internal fixation across the femoral head
and acetabulum, applying bone graft around and across the hip joint (a muscle pedicle
grafts works well), and maintaining postoperative spica casting until fusion.
There are many reported techniques to achieve hip arthrodesis. In 1884, Heusner253
achieved successful arthrodesis of the hip in a patient with a congenital dislocation of the
hip, and according to Murrell et al.,420 La Grange in 1892 performed a hip arthrodesis on a
16-year-old girl with hip dislocation and arthritis. In 1938, Watson-Jones638 added inter-
nal fixation (Smith-Petersen nail) in an attempt to maintain the hip position and decrease
the time for healing in a cast. In recent years, many other types of internal fixation, includ-
ing include screws, plates, and rods, have been used successfully.13,19,127,386,504,549,550
Bone grafting facilitates fusion; multiple techniques for bone grafting have been devel-
oped.70,117,550 Intra-articular grafts include cortical struts from the fibula and tibia allografts.
Bridging grafts may be mortised into slots across the hip. These grafts may be vascularized
by a muscle-bone pedicle from the ilium or femur. On-lay grafts of cancellous bone are
often used around the hip to increase the potential for arthrodesis. Extra-articular hip
arthrodesis can be achieved from the femur to the ischium.
Aladar Farkas152 from Budapest developed an ingenious modification of hip arthrod-
esis technique to protect the hip during the early stage of healing. He fused the hip in 17
cases by adding a subtrochanteric osteotomy to the routine technique of articular surface
debridement of the hip and acetabulum. The subtrochanteric osteotomy relieves the move-
ment forces across the hip and allows the hip to fuse before the subtrochanteric osteotomy
heals. The authors have found the Farkas modification to be very helpful.
Contraindications
• Bilateral hip pathology
• Active infection in the hip
• Severe osteoporosis
Operative Considerations
The position of the hip following arthrodesis is flexion of 15–20° and neutral abduc-
tion, adduction, or rotation.299
Techniques to accomplish an arthrodesis for arthritis following DDH in which the hip
is reduced or subluxated are similar to techniques used in other conditions, such as infec-
tion and tuberculosis arthritis.70,418,581
The authors are unaware of a specific arthrodesis technique described to treat a high
congenital dislocated hip.
lateral aspects of the greater trochanter. The periosteal and muscular attachments of these
grafts are not disturbed. The trochanteric graft is turned end to end and shaped for maxi-
mum contact” across the hip joint to obtain the arthrodesis.70
Figure 12-20 A, B. Schematic drawing of the Stone technique for hip arthrodesis (from Stone
MM: Arthrodesis of the hip, J Bone Joint Surg 38A: 1346–52, p 1346, Fig 1).
ever, they considered their overall activity level to be average for their age group. The
authors recommend a hip arthrodesis rather than a total hip arthroplasty in young pa-
tients with mono-articular hip disease.
Figure 12-22 Radiograph demonstrating the Schneider Cobra plate technique for hip
arthrodesis.
A
B
Hip arthrodesis may have an adverse effect on adjacent joints such as in the lower
back, contralateral hip, and knees.58,539 Gore et al.201 performed gait analysis in patients
with a unilateral hip arthrodesis. The arthrodesis increased rotation of the pelvis, in-
creased motion in the contralateral hip, and increased flexion of the ipsilateral knee. Gress
et al.208 reported 11 patients with a hip arthrodesis and with more than 10 years’ follow-up.
All patients had varying degrees of back pain, and 63.6 percent had evidence of degenera-
tive arthritis in the contralateral hip. Degenerative arthritis was observed in 68 percent of
the ipsilateral knees and in 60 percent of the contralateral knees.
In the authors’ practice, hip arthrodesis has been an acceptable treatment for young
adults with intractable hip pain and with severe mono-articular degenerative hip arthritis
following DDH. However, currently few patients accept the restrictions of a hip arthrod-
esis, and most prefer instead a total hip arthroplasty.
References
1. Abuamara S, Dacher JN, Gaucher S, Lechevallier five-year follow-up study. J Bone Joint Surg Br
J, Brossard V, Delhaye L, Durand C, Levasseur F, 75(2): 222–27, 1993.
Henocq A: Hip dislocation. Organization of 11. Aoki K, Mitani S, Asaumi K, Akazawa H, Inoue
screening and follow-up. Arch Pediatr 6(6): 675– H: Utility of MRI in detecting obstacles to reduc-
82, 1999. tion in developmental dysplasia of the hip: com-
2. Akagi S, Tanabe T, Ogawa R: Acetabular develop- parison with two-directional arthrography and
ment after open reduction for developmental correlation with intraoperative findings. J Orthop
dislocation of the hip. Fifteen-year follow-up of Sci 4(4): 255–63, 1999.
22 hips without additional surgery. Acta Orthop 12. Aronsson DD, Goldberg MJ, Kling TF Jr, Roy
Scand 69(1): 17–20, 1998. DR: Developmental dysplasia of the hip. Pediatrics
3. Albee FH: The bone graft wedge. Its use in the 94(2 Pt 1): 201–8, 1994.
treatment of relapsing, acquired, and congenital 13. Axer A: Compression arthrodesis of the hip joint.
dislocation of the hip. NY Med J 102: 433, 1915. J Bone Joint Surg 43A: 492, 1961.
4. Albiñana J, Morcuende JA, Weinstein SL: The 14. Badgley CE: Correlation of clinical and anatomi-
teardrop in congenital dislocation of the hip di- cal facts leading to a conception of the etiology of
agnosed late. A quantitative study. J Bone Joint congenital hip dysplasias. J Bone Joint Surg Am
Surg Am 78(7): 1048–55, 1996. 25: 503–23, 1943.
5. Albiñana J, Quesada JA, Certucha JA: Children 15. Badgley CE: Etiology of congenital dislocation of
at high risk for congenital dislocation of the hip: the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 31: 341–56, 1949.
late presentation. J Pediatr Orthop 13(2): 268–
16. Bare AA, Guanche CA: Hip impingement: the
69, 1993.
role of arthroscopy. Orthopedics 28: 266–73, 2005.
6. Aminian A, Mahar A, Yassir W, Newton P,
17. Barlow G: Early diagnosis and treatment of con-
Wenger DR: Freedom of acetabular fragment ro-
genital dislocation of the hip in the newborn.
tation following three surgical techniques for cor-
Proc R Soc Med 59: 1103, 1966.
rection of congenital deformities of the hip. J
Pediatr Orthop 25(1): 10–13, 2005. 18. Barlow TG: Early Diagnosis and treatment of
congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint
7. Anderson JE, ed: Grant’s Atlas of Anatomy. Bal-
Surg Br 44: 292–301, 1962.
timore, Williams & Wilkins, 1983.
19. Barmada R, Abraham E, Ray R. D: Hip fusion
8. Andren L: Pelvic instability in newborns with
utilizing the cobra head plate. J Bone Joint Surg
special reference to congenital dislocation of the
58B: 541, 1976.
hip and hormonal factors. A roentgenologic study.
Acta Radiol (Suppl 212): 1–66, 1962. 20. Bar-on E, Huo MH, DeLuca PA: Early innomi-
nate osteotomy as a treatment for avascular necro-
9. Andry N: L’orthopédie ou l’art de prevenir et de
sis complicating developmental hip dysplasia. J
corriger dans les enfans, les difformités du corps.
Pediatr Orthop B 6(2): 138–45, 1997.
Alix, Lambert & Durand, Paris, 1741.
21. Bar-on E, Meyer S, Harari G, Porat S: Ultrasonog-
10. Anwar MM, Sugano N, Matsui M, Takaoka K,
raphy of the hip in developmental hip dysplasia. J
Ono K: Dome osteotomy of the pelvis for
Bone Joint Surg Br 80(2): 321–24, 1998.
osteoarthritis secondary to hip dysplasia. An over
22. Barrett WP, Staheli LT, Chew DE: The effective- 34. Bertol P, Macnicol MF, Mitchell GP: Radiographic
ness of the Salter innominate osteotomy in the features of neonatal congenital dislocation of the
treatment of congenital dislocation of the hip. J hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 64(2): 176–79, 1982.
Bone Joint Surg Am 68(1): 79–87, 1986. 35. Bertol P, Monteggia GM: Luxação congênita do
23. Bassett GS, Barton KL, Skaggs DL: Laser Doppler quadril após o início da marcha. Rev Bras Ortop
flowmetry during open reduction for develop- 25: 253–58, 1990.
mental dysplasia of the hip. Clin Orthop (340): 36. Bessette B, Fassier F, Tanzer M, Brooks C: Total
158–64, 1997. hip arthroplasty in patients younger than 21 years:
24. Bassett GS, Engsberg JR, McAlister WH, Gordon a minimun 10 year follow-up. Can J Surg 46(4):
JE, Schonenecker PL: Fate of the psoas muscle 257–62, 2003.
after open reduction for developmental disloca- 37. Betz RR, Kumar SJ, Palmer CT, MacEwen GD:
tion of the hip. J Pediatr Orthop 19: 425–32, Chiari pelvic osteotomy in children and young
1999. adults. J Bone Joint Surg Am 70(2): 182–91,
25. Batchelor JS: Excision of the femoral head and 1988.
neck for ankylosis and arthritis of the hip. Postgrad 38. Bialik V, Bialik GM, Blazer S, Sujov P, Wiener F,
Med 24: 241, 1948. Berant M: Developmental dysplasia of the hip: a
26. Bauer F: Die entstechung der angeborenen new approach to incidence. Pediatrics 103(1): 93–
huftverrenkung durch zwangshaltung. 99, 1999.
Schlubfolgeeungen fur ihre erkennung. Verhutung 39. Bialik V, Bialik GM, Wiener F: Prevention of
and Behandlung. Z Orthop 65: 318–40, 1936. overtreatment of neonatal hip dysplasia by the
27. Bauer F: Meine behandlung der angeborenen use of ultrasonography. J Pediatr Orthop B 7(1):
hufverrenkung mit spreitzband. Entgegnung zu: 39–42, 1998.
10 Jahre abduktionsschiene and fruhbehandlung 40. Bjerkreim I, VanDerHagen CB: Congenital dis-
der angeborenen huftverrenkung. Z Orthop 64: location of the hip in Norway. Part 5: Evaluation
165–66, 1935. of genetic and environmental factors. Clin Genet
28. Beck M, Leunig M, Parvizi J, Boutier V, Wys D, 5: 433, 1974.
Ganz R: Anterior femoroacetabular impingement, 41. Blavier L, Blavier J: Traitement de la subluxation
II: midterm results of surgical treatment. Clin de la hanche. Rev Chir Orthop 48: 208–18, 1962.
Orthop (418): 67–73, 2004.
42. Blount W: Blade-plate internal fixaton for high
29. Benesova-PlzakovaM: Konservative behandlung femoral osteotomies. J Bone Joint Surg 25: 319–
der angeboren Huftverrenkung bei kindern mit 39, 1943.
dem apparat von Hanausek. Arbeitsbereich der
43. Boal DK, Schwenkter EP: The infant hip: assess-
Orthopadie 6: 4, 1959.
ment with real-time US. Radiology 157(3): 667–
30. Bernard AA, O’Hara JN, Bazin S, Humby B, Jarrett 72, 1985.
R, Dwyer NS: An improved screening system for
44. Bohm P, Klinger HM, Kusswetter W: The Salter
the early detection of congenital dislocation of
innominate osteotomy for the treatment of de-
the hip. J Pediatr Orthop 7(3): 277–82, 1987.
velopmental dysplasia of the hip in young adults.
31. Berry DJ: Total hip arthroplasty in patients with Arch Orthop Trauma Surg 119(3–4): 186–89,
proximal femoral deformity. Clin Orthop 262– 1999.
72, 1999.
45. Bohm P, Weber G: Salter’s innominate osteotomy
32. Bertol P: Luxação congênita do quadril. Estudo for hip dysplasia in adolescents and young adults:
de 103 quadris tratados pela técnica de Salter results in 58 patients (69 osteotomies) at 4–12
isolada ou associada à osteotomia de fêmur. São years. Acta Orthop Scand 74(3): 277–86, 2003.
Paulo, Universidade Federal de São Paulo-Escola
46. Bombelli R: Osteoarthritis of the Hip: Classifica-
Paulista de Medicina, 1998.
tion and Pathogenesis: The Role of Osteotomy as
33. Bertol P, Kotzias Neto A: Luxação congênita ou a Consequent Therapy. 2nd ed. Berlin, Springer-
displasia do desenvolvimento do quadril após os 2 Verlag, 1983.
anos de idade. In Clínica ortopédica: o quadril da
47. Borges JL, Kumar SJ, Guille JT: Congenital dislo-
criança e do adolescente, edited by Pardini AG Jr,
cation of the hip in boys. J Bone Joint Surg Am
De Souza JMG, Laredo Filho J. Rio de Janeiro,
77(7): 975–84, 1995.
MEDSi, 2001.
48. Bosworth DM, Fielding JW, Lieber WA, Ishizuka 62. Carlioz H, Khouri N, Hulin P: Triple juxtacotyloid
T, Ikeuchi H, Cohen P: Hip shelves in children. J osteotomy. Rev Chir Orthop Reparatrice Appar
Bone Joint Surg 42(A): 1223–38, 1960. Mot 68: 497–501, 1982.
49. Bowen JR., Kruse R: Complications in the treat- 63. Carlssion A, Bjorkman A, Ringsberg K, Von
ment of developmental dysplasia of the hip. In Schewelov T: Untreated congenital and
Complications in Pediatric Orthopaedic Surgery, postraumatic high dislocation of the hip treated
3rd ed, edited by Epps CH Jr, Bowen JR, 337–61. by replacement in adult age. Acta Orthop Scand
Philadelphia, JB Lippincott, 1994. 74: 389–96, 2003.
50. Bowen JR, Kumar VP, Joyce JJI, Bowen JC: Os- 64. Carter CO, Wilkinson JA: Congenital dislocation
teochondritis dissecans following Perthes disease: of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 42: 669–88, 1960.
arthroscopic operative treatment. Clin Orthop 65. Carter CO, Wilkinson JA: Genetic and environ-
209: 49–56, 1986. mental factors in the etiology of congenital dislo-
52. Bucholz RW, Ogden JA: Patterns of ischemic cation of the hip. Clin Orthop 33: 119–28, 1964.
necrosis of the proximal femur in non-opera-
66. Castillo R, Sherman FD: Medial adductor open
tively treated congenital hip disease. In The Hip:
reduction for congenital dislocation of the hip. J
Proceedings of the Sixth Open Scientific Meet-
Pediatr Orthop 10: 335–40, 1990.
ing of the Hip Society, 43–63. St Louis, CV Mosby,
1978. 67. Catagni M, Malzev V, Kirienko A: Advances in
Ilizarov Apparatus Assembly, edited by Maiocchi
53. Buckley SL, Sponseller PD, Magid D: The acetabu-
AB, pp 119–22. Milan, Quadration, 1994.
lum in congenital and neuromuscular hip insta-
bility. J Pediatr Orthop 11(4): 498–501, 1991. 68. Catterall A: Adolescent hip pain after Perthes’
54. Burgos J, Gonzalez-Herranz P, Ocete G, Rapariz disease. Clin Orthop (209): 65–69, 1986.
JM: Secondary avascular necrosis after treatment 69. Catterall A: Proximal femoral valgus osteotomy.
for congenital dislocation of the hip. J Pediatr In Color Atlas and Text of Osteotomy of the Hip,
Orthop B 4(2): 188–93, 1995. edited by Macnicol MF, pp 117–22. Barcelona,
55. Byrd JW: Hip arthroscopy utilizing the supine Mosby-Wolfe, 1996.
position. Arthroscopy 10: 275–80, 1994. 70. Chandler FA: Hip-fusion operation. J Bone Joint
56. Byrd JW, Jones KS: Osteoarthritis caused by an Surg 15: 947–52, 1933.
inverted acetabular labrum: radiographic diagno- 71. Chandler H, Reineck F, Wixson R, McCarthy J:
sis and arthroscopic treatment. Arthroscopy Total hip replacement in patients younger than
18(7): 741–47, 2002. thirty-years old. A five-year follow-up study. J Bone
57. Caffey J, Ames R, Silverman WA, Ryder CT, Hough Joint Surg 63A: 1426–34, 1981.
G: Contradiction of the congenital dysplasia- 72. Chapchal GJ: The intertrochanteric osteotomy in
predislocation hypothesis of congenital disloca- the treatment of congenital dysplasia of the hip.
tion of the hip through a study of the normal Clin Orthop (119): 54–59, 1976.
variaion in acetabular angles at successive periods
73. Chareancholvanich K, Becker DA, Gustilo RB:
in infancy. Pediatrics 17: 632, 1956.
Treatment of congenital dislocated hip by arthro-
58. Callaghan J, Brand R, Pedersen D: Hip arthro- plasty with femoral shortening. Clin Orthop
deses. A long-term follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg (360): 127–35, 1999.
67A: 1328–35, 1985.
74. Chen IH, Kuo KN, Lubicky JP: Prognosticating
59. Calve J: Sur une forme particuliere de pseudo- factors in acetabular development following re-
coxalgie greffee sur des deformations duction of developmental dysplasia of the hip. J
carateristiques de l’extremite duperieure du fe- Pediatr Orthop 14(1): 3–8, 1994.
mur. Rev Chir 30: 54, 1919.
75. Chiari K: Die beckenosteotomie in der
60. Calvert PT, August AC, Albert JS, Kemp HB,
Coxarthrose. Beitr Orthop 15: 163, 1968.
Catterall A: The Chiari pelvic osteotomy. A re-
view of the long-term results. J Bone Joint Surg 76. Chiari K: Ergebnisse mit der Beckenosteotomie
Br 69(4): 551–55, 1987. als Pfannendachplastik. Z Orthop 87: 14, 1955.
61. Canale T, Daugherty K, Jones L, eds: Campbell’s 77. Chiari K: Medial displacement osteotomy of the
operative orthopaedics. Pp 1038–53. St Louis, CV pelvis. Clin Orthop (98): 55–71, 1974.
Mosby, 1998.
78. Chiari K: Pelvic osteotomy for hip subluxation. J. tion of the Hip, pp 1–26. St Louis, CV Mosby,
Bone Joint Surg 52B: 174, 1970. 1978.
79. Chiodin L: Un signo radiologico para el 93. Coleman SS: The incomplete pericapsular
diagnostico precoz de la luxacion congenita de la (Pemberton) and innominate (Salter) osteoto-
cadera. Bol Soc Argent Ortop Traumatol 1: 65– mies; a complete analysis. Clin Orthop (98): 116–
66, 1947. 23, 1974.
80. Chuinard EG: Femoral osteotomy in the treat- 94. Coleman SS: Pemberton (pericapsular)
ment of congenital dysplasia of the hip. Orthop acetabuloplasty. In Color Atlas and Text of Oste-
Clin North Am 3: 157, 1972. otomy of the Hip, edited by Macnicol MF, 23–
81. Chuinard EG: Lateral roentgenography in the di- 30. Barcelona, Mosby-Wolfe, 1996.
agnosis and treatment of dysplasia/dislocation of 95. Colonna PC: Capsular arthroplasty for congeni-
the hip. Orthopedics 1(2): 130–40, 1978. tal dislocation of the hip; a two-stage procedure. J
82. Chung SM: The arterial supply of the developing Bone Joint Surg Am 35-A(1): 179–97, 1953.
proximal end of the human femur. J Bone Joint 96. Colton CL: Chiari osteotomy for acetabular dys-
Surg Am 58(7): 961–70, 1976. plasia in young subjects. J Bone Joint Surg Br
54(4): 578–89, 1972.
83. Chung SM, Batterman SC, Brighton CT: Shear
strength of the human femoral capital epiphyseal 97. Cooperman DR, Wallensten R, Stulberg SD:
plate. J Bone Joint Surg Am 58(1): 94–103, 1976. Acetabular dysplasia in the adult. Clin Orthop
(175): 79–85, 1983.
84. Chung SMK: Normal hip development. In Hip
Disorders in Infants and Children, edited by 98. Corliss CE, ed: Patten’s Human Embryology: El-
Chung SMK, 1–29. Philadelphia, Lea and Febiger, ements of Clinical Development. New York,
1981. McGraw-Hill, 1976.
85. Clarke NM, Clegg J, Al-Chalabi AN: Ultrasound 99. Cotillo JA, Molano C, Albiñana J: Correlative
screening of hips at risk for CDH. Failure to re- study between arthrograms and surgical findings
duce the incidence of late cases. J Bone Joint Surg in congenital dislocation of the hip. J Pediatr
Br 71(1): 9–12, 1989. Orthop B 7(1): 62–65, 1998.
86. Clarke NM, Harcke HT, McHugh P, Lee MS, Borns 100. Craig WA: Guided abduction in the treatment of
PF, MacEwen GD: Real-time ultrasound in the congenital dislocation of the hip. In Western
diagnosis of congenital dislocation and dysplasia Orthop. Association. San Francisco, 1954.
of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 67(3): 406–12, 101. Craig WA, Risser JC, Kramer WG: Review of four
1985. hundred cases of congenital dysplasia and dislo-
87. Clohisy JC, Barrett SE, Gordon JE, Delgado ED, cation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 37: 403–
Schoenecker PL: Periacetabular osteotomy for the 4, 1955.
treatment of severe acetabular daysplasia. J Bone 102. Cramer K: Über die stellung der Knorpelfuge des
Joint Surg 87 A: 254–59, 2005. Schenkelhalses. Z Orthop 41: 366–67, 1920.
88. Coleman SS: Congenital dysplasia of the hip in 103. Crane I: Femoral torsion and its relation to toe-
the Navajo infant. Clin Orthop (56): 179–93, ing-in and toeing-out. J Bone Joint Surg Am 41:
1968. 421–28, 1959.
89. Coleman SS: A critical analysis of the value of 104. Crawford AH, Mehlman CT, Slovek RW: The fate
preliminary traction in the treatment of CDH. of untreated developmental dislocation of the hip:
Orthop Trans 180, 1989. long-term follow-up of eleven patients. J Pediatr
Orthop 19(5): 641–44, 1999.
90. Coleman SS: Developmental dislocation of the
hip from 10 to 18 months. Mapfre Medicina 3 105. Crego CH: Preliminary skeletal traction in the
(suppl 1): 90–92, 1992. treatment of congenital dislocation of the hip.
South Med J 26: 845, 1933.
91. Coleman SS: Diagnosis of congenital dysplasia of
the hip in the newborn infant. JAMA 162(6): 106. Crego CH, Schwartzmann JR: Follow-up study
548–54, 1956. of the early treatment of congenital dislocation
of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 30: 428–42,
92. Coleman SS: Embryology and anatomy of the
1948.
hip joint. In Congenital Dysplasia and Disloca-
107. Crock HV, Crock C: The Blood Supply of the 120. Dega W: Die anatomische und funktionelle
Lower Limb Bones in Man (Descriptive and Ap- restituition des kongenital luxierten huftgelenkes
plied). Edinburgh, E & S Livingstone, 1967. durch ein cinzeitiges operationsverfahren. Archiv
108. Crockarell J, Jr, Trousdale RT, Cabanela ME, Berry Orthop Unfall-Chir: 16–29, 1966.
DJ: Early experience and results with the 121. Dega W: Osteotomia Trans-Iliakaina W Leczeniu
periacetabular osteotomy. The Mayo Clinic expe- Wrodzonej Dysplazji. Biodra Chir Narz Ruchu
rience. Clin Orthop (363): 45–53, 1999. Orthop Pol 39: 601–13, 1974.
109. Cunha LAA, Mattos RZ, Gava R: Luxação 122. Dega W: Ricerche anatomiche e meccaniche
congênita do quadril: avaliação clínico-radiológica sull’ance fetale rivolte a chiarire l’etologie e la
do tratamento conservador. Rev Bras Ortop 20: patogenesi della lussazione congenita. Chir Organi
291–97, 1985. Mov 18: 425, 1933.
110. Czerny C, Hofmann S, Neuhold A, Engel A, Recht 123. Dega W: Surgical treatment of congenital dislo-
M, Kramer A: Lesions of the acetabular labrum: cation of the hip in children. J Bone Joint Surg
accuracy of MR imaging and MR arthrography in 40(A): 725, 1958.
detection and staging. Radiology 200: 225–30, 124. Dega W, Krol J, Polakowski L: Surgical treatment
1996. of congenital dislocation of the hip in children; a
111. Czubak J, Kotwicki T, Ponitek T, Skrzypek H: one-stage procedure. J Bone Joint Surg Am 41-
Ultrasound measurements of the newborn hip. A(5): 920–34, 1959.
Comparison of two methods in 657 newborns. 125. Denuce M: Deux cas de luxation congénitale de
Acta Orthop Scand 69(1): 21–24, 1998. la hanche traités par le procédé de reposition non
112. Dagher F, Ghanem I, Abiad R, Haykal G, Kharrat sanglante de Lorenz. J Clin Therap Infant 8: 4,
K, Phares A: [Bernese periacetabular osteotomy 1898.
for the treatment of the degenerative dysplasic 126. Denuce M: Luxation congenital de la hanche
hip]. Rev Chir Orthop Reparatrice Appar Mot operation de Hoffa. Rev Orthop 4: 108, 1893.
89(2): 125–33, 2003.
127. DePalma, AF, Fenlin JM: Arthrodesis of the hip
113. Dall D: Exposure of the hip by anterior osteotomy
with intramedullary fixation. Clin Orthop (48):
of the greater trochanteric: a modiified
191, 1966.
anterloateral approach. J Bone Joint Surg 68B:
382–86, 1986. 128. Derqui JC: Pathogenia y tratamiento de la
luxacion congenita de la cadera. Bol Soc Argent
114. Daoud A, Saighi-Bououina A: Congenital dislo-
Orthop Traumatol 7: 3–24, 1973.
cation of the hip in the older child. The effective-
ness of overhead traction. J Bone Joint Surg Am 129. Derqui JC, Salas F, Duncan D: El pediatra ante la
78(1): 30–40, 1996. luxacion congenita de la cadera hoy. Arch Arg
Pediatr 82: 403–16, 1984.
115. Darmonov AV, Zagora S: Clinical screening for
congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint 130. Dickson FD: The shelf operation in the treat-
Surg Am 78(3): 383–88, 1996. ment of congenital dislocation of the hip. Surg
Gynecol Obstet 55: 81, 1932.
116. Davey JP, Santore RF: Complications of
periacetabular osteotomy. Clin Orthop (363): 33– 131. Dickson FD: The shelf operation in the treat-
37, 1999. ment of congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone
Joint Surg 17-A: 43, 1935.
117. Davis JB: The muscle-pedicle bone graft in hip
fusion. J Bone Joint Surg 36-A: 790–99, 1954. 132. Dienst M, Godde S, Seil R, Hammer D, Kohn D:
Hip arthroscopy without traction; in vivo
118. de Kleuver M, Huiskes R, Kauer JM, Veth RP:
anatomy of the peripheral hip joint cavity.
Three-dimensional displacement of the hip joint
Arthroscopy 17: 924–31, 2001.
after triple pelvic osteotomy. A postmortem
radiostereometric study. Acta Orthop Scand 69(6): 133. Doyle SM, Bowen JR: Types of persistent dyspla-
585–89, 1998. sia in congenital dislocation of the hip. Acta
119. de Kleuver M, Kooijman MA, Kauer JM, Orthop Belg 65(3): 266–76, 1999.
Kooijman M, Alferink C: Anatomic basis of 134. Dudkiewicz I, Salai M, Israeli A, Amit Y, Chechick
Tönnis’ triple pelvic osteotomy for acetabular A: Total hip arthroplasty in patients younger than
dysplasia. Surg Radiol Anat 20(2): 79–82, 1998. 30 years of age. Isr Med Assoc J 10: 709–12, 2003.
135. Dunlap K, Shands AR Jr, Hollister LC Jr, Gaul JS 150. Falliner A, Hahne HJ, Hassenpflug J: Sonographic
Jr, Streit HA: A new method for determination hip screening and early management of develop-
of torsion of the femur. J Bone Joint Surg Am 35- mental dysplasia of the hip. J Pediatr Orthop B
A(2): 289–311, 1953. 8(2): 112–17, 1999.
136. Dunn PM: Perinatal observations on the etiology 151. Farber MJ: Helpful radiographic sign in CDH.
of congenital dislocation of the hip. Clin Orthop Orthopedics 15: 1072–74, 1992.
(119): 11–22, 1976. 152. Farkas A: A new operative treatment of tubercu-
137. Dupuytren G: Original or congenital displacement losis coxitis in children. J Bone Joint Surg 21:
of the heads of thigh-bones. Clin Orthop (33): 323–33, 1939.
3–8, 1964. 153. Ferguson, AB Jr: Primary open reduction of con-
138. Dupuytren J: Memoire sur un deplacement origi- genital dislocation of the hip using a median ad-
nal de la tete des femurs. Rep Gen Anat Physiol 2: ductor approach. J Bone Joint Surg Am 55A(4):
151, 1826. 671–89, 1973.
139. Edelson J, Taitz C: Pelvic support osteotomy in 154. Fernbach SA: Common orthopedic problems of
an unusual congenital dislocation of the hip. A the newborn. Nurs Clin North Am 33(4):
52-year follow-up study. Clin Orthop (264): 228– 583–94, 1998.
31, 1991. 155. Ferrer-Torrelles M, Ceballos T: Embryology of the
140. Edelstein J: Congenital dislocation of the hip in hip in relation to congenital dislocation. In Con-
the Bantu. J.Bone Joint Surg 48B: 397, 1964. genital Dislocation of the Hip, edited by Tachdkian
141. Edgren W: Coxa plana. A clinical and radiologi- MO, 1–25. New York, Churchill Livingstone,
cal investigation with particular reference to the 1982.
importance of the metaphyseal changes for the 156. Ferrer-Torrelles M, Ceballos T, Ferrer-Loewinsohn
final shape of the proximal part of the femur. A: Development of the hip joint in relation to
Acta Orthop Scand: Suppl 84: 1–129, 1965. congenital dislocation. Acta Orthop Belg 56(1
142. Emmett J: Measurements of the acetabulum. Clin (Pt A)): 13–22, 1990.
Orthop 53: 171–74, 1967. 157. Fettweis E: Sitz-Hockstellungsgip bei
143. Eppright RH: Dial osteotomy of the acetabulum Hueftgelenksdysplasien. Arch Orthop Unfallchir
in the treatment of dysplasia of the hip. J Bone 63: 38–51, 1968.
Joint Surg 57-A: 1172, 1975. 158. Fiedler J: Osteochondrosis dissecans am oberen
144. Ericksson E, Arvidsson I, Arvidsson H: Diagnos- Pfannenrand des Hueftgelenkes. Fortschr Geb
tic and operative arthroscopy of the hip. Ortho- Roentgenstrahlen 74: 207–12, 1951.
paedics 9: 169–76, 1986. 159. Filipe G, Carlioz H: Use of the Pavlik harness in
145. Exner GU: Ultrasound screening for hip dyspla- treating congenital dislocation of the hip. J Pediatr
sia in neonates. J Pediatr Orthop 8(6): 656–60, Orthop 2(4): 357–62, 1982.
1988. 160. Fisher RL, Duncan AS, Bronzino JD: The appli-
146. Fabry G, MacEwen GD, Shands AR Jr: Torsion of cation of axial transverse tomography to the meas-
the femur. A follow-up study in normal and ab- urement of femoral anteversion. Clin Orthop 86:
normal conditions. J Bone Joint Surg Am 55(8): 6–12, 1972.
1726–38, 1973. 161. Fixsen JA: Anterior and posterior displacement
147. Faciszewski T, Coleman SS, Biddulph G: Triple of the hip after innominate osteotomy. J Bone
innominate osteotomy for acetabular dysplasia. J Joint Surg Br 69(3): 361–64, 1987.
Pediatr Orthop 13(4): 426–30, 1993. 162. Flecker H: Time of appearance and fusion of os-
148. Faciszewski T, Kiefer GN, Coleman SS: sification centers as observed by roentgenographic
Pemberton osteotomy for residual acetabular dys- methods. Am J. Roentgenol 47: 97, 1942.
plasia in children who have congenital disloca- 163. Fogarty EE, Accardo NJ Jr: Incidence of avascular
tion of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 75(5): necrosis of the femoral head in congenital hip
643–49, 1993. dislocation related to the degree of abduction
149. Fairbank H: Operative treatment of dislocated during preliminary traction. J Pediatr Orthop 1(3):
hips. Proc R Soc Med 3: 15, 1922. 307–11, 1981.
164. Forero N, Okamura LA, Larson MA: Normal 177. Ganz R, Gill TJ, Gautie E, Ganz K, Krugel N,
ranges of hip motion in neomates. J Pediatr Berlemann U: Surgical dislocation of the adult
Orthop 9: 391–95, 1989. hip. A technique with full access to the femo-
165. Forlin E, Choi IH, Guille JT, Bowen JR, Glutting ral head and acetabulum without risk of avas-
J: Prognostic factors in congenital dislocation of cular necrosis. J Bone Joint Surg 83B: 1119–24,
the hip treated with closed reduction. The impor- 2001.
tance of arthrographic evaluation. J Bone Joint 178. Ganz R, Klaue K, Vinh TS, Mast JW: A new
Surg Am 74(8): 1140–52, 1992. periacetabular osteotomy for the treatment of hip
166. Frejka B: Praventation der angeborenen dysplasias. Technique and preliminary results. Clin
Huftgelenksluxation durch das Orthop (232): 26–36, 1988.
Abduktionspolster. Wein Med Wochenschr 91: 179. Ganz R, Parvizi J, Beck M: Femoroacetabular
523, 1941. impingement: a cause for early osteoarthritis of
167. Frejka, B: Praventation der angeborenen the hip. Clin Orthop (417): 112–20, 2003.
Hueftgelenksluxation durch das 180. Gardner E: Prenatal development of the human
Abduktionspolster. In Pediatric Orthopaedics, hip jiont, femur and hip bones. AAOS Instruc-
edited by Tachdjian MO, 339. Philadelphia, WB tional Course Lectures 21: 138, 1972.
Saunders, 1990. 181. Gardner E, Gray DJ: Prenatal development of the
168. French LM, Dietz FR: Screening for developmen- human hip joint. Am J Anat 87(2): 163–211,
tal dysplasia of the hip. Am Fam Physician 60(1): 1950.
177–84, 187–88, 1999. 182. Garvey M, Donoghue VB, Gorman WA, O’Brien
169. Frich LH, Lauritzen J, Juhl M: Arthroscopy in N, Murphy JF: Radiographic screening at four
diagnosis and treatment of hip disorders. Ortho- months of infants at risk for congenital hip dislo-
pedics 37: 223–31, 1989. cation. J Bone Joint Surg Br 74(5): 704–7, 1992.
170. Fujioka F, Terayama K, Sugimoto N, Tanikawa H: 183. Gauthier E, Ganz K, Krugel N, Gill TJ, Ganz R:
Long-term results of congenital dislocation of the Anatomy of the medial femoral circumflex ar-
hip treated with the Pavlik harness. J Pediatr tery and its surgical implications. J Bone Joint
Orthop 15(6): 747–52, 1995. Surg 82-B: 679–83, 2000.
171. Fulkerson JP: Arthrodesis for disabling hip pain 184. Gent E, Clarke NMP: Joint replacement for se-
in children and adolescents. Clin Orthop 128: quelae of childhood hip disorders. J Pediatr Orthop
296–302, 1977. 24: 235–40, 2004.
172. Gabuzda GM, Renshaw TS: Reduction of con- 185. Getz B: The hip joint in Lapps and its bearing on
genital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg the problem of congenital dislocation. Acta
Am 74(4): 624–31, 1992. Orthop Scand Suppl 18: 1–81, 1955.
173. Gaenslen FJ: The Schanz subtrochanteric oste- 186. Ghormley RK: Use of the anterior superior spine
otomy for irreducible dislocation of the Hip. and crest of ilium in surgery of the hip joint. J
J.Bone Joint Surg 17: 76, 1989. Bone Joint Surg 13: 784–98, 1931.
174. Gage JR, Cary JM: The effects of trochanteric 187. Gibson PH, Benson MK: Congenital dislocation
epiphyseodesis on growth of the proximal end of of the hip. Review at maturity of 147 hips treated
the femur following necrosis of the capital femo- by excision of the limbus and derotation oste-
ral epiphysis. J Bone Joint Surg 62A: 785–94, otomy. J Bone Joint Surg Br 64(2): 169–75, 1982.
1980. 188. Gill A: End results of early treatment of congeni-
175. Gage JR, Winter RB: Avascular necrosis of the tal dislocation of the hip. With an inquiry into
capital femoral epiphysis as a complication of the factors that determine the results. J Bone Joint
closed reduction of congenital dislocation of the Surg 25: 1, 1943.
hip. A critical review of twenty years’ experience 189. Gill A: Plastic construction of an acetabulum in
at Gillette Children’s Hospital. J Bone Joint Surg congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint
Am 54(2): 373–88, 1972. Surg 17: 48, 1935.
176. Galpin RD, Roach JW, Wenger DR: One stage 190. Gill AB: End results of bloodless reduction of
treatment of congenital dislocation of the hip in congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint
older children, including femoral shortening. J Surg 25: 1–40, 1943.
Bone Joint Surg 71A: 734, 1989.
191. Gill AB: The end results of early treatment of 205. Gray H: Gray’s Anatomy. 38th ed. London,
congenital dislocation of the hip with an inquiry Churchill Livingstone, 1995.
into the factors that determine the result. J Bone 206. Green NE, Griffin, PP: Hip dysplasia associated
Joint Surg Am 30: 442–53, 1948. with abduction contracture of the contralateral
192. Gill AB: Operation for the old or irreductible con- hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 64(9): 1273–81, 1982.
genital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg 207. Green WB, Heckman JD, eds: The Clinical Meas-
10: 696–711, 1928. urement of Joint Motion. Chicago, American
193. Gill AB: Plastic construction of an acetabulum in Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, 1994.
congenital dislocation of the hip—the shelf op- 208. Greiss MD, Thomas JR, Freeman MA: Sequelae
eration. J Bone Joint Surg 17: 48–59, 1935. of arthrodesis of the hip. J Roy Soc Med 73: 497,
194. Gill TJ, Sledge JB, Muller ME: Total hip arthroplast 1980.
with use of an actabular reinforcement ring in 209. Grill F, Bensahel H, Canadell J, Dungl P, Matasovic
patients who have congenital dysplasia of the hip. T, Vizkelety T: The Pavlik harness in the treat-
J Bone Joint Surg 80A: 969–79, 1998. ment of congenital dislocating hip: report on a
195. Givon U, Kumar SJ: Universal lower-extremity multicenter study of the European Paediatric
positioning device for the spica frame. J Pediatr Orthopaedic Society. J Pediatr Orthop 8(1): 1–8,
Orthop 19(3): 351, 1999. 1988.
196. Givon U, Schindler A, Ganel A, Levy O: Distal 210. Grissom LE, Harcke HT: Diagnostic ultrasound.
transfer of the greater trochanter revisited: long- In The Pediatric Hip, edited by Rumack CM,
term follow-up of nine hips. J Pediatr Orthop Wilson SR, Charboneau JW, 1799–1814. St Louis,
15(3): 346–48, 1995. CV Mosby, 1998.
197. Glazener CM, Ramsay CR, Campbell MK, Booth 211. Gruebel L, David M: Anatomy and development
P, Duffty P, Lloyd DJ, McDonald A, Reid JA: of the hip joint. In Disorders of the hip, edited by
Neonatal examination and screening trial Gruebel L, David M, 1–23. Philadelphia, JB
(NEST): a randomised, controlled, switchback Lippincott, 1983.
trial of alternative policies for low risk infants. Br 212. Gruebel L, David M: Congenital dislocation of
Med J 318(7184): 627–31, 1999. the hip. In Disorders of the Hip, edited by Gruebel
198. Glick JM: Hip arthroscopy using the lateral ap- L, David M, 100–38. Philadelphia, JB Lippincott,
proach. Instructional course lectures 37: 223–31, 1983.
1988. 213. Guarniero R: Congenital dislocation of the hip.
199. Goldman AB: Hip arthrography: evaluation of Epidemiology. Mapfre Medicina 3(supl.I): 11–13,
disorders of children, adolescents, and adults with- 1992.
out prostheses. Radiol Clin North Am 19: 214. Gugenheim JJ, Gerson LP, Sadler C, Tullos HS:
329–48, 1981. Pathologic morphology of the acetabulum in para-
200. Gore DR: Iatrogenic avascular necrosis of the hip lytic and congenital hip instability. J Pediatr
in young children: a long-term follow-up. J Pediatr Orthop 2(4): 397–400, 1982.
Orthop 19(5): 635–40, 1999. 215. Guille JT, Forlin E, Kumar SJ, MacEwen GD: Tri-
201. Gore DR, Murray MP, Sepic SB, Gardner GM: ple osteotomy of the innominate bone in treat-
Walking patterns of men with unilateral surgical ment of developmental dysplasia of the hip. J
hip fusion. J Bone Joint Surg 57A: 759, 1975. Pediatr Orthop 12(6): 718–21, 1992.
202. Graf R: The diagnosis of congenital hip-joint dis- 216. Gulman B, Tuncay IC, Dabak N, Karaismailoglu
location by the ultrasonic Combound treatment. N: Salter’s innominate osteotomy in the treat-
Arch Orthop Trauma Surg 97(2): 117–33, 1980. ment of congenital hip dislocation: a long-term
203. Graf R: Fundamentals of sonographic diagnosis review. J Pediatr Orthop 14(5): 662–66, 1994.
of infant hip dysplasia. J Pediatr Orthop 4(6): 217. Haas SL: Pin fixation in dislocation at the hip
735–40, 1984. joint. J Bone Joint Surg 14: 346–48, 1932.
204. Graf R: The ultrasonic image of the acetabular 218. Haike H, Breuckmann G, Schultze H: Ein Beitrag
rim in infants. An experimental and clinical in- zur operativen behandlung der sogenannten
vestigation. Arch Orthop Trauma Surg 99(1): kongenitalen Hueftluxation. Arch Orthop
35–41, 1981. Unfallchir 66: 277, 1969.
219. Haike H, Breuckmann G, Schulze H: Ein Beitrag 233. Harris IE, Dickens R, Menelaus MB: Use of the
zur operativen behandlung der sogenannten Pavlik harness for hip displacements. When to
kongenitalen Hueftluxation. In Congenital Dys- abandon treatment. Clin Orthop (281): 29–33,
plasia and Dislocation of the Hip in Children and 1992.
Adults, edited by Tönnis D, 277–85. Berlin, 234. Harris NH: Acetabular growth potential in con-
Springer-Verlag, 1969. genital dislocation of the hip and some factors
220. Hangen DH, Kasser JR, Emans JB, Millis MB: upon which it may depend. Clin Orthop (119):
The Pavlik harness and developmental dysplasia 99–106, 1976.
of the hip: has ultrasound changed treatment pat- 235. Harris NH, Lloyd-Roberts GC, Gallien, R: Acetabu-
terns? J Pediatr Orthop 15(6): 729–35, 1995. lar development in congenital dislocation of the
221. Hanson JW, Smith DW: The fetal hydantoin syn- hip. With special reference to the indications for
drome. J Pediatr 87(2): 285–90, 1975. acetabuloplasty and pelvic or femoral realignment
222. Hansson G, Nachemson A, Palmen K: Screening osteotomy. J Bone Joint Surg Br 57(1): 46–52,
of children with congenital dislocation of the hip 1975.
joint on the maternity wards in Sweden. J Pediatr 236. Harris WH, Crothers O, Oh I: Total hip replace-
Orthop 3(3): 271–79, 1983. ment and femoral-head bone-grafting for severe
223. Harcke HT: Developmental dysplasia of the hip: acetabular deficiency in adults. J Bone Joint Surg
a spectrum of abnormality. Pediatrics 103(1): 152, Am 59(6): 752–59, 1977.
1999. 237. Harrison T: Development of the acetabulum in
224. Harcke HT: Screening newborns for developmen- the rat. J. Anat (95): 12, 1961.
tal dysplasia of the hip: the role of sonography. 238. Harrison T: Development of the acetabulum in
AJR Am J Roentgenol 162(2): 395–97, 1994. the rat. Part III. J Anat 92: 483, 1958.
225. Harcke HT: Sonography of the infant hip. In 239. Hartofilakidis G, Stamos K, Karachalios T: Treat-
Course at duPont Hospital for Children of ment of high dislocation of the hip in adults with
Nemours Foundation. Wilmington, Nemours hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg 80A: 510–17,
Foundation, 1999. 1998.
226. Harcke HT, Clarke NM, Lee MS, Borns PF, 240. Hartofilakidis G, Stamos K, Karachalios T,
MacEwen GD: Examination of the infant hip Ioannidis TT, Zacharakis N: Congenital hip dis-
with real-time ultrasonography. J Ultrasound Med ease in adults. Classification of acetabular defi-
3(3): 131–37, 1984. ciencies and operative treatment with
227. Harcke HT, Grissom LE: Hanche de l’enfant. In acetabuloplasty combined with total hip arthro-
Ecographie des membres, edited by Fornage BD, plasty. J Bone Joint Surg 78A: 683–92, 1996.
164–72. Paris, Editions Vigot, 1991. 241. Harty M: The anatomy of the hip joint. In Sur-
228. Harcke HT, Grissom LE: Pediatric hip sonography. gery of the Hip Joint, edited by Tronzo RG,
Diagnosis and differential diagnosis. Radiol Clin 45–74. New York, Springer-Verlag, 1984.
North Am 37(4): 787–96, 1999. 242. Harty M: The calcar femorale and the femoral
229. Harcke HT, Grissom LE: Performing dynamic neck. J Bone Joint Surg Am 39-A(3): 625–30,
sonography of the infant hip. AJR Am J 1957.
Roentgenol 155(4): 837–44, 1990. 243. Hasler CC, Morscher EW: Femoral neck length-
230. Harcke HT, Kumar SJ: The role of ultrasound in ening osteotomy after growth disturbance of the
the diagnosis and management of congenital dis- proximal femur. J Pediatr Orthop B 8(4):
location and dysplasia of the hip. J Bone Joint 271–75, 1999.
Surg Am 73(4): 622–28, 1991. 244. Hass J: A subtrochanteric osteotomy for pelvic
231. Harding MG, Harcke HT, Bowen JR, Guille JT, support. J Bone Joint Surg 25A: 281–91, 1943.
Glutting J: Management of dislocated hips with 245. Hattori T, Ono Y, Kitakoji T, Takashi S, Iwata H:
Pavlik harness treatment and ultrasound moni- Soft-tissue interposition after closed reduction
toring. J Pediatr Orthop 17(2): 189–98, 1997. in developmental dysplasia of the hip. The long-
232. Harley JM, Wilkinson J. A: Hip replacement for term effect on acetabular development and avas-
adults with unreduced congenital dislocation. J cular necrosis. J Bone Joint Surg Br 81(3):
Bone Joint Surg 69B: 752–55, 1987. 385–91, 1999.
246. Hawkins RB: Arthroscopy of the hip. Clin Orthop 262. Hopf A: Hueftpfannenverlagerung durch doppelte
249: 44–47, 1989. Beckenosteotomie zur behandlung der
247. Hefti F: Spherical assessment of the hip on stand- Hueftgelenksdysplasie und Subluxation bei
ard AP radiographs: a simple method for the meas- Jungendlichen und Erwachsenen. Z Orthop 101:
urement of the contact area between acetabulum 559, 1966.
and femoral head and of acetabular oriention. J 263. Hopf, A: Huftpfannenverlagerung durch dopplte
Pediatr Orthop, 15: 797–805, 1995. beckenosteotomie sur behandlung der
248. Heikkila E, Ryoppy S: Treatment of congenital huftfelenksdysplasie und subluxation bei
dislocation of the hip after neonatal diagnosis. jungendlichen und erwachsenen. Orthop Trans,
Acta Orthop Scand 55(2): 130–34, 1984. 101: 559, 1966.
249. Henderson RS: Osteotomy for unreduced con- 264. Horii M, Kubo T, Inoue S, Kim WC: Coverage of
genital dislocation of the hip in adults. J Bone the femoral head by the acetabular labrum in dys-
Joint Surg Br 52(3): 468–73, 1970. plastic hips: quantitative analysis with radial MR
imaging. Acta Orthop Scand 74(3): 287–92, 2003.
250. Hernandez RJ, Cornell RG, Hensinger RN: Ul-
trasound diagnosis of neonatal congenital dislo- 265. Hosny GA, Fattah HA: Salter’s innominate oste-
cation of the hip. A decision analysis assessment. otomy: the biologic stimulating effect. J Pediatr
J Bone Joint Surg Br 76(4): 539–43, 1994. Orthop B 7(2): 150–53, 1998.
251. Herold HZ: Avascular necrosis of the femoral head 266. Howorth B: Development of the present knowl-
due to malposition in untreated congenital dislo- edge of congenital displacement of the hipf. Clin
cation of the hip. Intern Orthop 293–96, 1979. Orthop 125: 58, 1977.
252. Herring JA: Congenital dislocation of the hip. In 267. Hoyt WA, Weiner DS, O’Dell HW: Congenital
Lovell and Winter’s Pediatric Orthopaedics, 3rd dislocation of the hip: an investigation into the
ed. edited by Morrissy RT, 815–30. Philadelphia, efficacy of pre-manipulative traction. The pre-
JB Lippincott, 1990. vention of aseptic necrosis of the hip. J Bone
Joint Surg 54-A, 1972.
253. Heusner L: Resektion in einem fall von
angeborener Huftluxation. Zentralbl Chir 45, 268. Hsieh SM, Huang SC: Treatment of developmen-
1884. tal dysplasia of the hip after failed open reduc-
tion. J Formos Med Assoc 97(11): 763–9, 1998.
254. Hiertonn T, James U: Congenital dislocation of
the hip. Experiences of early diagnosis and treat- 269. Hsin J, Saluja R, Eilert RE, Wiedel JD: Evaluation
ment. J Bone Joint Surg Br 50(3): 542–45, 1968. of the biomechanics of the hip following a triple
osteotomy of the innominate bone. J Bone Joint
255. Hilgenreiner H: Hilgenreiner on congenital hip
Surg Am 78(6): 855–62, 1996.
dislocation. J Pediatr Orthop 6(2), 1986.
270. Huang SC, Wang JH: A comparative study of
256. Hilgenreiner H: Zur Fruhdiagnose und
nonoperative versus operative treatment of de-
Fruhbehandlung der angeborenen
velopmental dysplasia of the hip in patients of
huftgelkverrenkung. Med Klin (21): 1385, 1952.
walking age. J Pediatr Orthop 17(2): 181–88,
257. Hippocrates: The Genuine Works of Hippocrates, 1997.
edited by Adams F. London, Bailliere, 1937.
271. Hubbard DD, Staheli LT: The direct radiographic
258. Hoagland FT, Kalamchi A, Poon R, Chow S, Yua measurement of femoral torsion using axial to-
ACMC: Congenital dislocation hip and dysplasia mography: technic comparison with an indirect
in South Chinese. Int Orthop 4: 243, 1981. radiographic method. Clin Orthop 86: 16–20,
259. Hoagland FT, Yau, AC, Wong WL: Osteoarthritis 1972.
of the hip and other joints in South Chinese in 272. Hummer CD, MacEwen GD: Torticollis and con-
Hong Kong. J Bone Joint Surg 55A: 545, 1973. genital hip dysplasia. J Bone Joint Surg 55(B):
260. Hoffer MM: Joint motion limitation in 665, 1973.
newborns. Clin Orthop 148: 94–96, 1980. 273. Hurson C, Synnott K, Ryan MG, O’Connell M,
261. Hoffmann-Daimler S: Vorlaufige mitteilung Eustace S, McCormack D, O’Byrne J: The natu-
ueber eine funktionelle methode zur behandlung ral history of the periacetabular fragment follow-
der sogenannte angeborenen Hueftluxation. Z ing Ganz osteotomy. J Southern Orthop Advances
Orthop 98: 447, 1964. 13(2): 91–93, 2004.
274. Hussell JG, Mast JW, Mayo KA, Howie DW, Ganz 288. Jani L: Die Entwicklung des Schenikelhasles nach
R: A comparison of different surgical approaches der Trochanter-veksetzung. Arch Orthop
for the periacetabular osteotomy. Clin Orthop Unfallchir 66: 127, 1969.
(363): 64–72, 1999. 289. Jones D: An assessment of the value of examina-
275. Hussell JG, Rodriguez JA, Ganz R: Technical com- tion of the hip in the newborn. J Bone Joint Surg
plications of the Bernese periacetabular osteotomy. Br 59(3): 318–22, 1977.
Clin Orthop (363): 81–92, 1999. 290. Jones D: Neonatal detection of developmental
276. Ide T, Akamatsu I, Nakajima, I: Arthroscopic sur- dysplasia of the hip (DDH). J Bone Joint Surg Br
gery of the hip joint. Arthroscopy 7: 204–11, 1991. 80(6): 943–45, 1998.
277. Ikeda T, Awaya G, Suzuki S, Okada Y, Tada H: 291. Jones DA, Powell N: Ultrasound and neonatal
Torn acetabular labrum in young patients, hip screening. A prospective study of “high risk”
Arthroscopic diagnosis and management. J Bone babies. J Bone Joint Surg Br 72(3): 457–59, 1990.
Joint Surg 70B: 13–16, 1988. 292. Jones GT, Schoenecker PL, Dias LS: Developmen-
278. Ilfeld FW, Westin GW, Makin M: Missed or de- tal hip dysplasia potentiated by inappropriate use
velopmental dislocation of the hip. Clin Orthop of the Pavlik harness. J Pediatr Orthop 12(6):
(203): 276–81, 1986. 722–26, 1992.
279. Ilizaliturri VMJ, Mangino G, Valero FS, Camacho- 293. Joseph K, MacEwen GD, Boos M. L: Home trac-
Galindo J: Hip arthroscopy of the central and tion in the management of congenital disloca-
peripheral compartments by the lateral approach. tion of the hip. Clin Orthop (165): 83–90, 1982.
Tech Orthop 20: 32–36, 2005. 294. Kahle WK, Anderson MB, Alpert J, Stevens PM,
280. Ilizarov G: Treatment of disorders of the hip. In Coleman SS: The value of preliminary traction in
Transosseous Osteosynthesis, edited by Green SA, the treatment of congenital dislocation of the
668–96. Berlin, Springer Verlag, 1992. hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 72(7): 1043–47, 1990.
281. Ishii Y, Weinstein SL, Ponseti IV: Correlation be- 295. Kalamchi A: Modified Salter osteotomy. J Bone
tween arthrograms and operative findings in con- Joint Surg Am 64(2): 183–87, 1982.
genital dislocation of the hip. Clin Orthop (153): 296. Kalamchi A, MacEwen GD: Avascular necrosis
138–45, 1980. following treatment of congenital dislocation of
282. Ito H, Matsuno A, Aoki Y: Intermediate-term the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 62(6): 876–88,
results after hybrid total hip arthroplasty for treat- 1980.
ment of dysplastic hips. J Bone Joint Surg 85A: 297. Kalamchi A, MacFarlane R 3rd: The Pavlik har-
1725–32, 2003. ness: results in patients over three months of age.
283. Ito K, Minka MA, Leunig M, Welen S, Ganz R: J Pediatr Orthop 2(1): 3–8, 1982.
Femoroacetabular impingement and the cam-ef- 298. Kalamchi A, Schmidt TL, MacEwen GD: Con-
fect. A MRI-based quantitative anatomical study genital dislocation of the hip. Open reduction by
of the femoral head-neck offset. J Bone Joint the medial approach. Clin Orthop 169: 127–32,
Surg 83B: 171–76, 2001. 1982.
284. Iwase T, Hasegawa Y, Kawamoto K, Iwasada S, 299. Karol LA, Halliday SE, Gourineni P: Gait and
Yamada K, Iwata H: Twenty years’ followup of function after intra-articular arthrodesis of the
intertrochanteric osteotomy for treatment of the hip in adolescents. J Bone Joint Surg 82A: 561–
dysplastic hip. Clin Orthop (331): 245–55, 1996. 69, 2000.
285. Jacquemier M, Jouve JL, Bollini G, Panuel M, 300. Kasser JR, Bowen JR, MacEwen GD: Varus
Migliani R: Acetabular anteversion in children. J derotation osteotomy in the treatment of per-
Pediatr Orthop 12(3): 373–75, 1992. sistent dysplasia in congenital dislocation of the
286. Jäger M, Fisher V, Zenker H: Indikation und hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 67(2): 195–202, 1985.
Ergebnisse von Acetabuloplastik und 301. Kawamura B: The transverse pelvic osteotomy. J
Beckenosteotomie nach Chiari bei angeborener Jpn Orthop Soc 32: 65, 1959.
Hueftgelenksdysplasie. Arch Orthop Unfallchir
302. Kawamura B, Hosono S, Yokogushi K: Dome os-
73: 245, 1972.
teotomy of the pelvis. In Congenital Dislocation
287. Jäger M, Refior HJ, Jani L: Der of the Hip, edited by Tachdjian MO, 609–29. New
kopfepiphysenwinkel. Orthop Prax 1974. York, Churchill Livingstone, 1982.
303. Kay RM, Watts HG, Dorey FJ: Variability in the ment of congenital dislocation of the hips in older
assessment of acetabular index. J Pediatr Orthop children. Clin Orthop (119): 60–69, 1976.
17(2): 170–73, 1997. 317. Klisic P, Jankovic L, Basara V: Long-term results
304. Kelikian AS, Tachdjian MO, Askew MJ, Jasty M: of combined operative reduction of the hip in
Greater trochanteric advancement of the proxi- older children. J Pediatr Orthop 8(5): 532–34,
mal femur: a clinical and biomechanical study. 1988.
Hip 77–105, 1983. 318. Kobayashi S, Saito N, Nawata M, Horiuchi H,
305. Kerry RM, Simonds GW: Long-term results of Iorio R, Takaoka K: Total hip arthroplasty with
late non-operative reduction of developmental bulk autograft for acetabular reconstruction in
dysplasia of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 80(1): DDH. J Bone Joint Surg 86: 11–17, 2004.
78–82, 1998. 319. Kocaoglu M, Eralp L, Sen C, Dincyurek H: The
306. Kessler JI, Stevens PM, Smith JT, Carroll KL: Use Ilizarov hip reconstruction osteotomy for hip dis-
of allografts in Pemberton osteotomies. J Pediatr location. Outcome after 407 years young patients.
Orthop 21(4): 468–73, 2001. Acta Orthop Scand 73(4): 432–38, 2002.
307. Kim HT, Wenger DR: The morphology of residual 320. Koizumi W, Moriya H, Tsuchiya K, Takeuchi T,
acetabular deficiency in childhood hip dysplasia: Kamegaya M, Akita T: Ludloff ’s medial approach
three-dimensional computed tomographic analy- for open reduction of congenital dislocation of
sis. J Pediatr Orthop 17(5): 637–47, 1997. the hip. A 20-year follow-up. J Bone Joint Surg Br
308. Kim SS, Frick SL, Wenger DR: Anteversion of 78(6): 924–29, 1996.
the acetabulum in developmental dysplasia of the 321. Konigsberg DE, Karol LA, Colby S: Results of
hip: analysis with computed tomography. J Pediatr medial open reduction of the hip in infants with
Orthop 19(4): 438–42, 1999. developmental dislocation of the hip. J Pediatr
309. Kim YJ, Jaramillo D, Millis MB, Gray ML, Orthop 23: 1–9, 2003.
Burstein D: Assessment of early osteoarthritis in 322. Kotzias Neto A: Estudo dos valores angulares em
hip dysplasia with delayed gadolinium-emhanced tomografia axial computadorizada de crianças com
magnet resonance imaging of cartilage. J Bone quadris normais. Master’s thesis, Ortopedia e
Joint Surg 85A, 2003. Traumatologia da Escola Paulista de Medicina,
310. Kingsley PC., Olmsted KL: A study to determine Universidade Federal de São Paulo, 1997.
the angle of anteversion of the neck of the femur. 323. Kotzias Neto A: O tratamento da displasia do
J Bone Joint Surg Am 30: 745–51, 1948. quadril pela técnica de Steel. Ph D diss, Universode
311. Klaue K, Durnin CW, Ganz R: The acetabular Federal de São Paulo, 2002.
rim syndrome. A clinical presentation of dyspla- 324. Kramer JA, Schneider BA: Funktionelle
sia of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 73(3): 423–29, behandlung der huftdysplasie und huftverrenkung
1991. mit dem Hanausek Apparat. Arch Orthop Unf
312. Klaue K, Sherman M, Perren SM, Wallin A, Looser Chir 72: 277, 1972.
C, Ganz R: Extra-articular augmentation for re- 325. Kraus BS, Schwartzman JR: Congenital disloca-
sidual hip dysplasia. Radiological assessment after tion of the hip among the Fort Apache Indians. J
Chiari osteotomies and shelf procedures. J Bone Bone Joint Surg Am 39: 448–49, 1957.
Joint Surg Br 75(5): 750–a54, 1993. 326. Kumar SJ: Hip spica application for the treat-
313. Klaue K, Wallin A, Ganz R: CT evaluation of ment of congenital dislocation of the hip. J Pediatr
coverage and congruency of the hip prior to oste- Orthop 1(1): 97–99, 1981.
otomy. Clin Orthop (232): 15–25, 1988. 327. Kumar SJ, MacEwen GD: The incidence of hip
314. Kleinberg SM, Lieberman HS: The acetabular dysplasia with metatarsus adductus. Clin Orthop
index in infants in relation to congenital disloca- (164): 234–35, 1982.
tion of the hip. Arch Surg 32: 1049, 1936. 328. Kumar SJ, MacEwen GD: Shelf operation. In
315. Kling TF Jr, Hensinger RN: Double-cut tomogra- Congenital Dislocation of the Hip, edited by
phy in the management of congenitally dislo- Tachdjian MO, 695–704. New York, Churchill
cated hips. J Pediatr Orthop 2(2): 195–97, 1982. Livingstone, 1982.
316. Klisic P, Jankovic L: Combined procedure of open 329. Kumar SJ, MacEwen GD, Jaykumar AS: Triple
reduction and shortening of the femur in treat- osteotomy of the innominate bone for the treat-
ment of congenital hip dysplasia. J Pediatr Orthop ment, I: technique of joint preserving surgery.
6(4): 393–98, 1986. Clin Orthop (418): 61–66, 2004.
330. Laage H, Barnett JC, Brady JM, Dulligan PJ Jr, 344. Leet AI, MacKenzie WG, Szoke G, Harcke HT:
Fett HC Jr, Gallagher TF, Schneider BA: Horizon- Injury to the growth plate after Pemberton oste-
tal lateral roentgenography of the hip in children; otomy. J Bone Joint Surg 81A: 169–76, 1999.
a preliminary report. J Bone Joint Surg Am 35- 345. Lefort G, Belouadah M, Pillon-Persyn MA,
A(2): 387–98, 1953. Lefebvre F, Poli-Merol ML, Daoud S: [Treatment
331. Lack W, Windhager R, Kutschera HP, Engel A: of hip dislocations and subluxations by Petit’s
Chiari pelvic osteotomy for osteoarthritis second- splints]. Rev Chir Orthop Reparatrice Appar Mot
ary to hip dysplasia. Indications and long-term 81(7): 609–15, 1995.
results. J Bone Joint Surg Br 73(2): 229–34, 1991. 346. Lequesne M, Seze S: The false profile of the ba-
332. Lahoti O, Turnbull TJ, Hinves BL: Separation of sin: A new radiographic incidence for studying
the proximal femoral epiphysis after derotation the hip. Rev Rhum Mal Osteoarthic 28: 643–52,
varus osteotomy of the femur. J Pediatr Orthop 1961.
18(5): 662–64, 1998. 347. Leunig MRG: Femoroacetabular impingement
333. Lang P, Genant HK, Jergesen HE, Murray WR: haufige ursache von zur arthrose fuhrenden
Imaging of the hip joint. Computed tomography huftbeschwerden. Unfallchirurg 108: 9–17, 2005.
versus magnetic resonance imaging. Clin Orthop 348. Leunig M, Werlen S, Ungersbock A, Ho K, Ganz
(274): 135–53, 1992. R: Evaluation of the acetabular labrum by MR
334. Lang P, Genant HK, Steiger P, Lindquist T, Moore arthrography. J Bone Joint Surg 79B: 230–34,
S, Skinner SR: Three-dimensional digital displays 1997.
in congenital dislocation of the hip: preliminary 349. Lima C, Esteve R, Trueta J: Osteochondritis in
experience. J Pediatr Orthop 9(5): 532–37, 1989. congenital dislocation of the hip: a clinical and
335. Lange F: Die stellung des oberschenkels im radiographic study. Acta Orthop Scand 29: 218–
verband nach der reposition. Z Orthop Chir 25: 36, 1960.
164, 1910. 350. Lin CJ, Romanus B, Sutherland DH, Kaufman
336. Langenskiold A, Salenius P: Epiphyseodesis of the K, Campbell K, Wenger DR: Three-dimensional
greater trochanter. Acta Orthop Scand 38(2): characteristics of cartilaginous and bony compo-
199–219, 1967. nents of dysplastic hips in children: three-dimen-
337. Langlotz F, Bachler R, Berlemann U, Nolte LP, sional computed tomography quantitative analy-
Ganz R: Computer assistance for pelvic osteoto- sis. J Pediatr Orthop 17(2): 152–57, 1997.
mies. Clin Orthop (354): 92–102, 1998. 351. Lindstrom JR, Ponseti IV, Wenger DR: Acetabu-
338. Laor T, Roy DR, Mehlman CT: Limited magnetic lar development after reduction in congenital
resonance imaging examination after surgical re- dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 61(1):
duction of developmental dysplasia of the hip. J 112–18, 1979.
Pediatr Orthop 20(5): 572–74, 2000. 352. Lipton GE, Bowen JR: A new modified technique
339. Laredo Filho J: Estudo populacional do ângulo of triple osteotomy of the innominate bone for
CE de Wiberg e sua aplicação na pesquisa genética acetabular dysplasia. Clin Orthop (434): 78–85,
da luxação congênita do quadril. Thesis, 2005.
Universidade Estadual de Campinas, Brazil, 1985. 353. Liu JS, Kuo KN, Lubicky JP: Arthrographic evalu-
340. Laurenson RD: The acetabular index: a critical ation of developmental dysplasia of the hip. Out-
review. J Bone Joint Surg 41B: 702–10, 1959. come prediction. Clin Orthop (326): 229–37,
1996.
341. Laurenson RD: Development of the acetabular
roof in the fetal hip. J Bone Joint Surg 47A: 975– 354. Lloyd-Roberts GC, Swann M: Pitfalls in the man-
83, 1965. agement of congenital dislocation of the hip. J
Bone Joint Surg Br 48(4): 666–81, 1966.
342. Lauritzen J: Legg-Calve-Perthes disease. Acta
Orthop Scand Suppl 159: 1–137, 1975. 355. Lorenz A: Cure of congenital luxation of the hip
by bloodless reduction and weighting. Trans Am
343. Lavigne M, Parvizi J, Beck M, Siebenrock K, Ganz
Orthop Asssoc 9: 254, 1896.
R, Leunig M: Anterior femoroacetabular impinge-
356. Lorenz A: Pathologie und therapie der 370. Macnicol MF, Makris D: Distal transfer of the
angeborenen huftverrenkung auf grundlage von greater trochanter. J Bone Joint Surg Br 73(5):
hundert operative behandelten fallen. Urban 838–41, 1991.
Schwarzenberg 8: 428, 1895. 371. Magilligan DJ: Calculation of the angle of an-
357. Lorenz A: Ueber die Behandlung der irreponiblen teversion by means of horizontal lateral
angeborenen Hueftluxation und der roentgenography. J Bone Joint Surg Am 38-A(6):
Schenkelhalspseudoarthrosen mittels gabelung. 1231–46, 1956.
Weiner Klin Wchnschr 32: 997, 1919. 372. Malkawi H: Sonographic monitoring of the treat-
358. Lovell WW, Winters RB: Growth. In Pediatric ment of developmental disturbances of the hip
Orthopaedics, edited by Lovell WW, Winters RB, by the Pavlik harness. J Pediatr Orthop B 7(2):
30. Philadelphia, JB Lippincott, 1978. 144–49, 1998.
359. Lowman CL: The double-leaf shelf operation for 373. Mandel DM, Loder RT, Hensinger RN: The pre-
congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint dictive value of computed tomography in the
Surg 13: 511–14, 1931. treatment of developmental dysplasia of the hip.
360. Ludloff B: The open reduction of the congenital J Pediatr Orthop 18(6): 794–98, 1998.
hip dislocation by an anterior incision. Am J 374. Mankey MG, Arntz GT, Staheli LT: Open reduc-
Orthop Surg 10: 438–54, 1912–13. tion through a medial approach for congenital
361. Luhmann SJ, Schoenecker PL, Anderson AM, dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg 75A:
Bassett GS: The prognostic importance of the 1334–45, 1993.
ossific nucleus in the treatment of congenital 375. Manzotti A, Rovetta L, Pullen C, Catagni M:
dysplasia of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 80(12): Treatment of the late sequelas of septic arthritis
1719–27, 1998. of the hip. Clin Orthop (410): 203–12, 2003.
362. Ma R, Ji S, Zhou Y, Liu W, Zhang L: Evolutionary 376. Mardam-Bey TH, MacEwen GD: Congenital hip
regularity of acetabular dysplasia after reduction dislocation after walking age. J Pediatr Orthop
of developmental dislocation of the hip. Chin 2(5): 478–86, 1982.
Med J (Engl), 110(5): 346–38, 1997.
377. Masatoshi N, Mitsuyoshi K, Kosuke O: Measure-
363. MacDonald J, Barrow S, Carty HM, Taylor JF: ment of bone blood flow during the curved
Imaging strategies in the first 12 months after periacetabular osteotomy with laser doppler
reduction of developmental dislocation of the hip. flowmetry. Poster AAOS meeting, 1999.
J Pediatr Orthop B 4(1): 95–99, 1995.
378. Massie WK: Vascular epiphyseal changes in con-
364. MacEwen GD: Treatment of congenital disloca- genital dislocation of the hip; results in adults
tion of the hip in older children. Clin Orthop compared with results in coxa plana and in con-
(225): 86–92, 1987. genital dislocation without vascular changes. J
365. MacEwen GD, Kumar SJ, Guille JT: Oblique in- Bone Joint Surg Am 33(2): 284–306, 1951.
tertrochanteric proximal femoral osteotomy in 379. Matta JM, Stover MD, Siebenrock K:
the child. In Color Atlas and Text of Osteotomy Periacetabular osteotomy through the Smith-
of the Hip, edited by Macnicol MF, 95–105. Bar- Petersen approach. Clin Orthop (363): 21–32,
celona, Mosby-Wolfe, 1996. 1999.
366. MacEwen GD, Shands AR Jr: Oblique trochanteric 380. Mau H, Dorr WM, Henkel L, Lutsche J: Open
osteotomy. J Bone Joint Surg Am 49(2): 345–54, reduction of congenital dislocation of the hip by
1967. Ludloff ’s method. J Bone Joint Surg Am 53(7):
367. MacKenzie IG: Congenital dislocation of the hip. 1281–88, 1971.
The development of a regional service. J Bone 381. Mayo KA, Trumble SJ, Mast JW: Results of
Joint Surg Br 54(1): 18–39, 1972. periacetabular osteotomy in patients with previ-
368. MacKenzie IG, Wilson JG: Problems encountered ous surgery for hip dysplasia. Clin Orthop (363):
in the early diagnosis and management of con- 73–80, 1999.
genital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg 382. McCarthy JC, Mason JB, Wardell SR: Hip
Br 63-B(1): 38–42, 1981. arthroscopy for acetabular dysplasia: a pipe dream?
369. Macnicol MF, ed: Color Atlas and Text of Oste- Orthopedics 21(9): 977–99, 1998.
otomy of the Hip. Barcelona, Mosby-Wolfe, 1996.
383. McGrory BJ, Trousdale RT, Cabanela ME, Ganz do quadril com e sem osteotomia de
R: Bernese periacetabular osteotomy. Surgical tech- encurtamento do fêmur. Rev Bras Ortop 30:
nique. J Orthop Tech 1: 187, 1993. 21–24, 1995.
384. McIntosh R, Merritt KK, Richards MR, Samuels 396. Milani C, Ishida A, Pinto JA, Dobashi ET, Viveiros
MH, Bellows MT: The incidence of congenital MEM: Avaliação clínica e radiográfica de pacientes
malformations: a study of 5,964 pregnancies. com luxação congênita inveterada do quadril
Pediatrics 14(5): 505–22, 1954. submetidos ao tratamento cirúrgico. Rev Bras
385. McKay DW: A comparison of the innominate Ortop 34: 27–36, 1999.
and the pericapsular osteotomy in the treatment 397. Milani C, Laredo Filho J, Ishida A, Ascenio JB,
of congenital dislocation of the hip. Clin Orthop Nakagawa Jr M: A ultra-sonografia do quadril do
98: 124–32, 1974. recém-nascido pelo método de Graf. Rev Bras
386. McKee GK: Arthrodesis of the hip with a lagscrew. Ortop 28: 25–32, 1993.
J Bone Joint Surg 39B: 477, 1957. 398. Milch H: Bifurcation operation. Surgery 8: 686,
387. McKibbin B: Anatomical factors in the stability 1940.
of the hip joint in the newborn. J Bone Joint Surg 399. Milch H: The pelvic support osteotomy. Clin
Br 52(1): 148–59, 1970. Orthop 249: 4–11, 1989.
388. McLauchlan J: The stracathro approach to the 400. Milch H: The pelvic support osteotomy. J Bone
hip. J Bone Joint Surg 66B: 30–31, 1984. Joint Surg 23: 581–95, 1941.
389. McNally EG, Tasker A, Benson MK: MRI after 401. Milch H: The postosteotomy angle. J Bone Joint
operative reduction for developmental dysplasia Surg 26: 394–400, 1944.
of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 79(5): 724–26, 402. Milch H: The resection-angulation operation for
1997. hip-joint disabilities. J Bone Joint Surg 37A(4):
390. McQueary FG., Johnston RC: Coxarthrosis after 699–717, 1955.
congenital dysplasia. Treatment by total hip 403. Milgram JW: Morphology of untreated bilateral
arthroplasy without acetabular bone grafting. J congenital dislocation of the hips in a seventy-
Bone Joint Surg 70A: 1140–44, 1988. four-year-old man. Clin Orthop (119): 112–15,
391. Mellerowicz HH, Matussek J, Baum C: Long-term 1976.
results of Salter and Chiari hip osteotomies in 404. Millis MB, Kim YJ: Rationale of osteotomy and
developmental hip dysplasia. A survey of over 10 related procedures for hip preservation. Clin
years follow-up with a new hip evaluation score. Orthop (405): 108–21, 2002.
Arch Orthop Trauma Surg 117(4–5): 222–27,
405. Millis MB, Poss R, Murphy SB: Osteotomies of
1998.
the hip in the prevention and tretment of
392. Mendez AA, Keret D, MacEwen GD: Obturator osteoarthritis. J Bone Joint Surg 77A: 628–47,
dislocation as a complication of closed reduction 1995.
of the congenitally dislocated hip: a report of two
406. Mitani S, Nakatsuka Y, Akazawa H, Aoki K, Inoue
cases. J Pediatr Orthop 10(2): 265–69, 1990.
H: Treatment of developmental dislocation of
393. Milani C, Ishida A, Laredo Filho J, Dobashi ET: A the hip in children after walking age. Indications
new methodology for the measurement of the from two-directional arthrography. J Bone Joint
Wiberg angle in infants under 3 months. J Pediatr Surg Br 79(5): 710–18, 1997.
Orthop B 9(2): 108–13, 2000.
407. Mitchell CS, Parisi MT: Pediatric acetabuloplasty
394. Milani C, Ishida A, Laredo Filho J, Napoli MMM, procedures: radiologic evaluation. AJR Am J
Kuwajima SS, Dobashi ET: Avaliação do índice de Roentgenol 170(1): 49–54, 1998.
necrose avascular na luxação congênita do quadril
408. Mitchell GP: Chiari medial displacement oste-
inveterada pelo encurtamento femoral e
otomy. Clin Orthop 98: 146–50, 1974.
acetabuloplastia de Salter modificada. Rev Bras
Ortop 31: 67–74, 1996. 409. Mitchell GP: Problems in the early diagnosis and
management of congenital dislocation of the hip.
395. Milani C, Ishida A, Lourenço A, Kuwajima SS,
J Bone Joint Surg Br 54(1): 4–12, 1972.
Dobashi ET, Damaceno FL: Estudo comparativo
da freqüência da necrose avascular da cabeça femo- 410. Mittelmeier H, Deimel D, Beger B: [An ultra-
ral no tratamento cirúrgico da luxação congênita sound hip screening program–middle term re-
sults of flexion-abduction orthosis therapy]. Z The Ciba Collection of Medical Illustrations, ed-
Orthop Ihre Grenzgeb 136(6): 513–18, 1998. ited by Netter FH, 16–17. Summit, NJ, Ciba-
411. Miyake Y: Evaluation of arthrogram of congeni- Geigy, 1987.
tal dislocation of the hip. Cent Jpn J Orthop 425. Ninomiya S, Tagawa H: Rotational acetabular
Traumat 10: 467–83, 1967. osteotomy for the dysplastic hip. J Bone Joint
412. Monllau JC, Torre R, Puig L, Rodriguez-Baeza A: Surg Am 66(3): 430–36, 1984.
Arthroscopic approaches to the hip joint. Tech 426. Nishiyama K, Sakamaki T, Okinaga A: Compli-
Orthop 20: 2–8, 2005. cations of Pemberton’s pericapsular osteotomy.
413. Morcuende JA, Meyer MD, Dolan LA, Weinstein Clin Orthop (254): 205–10, 1990.
SL: Long-term outcome after open reduction 427. Noguchi Y, Miura H, Takasugi S, Iwamoto Y: Car-
through an anteromedial approach for congeni- tilage and labrum degeneration in the dysplastic
tal dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am hip generally originates in the anterosuperior
79(6): 810–17, 1997. weight-bearing area: an arthroscopic observation.
414. Morin C, Harcke HT, MacEwen GD: The infant Arthroscopy 15(5): 496–506, 1999.
hip: real time US asssessment of acetabular devel- 428. O’Brien T, Millis MB, Griffin PP: The early iden-
opment. Radiology 157: 673–77, 1985. tification and classification of growth disturbances
415. Morin C, Rabay G, Morel G: Retrospective review of the proximal end of the femur. J Bone Joint
at skeletal maturity of the factors affecting the Surg Am 68(7): 970–80, 1986.
efficacy of Salter’s innominate osteotomy in con- 429. Ogden JA: Changing patterns of proximal femo-
genital dislocated, subluxed, and dysplastic hips. J ral vascularity. J Bone Joint Surg Am 56(5): 941–
Pediatr Orthop 18(2): 246–53, 1998. 50, 1974.
416. Morville P: On the anatomy and pathology of the 430. Ogden JA: Development of the lower limb. In
hip joint. Acta Orthop Scand 7: 107, 1936. Congenital Lower Limb Deficiencies, edited by
417. Mose K: Methods of measuring in Legg-Calve- Kalamchi A, 1–45. New York, Springer-Verlag,
Perthes disease with special regard to the progno- 1989.
sis. Clin Orthop (150): 103–9, 1980. 431. Ogden JA: Normal and abnormal circulation. In
418. Mowery CA, Houkom JA, Roach JW, Sutherland Congenital Dislocation of the Hip, edited by
DH: A simple method of hip arthrodesis. J Pediatr Tachdjian MO, 59–92. New York, Churchill-
Orthop 6: 7–10, 1986. Livingstone, 1982.
419. Muller GM, Seddon HJ: Late results of treatment 432. Ogden JA: Orthopedic Surgery in Infancy and
of congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Childhood, edited by Ferguson AB, 59. Baltimore,
Surg Br 35(3): 342–62, 1953. Williams & Wilkins, 1975.
420. Murrell GA, Fitch RD: Hip fusion in young adults. 433. O’Hara JN, Bernard AA, Dwyer NS: Early results
Using a medial displacement osteotomy and co- of medial approach open reduction in congenital
bra plate. Clin Orthop (300): 147–54, 1994. dislocation of the hip. J Pediatr Orthop (8): 288–
421. Myers SR, Eijer H, Ganz R: Anterior 294, 1988.
femoroacetabular impingement after 434. Olney B, Latz K, Asher M: Treatment of hip dys-
periacetabular osteotomy. Clin Orthop (363): plasia in older children with a combined one-
93–99, 1999. stage procedure. Clin Orthop (347): 215–23,
422. Nachlas IW: Long-term results in the bucket-han- 1998.
dle acetabuloplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am 39(2): 435. Ombredanne L: Précis clinique et opératoire de
309–16, 1957. chirurgie infantile. Paris, Masson, 1932.
423. Nakamura M, Matsunaga S, Yoshino S, Ohnishi 436. Omeroglu H: MRI after operative reduction for
T, Higo M, Sakou T, Komiya S: Long-term result developmental dysplasia of the hip. J Bone Joint
of combination of open reduction and femoral Surg Br 80(3): 556, 1998.
derotation varus osteotomy with shortening for 437. Omeroglu H, Bicmoglu A, Tümer Y: Long-term
developmental dislocation of the hip. J Pediatr results of late non-operative reduction of devel-
Orthop 13(B): 248–53, 2004. opmental dysplasia of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg
424. Netter FH: Musculoskeletal system, part I: Br 80(4): 746–47, 1998.
anatomy, physiology and metabolic disorders. In
438. Ortolani M: Congenital hip dysplasia in the light 453. Perkins G: Signs by which to diagnose congenital
of early and very early diagnosis. Clin Orthop dislocation of the hip. Lancet 1: 648, 1928.
(119): 6–10, 1976. 454. Peterson HA, Klassen RA, McLeod RA, Hoffman
439. Ortolani M: La luxation congenital dell’ anca. AD: The use of computerised tomography in dis-
Bologna, Cappelli, 1948. location of the hip and femoral neck anteversion
440. Ortolani M: Un segno poco noto e sua importanza in children. J Bone Joint Surg Br 63(2): 198–208,
per la diagnosi precoce di prelussazione congenita 1981.
dell’anca. La Pediatria 45: 129–135, 1937. 455. Pinto JA: O quadril nas diplegias espásticas
441. Ozcelik A: Ultrasonography in developmental hip contribuição ao estudo da correlação entre os
dysplasia. J Bone Joint Surg Br 81(1): 179, 1999. parâmetros clínicos, cirúrgicos, radiográficos e
tomográficos com estabilidade anterior ao fêmur.
442. Paci A: Nuovo contributo alla patologia della
Ortopedia e Traumatologia da Escola Paulista de
lussacione iliaca del femore. Archivio ed Atti della
Medicina. São Paulo, Universidade Federal de São
Societá Italiana di Chirurgia 3: 444, 1887.
Paulo, 1996.
443. Paley D: Hip joint consideration. In Principles of
456. Polanuer PA, Harcke, HT, Bowen JR: Effective
Deformity Correction, 689–94. Berlin, Springer-
use of ultrasound in the management of con-
Verlag, 2002.
genital dislocation and /or dysplasia of the hip.
444. Palmen K: Preluxation of the hip joint. Diagno- Clin Orthop (252): 176–81, 1990.
sis and treatment in the newborn and the diag-
457. Pompe van Meerdervoort HF: Congenital mus-
nosis of congenital dislocation of the hip joint in
culoskeletal disorders in the South African Ne-
Sweden during the years 1948–1960. Acta
gro. J Bone Joint Surg Br 59: 257, 1977.
Paediatr 50(Suppl 129): 1–71, 1961.
445. Paterson DC: The early diagnosis and treatment 458. Ponseti I: Causes of failure in the treatment of
of congenital dislocation of the hip. Clin Orthop congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint
(119): 28–38, 1976. Surg 26: 775–92, 1944.
446. Paton RW, Srinivasan MS, Shah B, Hollis S: Ul- 459. Ponseti IV: Growth and development of the
trasound screening for hips at risk in develop- acetabulum in the normal child. Anatomical, his-
mental dysplasia. Is it worth it? J Bone Joint Surg tological, roentgenographic studies. J Bone Joint
Br 81(2): 255–58, 1999. Surg Am 60(5): 575–85, 1978.
447. Pavlik A: The functional method of treatment 460. Ponseti IV: Morphology of the acetabulum in
using a harness with stirrups as the primary method congenital dislocation of the hip. Gross, histo-
of conservative therapy for infants with congeni- logical and roentgenographic studies. J Bone Joint
tal dislocation of the hip. 1957. Clin Orthop (281): Surg Am 60(5): 586–99, 1978.
4–10, 1957. 461. Ponseti IV: Non-surgical treatment of congenital
448. Pauwels F: Biomechanics of the normal and dis- dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 48(7):
eased hip: theoretical foundation, technique and 1392–1403, 1966.
results of treatment. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 1976. 462. Porat S, Robin GC, Howard C. B: Cure of the
449. Peic S: Der entstehungsmechanismus des limp in children with congenital dislocation of
Ortolani-zeichens. Z Orthop 113: 773–75, 1975. the hip and ischemic necrosis. J Bone Joint Surg
76-B: 463–67, 1994.
450. Pemberton PA: Pericapsular osteotomy of the
ilium for the treatment of congenitally dislocated 463. Portinaro NMA, Matthews S, Benson MKD: The
hips. Clin Orthop 98: 41–54, 1974. acetabular notch in hip dysplasia. J Bone Joint
Surg (Br) 76 B: 271–73, 1994.
451. Pemberton PA: Pericapsular osteotomy of the
ilium for treatment of congenital subluxation and 464. Portinaro NMA, Murray D, Benson MKD:
dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 47: Acetabular notch. J Pediatr Orthop 6B(1): 48–
65–86, 1965. 51, 1997.
452. Perka C, Fisher U, Taylor WR, Matziolis G: De- 465. Poul J, Bajerova J, Sommernitz M, Straka M,
velopmental hip dysplasia treated with total hip Pokorny M, Wong FY: Early diagnosis of con-
arthroplasy with a straight stem and a threaded genital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg
cup. J Bone Joint Surg 86A: 312–19, 2004. Br 74(5): 695–700, 1992.
466. Poul, J, Garvie, D, Grahame, R, Saunders, A. J: 481. Reynolds D, Lucas J, Klaue K: Retroversion of the
Ultrasound examination of neonate’s hip joints. acetabulum. A cause of hip pain. J Bone Joint
J Pediatr Orthop B, 7(1): 59–61, 1998. Surg Br 81(2): 281–88, 1999.
467. Pratt WB, Freiberger RH, Arnold WD: Untreated 482. Reynolds DA: Berne periacetabular osteotomy. In
congenital hip dysplasia in the Navajo. Clin Orthop Color Atlas and Text of Osteotomy of the Hip,
(162): 69–77, 1982. edited by Macnicol MF, 51–70. Barcelona,
468. Pravaz CG: Traité théorique et operatoire des luxa- Mosby-Wolfe, 1996.
tion congénitales du femur. Lyon, Guilbert & 483. Reynolds DA: Chiari innominate osteotomy in
Dorier, 1847. adults. Technique, indications and contra-indi-
469. Preuss AO, Caldeira FH: Luxação congênita do cations. J Bone Joint Surg Br 68(1): 45–54, 1986.
quadril: tratamento cirúrgico com osteotomia do 484. Roach JW, Hobatho MC, Baker KJ, Ashman RB:
fêmur; grupo etário de dois a quatro anos. Rev Three-dimensional computer analysis of complex
Bras Ortop 23: 109–114, 1988. acetabular insufficiency. J Pediatr Orthop 17(2):
470. Putti V: Congenital dislocation of the hip. Surg 158–64, 1997.
Gynecol Obstet 42: 449, 1926. 485. Roose PE, Chingren GL, Klaaren HE, Broock G:
471. Putti V: Early treatment of congenital disloca- Open reduction for congenital dislocation of the
tion of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg 15: 16–21, hip using the Ferguson procedure. A review of
1933. twenty-six cases. J Bone Joint Surg Am 61(6A):
915–21, 1979.
472. Race C, Herring J. A: Congenital dislocation of
the hip: an evaluation of closed reduction. J 486. Rorabeck CH, Bourne RB: The dysplastic hip.
Pediatr Orthop 3(2): 166–72, 1983. Orthopedics 27: 951–52, 2004.
473. Race C, Herring JA: Congenital dislocation of 487. Rosen A, Gamble JG, Vallier H, Bloch D, Smith L,
the hip: an evaluation of closed reduction. J Rinsky LA: Analysis of radiographic measurements
Pediatr Orthop 3: 166, 1983. as prognostic indicators of treatment success in
patients with developmental dysplasia of the hip.
474. Ralis Z, McKibbin B: Changes in shape of the
J Pediatr Orthop B 8(2): 118–21, 1999.
human hip joint during its development and their
relation to its stability. J Bone Joint Surg Br 55(4): 488. Ruhmann O, Lazovic D, Bouklas P, Rossig S: [Ul-
780–85, 1973. trasound hip joint screening in newborn infants.
Is twin pregnancy a risk factor for dysplasia?].
475. Ramsey PL, Hensinger RN: Congenital disloca-
Ultraschall Med 19(2): 64–69, 1998.
tion of the hip associated with central core dis-
ease. J . Bone Joint Disease 57A: 648, 1975. 489. Ryder CT, Crane L: Measuring femoral antever-
sion; the problem and a method. J Bone Joint
476. Ramsey PL, Lasser S, MacEwen GD: Congenital
Surg Am 35(2): 321–28, 1953.
dislocation of the hip. Use of the Pavlik harness
in the child during the first six months of life. J 490. Saito S, Takaoka K, Ono K: Tectoplasty for pain-
Bone Joint Surg Am 58(7): 1000–4, 1976. ful dislocation or subluxation of the hip. Long-
term evaluation of a new acetabuloplasty. J Bone
477. Record RG, Edwards JH: Environmental influ-
Joint Surg Br 68(1): 55–60, 1986.
ences related to the aetiology of congenital dislo-
cation of the hip. Br J Prev Soc Med 12(1): 8–22, 491. Salter RB: Innominate osteotomy in the treat-
1958. ment of congenital dislocation and subluxation
of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg 43B: 518, 1961.
478. Reichel H, Hein W: Dega acetabuloplasty com-
bined with intertrochanteric osteotomies. Clin 492. Salter RB: The present status of surgical treat-
Orthop (323): 234–42, 1996. ment for Legg-Perthes disease. J Bone Joint Surg
Am 66(6): 961–66, 1984.
479. Reimers J: The stability of the hip in children. A
radiological study of the results of muscle surgery 493. Salter RB: Role of innominate osteotomy in the
in cerebral palsy. Acta Orthop Scand Suppl 184: treatment of congenital dislocation and subluxa-
1–100, 1980. tion of the hip in the older child. J Bone Joint
Surg Am 48(7): 1413–39, 1966.
480. Rejholec M, Stryhal F, Rybka V, Popelka S: Chiari
osteotomy of the pelvis: a long-term study. J 494. Salter RB: Specific guidelines in the application
Pediatr Orthop 10(1): 21–27, 1990. of the principle of innominate osteotomy. Orthop
Clin North Am 3(1): 149–56, 1972.
495. Salter RB, Dubos JP: The first fifteen years’ per- 509. Scott JC: Frame reduction in congenital disloca-
sonal experience with innominate osteotomy in tion of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 35(3): 372–
the treatment of congenital dislocation and sub- 74, 1953.
luxation of the hip. Clin Orthop 98: 72–103, 1974. 510. Segal LS, Boal DK, Borthwick L, Clark MW,
496. Salter RB, Kostiuk J, Schatzker J: Experimental Localio AR, Schwentker EP: Avascular necrosis
dysplasia of the hip and its reversibility in a new- after treatment of DDH: the protective influ-
born pigs. J Bone Joint Surg Am 45: 1781, 1963. ence of the ossific nucleus. J Pediatr Orthop 19(2):
497. Sampath JS, Deakin S, Paton RW: Splintage in 177–84, 1999.
developmental dysplasia of the hip: how low can 511. Segal LS, Schneider DJ, Berlin JM, Bruno A, Davis
we go? J Pediatr Orthop 23(3): 352–55, 2003. BR, Jacobs CR: The contribution of the ossific
498. Sampson TG: Arthroscopic treatment of nucleus to the structural stiffness of the capital
femoroacetabular impingement. Tech Orthop 20: femoral epiphysis: a porcine model for DDH. J
56–62, 2005. Pediatr Orthop 19(4): 433–7, 1999.
499. Sampson TG: Complications of hip arthroscopy. 512. Selders R, Tan V, Hunt J, Katz M, Winiarsky R,
Tech Orthop 20: 63–66, 2005. Fitzgerald R Jr: Anatomy, histologic features, and
500. Santili C: Tratamento da subluxação e luxação vascularity of the adult acetabulum. Meeting of
congênitas do quadril pelo método associado da American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons,
operação de Salter com o encurtamento ósseo Anaheim, CA, February 28, 1999.
femoral: análise dos resultados a longo prazo. 513. Selders R, Tan V, Hunt J, Katz M, Winiarsky R,
Thesis, Universidade de São Paulo, 1996. Fitzgerald, R., Jr: Anatomy, Histologic features,
501. Schanz A: Zur behandlung der veralteten and vascularity of the adult acetabular labrum.
angeborenen hueftverrenkung. Muenchener Clin Orthop 382: 232–40, 2001.
Med. Wchnscr 69: 930, 1922. 514. Severin E: Arthrography in congenital disloca-
502. Schindler A, Lechevallier JJ, Rao NS, Bowen JR: tion of the hip. J. Bone Joint Surg Am 21: 304–
Diagnostic and therapeutic arthroscopy of the hip 13, 1939.
in children and adolescents. J Pediatr Orthop 15: 515. Severin E: Congenital dislocation of the hip.
317–21, 1995. Development of the joint after closed reduction.
503. Schneeberger A, Murphy SB, Ganz R: The tro- J Bone Joint Surg Am 32: 507–18, 1950.
chanteric flip osteotomy. Orthop Traumatol 9: 516. Severin E: Contribution to the knowledge of con-
1–15, 1997. genital dislocation of the hip joint; late results of
504. Schneider R: Hip arthrodesis with the cobra plate closed reduction and arthrographic studies of re-
and pelvic osteotomy. Reconstr Surg Traumatol cent cases. Acta Chir Scand 84(suppl 63): 1–142,
14: 1, 1974. 1941.
505. Schoenecker PL, Anderson DJ, Capelli AM: The 517. Sevitt S, Thompson RG: The distribution and
acetabular response to proximal femoral varus anatomoses of arteries supplying the head and
rotational osteotomy. Results after failure of post- neck of the femur. J Bone Joint Surg 47B: 560–
reduction abduction splinting in patients who 73, 1965.
had congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint 518. Sharp IK: Acetabular dysplasia. The acetabular
Surg Am 77(7): 990–97, 1995. angle. J Bone Joint Surg 43B: 268–72, 1961.
506. Schoenecker PL, Dollard PA, Sheridan JJ, Strecker 519. Shinar A, Harris W: Cemented total hip arthro-
WB: Closed reduction of developmental disloca- plasty following previous femoral osteotomy; an
tion of the hip in children older than 18 months. average 16 years follow-up. J Arthroplasty 13: 243–
J Pediatr Orthop 15(6): 763–67, 1995. 53, 1988.
507. Schoenecker PL, Strecker WB: Congenital dislo- 520. Siebenrock K, Gautier E, Woo A, Ganz R: Surgi-
cation of the hip in children. Comparison of the cal dislocation of the femoral head for joint deb-
effects of femoral shortening and of skeletal trac- ridement and accurate reduction of fractures of
tion in treatment. J Bone Joint Surg Am 66(1): the acetabulum. J Orthop Trauma 16: 543–52,
21–27, 1984. 2002.
508. Schott PCM: Displasia do desenvolvimento do 521. Siebenrock K, Wahab KH, Werlen S, Kalhor M,
quadril e luxação displásica do quadril. Rev Bras Leunig M, Ganz R: Abnormal extension of the
Ortop 35: 1–6, 2000.
femoral head epiphysis as a cause of cam impinge- 534. Somerville EW: Persistent foetal alignment of the
ment. Clin Orthop (418): 54–60, 2004. hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 39(1): 106–13, 1957.
522. Siebenrock KA, Scholl E, Lottenbach M, Ganz R: 535. Song KM, Lapinsky A: Determination of hip
Bernese periacetabular osteotomy. Clin Orthop position in the Pavlik harness. J Pediatr Orthop
(363): 9–20, 1999. 20(3): 317–19, 2000.
523. Simons GW: A comparative evaluation of the 536. Sosna A, Rejholec M: Ludloff ’s open reduction
current methods for open reduction of the con- of the hip. J Pediatr Orthop (12): 603–606, 1992.
genitally displaced hip. Orthop Clin North Am 537. Spangeho MJ, Berry DJ, Tousdale R, Cabanela
11(1): 161–81, 1980. ME: Uncemented acetabular components with
524. Skaggs DL, Kaminsky C, Tolo VT, Kay RM, bulk femoral head autograft for acetabular recon-
Reynolds RA: Variability in measurement of struction in developmental dysplasia of the hip. J
acetabular index in normal and dysplastic hips, Bone Joint Surg 83A: 1484–89, 2001.
before and after reduction. J Pediatr Orthop 18(6): 538. Spatz DK, Reiger M, Klaumann M, Miller F,
799–801, 1998. Stanton RP, Lipton GE: Measurement of acetabu-
525. Skirving, A. P., Scadden, W. J: The African lar index intraobserver and interobserver varia-
neonatal hip and its immunity from congenital tion. J Pediatr Orthop 17(2): 174–5, 1997.
dislocation. J Bone Joint Surg Br 61(3): 339–41, 539. Sponseller PD, McBeath A, Perpich M: Hip ar-
1979. throdesis in young patients. A long-term follow-
526. Slomczykowski M, Mackenzie WG, Stern G, up study. J Bone Joint Surg 66A: 853–59, 1984.
Keeler KA, Glutting J: Acetabular volume. J Pediatr 540. Staheli LT: Medial approach open reduction for
Orthop 18(5): 657–61, 1998. congenitally dislocated hips: A critical analysis of
527. Smith BG, Kasser JR, Hey LA, Jaramillo D, Millis forty cases. In Congenital Dislocation of the Hip,
MB: Postreduction computed tomography in de- edited by Tachdjian MO, 295–303. New York,
velopmental dislocation of the hip: Part 1. J Churchill-Livingstone, 1982.
Pediatr Orthop 19 (4): 626–30, 1997. 541. Staheli LT: Slotted acetabular augmentation. J
528. Smith BG, Millis MB, Hey LA, Jaramillo D, Kasser Pediatr Orthop 1(3): 321–27, 1981.
JR: Postreduction computed tomography in de- 542. Staheli LT, Dion M, Tuell JI: The effect of the
velopmental dislocation of the hip: part II: pre- inverted limbus on closed management of con-
dictive value for outcome. J Pediatr Orthop 17(5): genital hip dislocation. Clin Orthop (137): 163–
631–36, 1997. 66, 1978.
529. Smith WS, Badgley CE, Orwig JB, Harper JM: 543. Stanisavljevic S: Hip-knee-hip triad: a helpful clini-
Correlation of postreduction roentgenograms and cal sign in the examination of the hips in new-
thirty-one-year follow-up in congenital disloca- born babies. Arch Ortop 74: 577–82, 1961.
tion of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 50(6):
544. Stanisavljevic S: Examination of hip in newborn
1081–98, 1968.
babies and results. Henry Ford Hosp Med Bull 9:
530. Smith-Peterson MN: Approach to and exposure 214, 1961.
of the hip joint for mold arthroplasty. J Bone
545. Stanisavljevic S, Mitchell CL: Congenital dyspla-
Joint Surg 31A: 40, 1949.
sia, subluxation, and dislocation of the hip in
531. Sochart D, Porter M: The long-term results of stillborn and newborn infants. J Bone Joint Surg
Charnley low-friction arthroplasty in young pa- Am 45: 1147–58, 1963.
tients who have congenital dislocation, degen-
546. Stanton RP, Capecci R: Computed tomography
erative osteoarthrosis, or rheumatoid arthritis. J
for early evaluation of developmental dysplasia of
Bone Joint Surg 79A: 1599–1617, 1997.
the hip. J Pediatr Orthop 12(6): 727–30, 1992.
532. Somerville EW: A long-term follow-up of con-
547. Steel HH: Triple osteotomy of the innominate
genital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg
bone. J Bone Joint Surg Am 55(2): 343–50, 1973.
Br 60(1): 25–30, 1978.
548. Steel HH: Triple osteotomy of the innominate
533. Somerville EW: Open reduction in congenital
bone. A procedure to accomplish coverage of the
dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 35(3):
dislocated or subluxated femoral head in the older
363–71, 1953.
patient. Clin Orthop (122): 116–27, 1977.
549. Stinchfield, F. E., Cavallaro, W. U: Arthrodesis of 562. Synder M, Forlin E, Xin S, Bowen JR: Results of
the hip joint: a follow up study. J Bone Joint Surg the Kalamchi modification of Salter osteotomy
32A: 48, 1950. in the treatment of developmental dysplasia of
550. Stone MM: Arthrodesis of the hip. J Bone Joint the hip. J Pediatr Orthop 12(4): 449–53, 1992.
Surg 38A: 1346–52, 1956. 563. Szoke N, Kuhl L, Heinrichs J: Ultrasound exami-
551. Strayer LM Jr: Embryology of the human hip joint. nation in the diagnosis of congenital hip dyspla-
Clin Orthop 74: 221–40, 1971. sia of newborns. J Pediatr Orthop 8(1): 12–16,
1988.
552. Stulberg SD, Cordell LD, Harris WH: Unrecog-
nized childhood hip disease: A major cause of 564. Tachdjian MO, ed: Congenital Dislocation of the
idiopathic osteoarthritis of the hip. In The Hip: Hip. New York, Churchill Livingstone, 1982.
Proceedings of the Third Open Scientific Session 565. Tachdjian MO, ed: Pediatric Orthopedics. Phila-
of the Hip Society, edited by Amstutz HC, 212– delphia, WB Saunders, 1972.
28. St Louis, CV Mosby, 1975. 566. Tachdjian MO, ed: Pediatric Orthopedics. Phila-
553. Stulberg SD, Harris WH: Acetabular dysplasia and delphia, WB Saunders, 1990.
development of osteoarthitis of the hip. In The 567. Tachdjian MO: Periacetabular triple innominate
Hip: Proceedings of the Second Open Scientific osteotomy by adductor-subinguinal approach to
Session of the Hip Society, edited by Harris WH, the ischium and pubis. Orthop Trans 9 (1): 570,
82–93. St Louis, CV Mosby, 1974. 1985.
554. Sugano N, Noble PC, Kamaric E, Salama JK, Ochi 568. Takashi S, Hattori T, Konishi N, Iwata H: Acetabu-
T, Tullos HS: The morphology of the femur in lar development after Salter’s innominate oste-
developmental dysplasia of the hip. J Bone Joint otomy for congenital dislocation of the hip: evalu-
Surg Br 80(4): 711–19, 1998. ation by three-dimensional quantitative method.
555. Summers BN, Turner A, Wynn-Jones CH: The J Pediatr Orthop 18(6): 802–6, 1998.
shelf operation in the management of late pres- 569. Tan V, Seldes RS, Katz MA, Freedhand AM,
entation of congenital hip dysplasia. J Bone Joint Klimkeiwicz JJ, Fitzgerald RHJ: Contribution of
Surg Br 70(1): 63–68, 1988. acetabular labrum to articulating surface area and
556. Sutherland DH., Greenfield R: Double innomi- femoral head coverage in adult hip joints: an
nate osteotomy. J Bone Joint Surg Am 59(8): anatomic study in cadavera. Am J Orthop 30(11):
1082–91, 1977. 809–12, 2001.
557. Suzuki R: Complications of the treatment of con- 570. Tavares JO: Modified Pemberton acetabuloplasty
genital dislocation of the hip by the Pavlik har- for the treatment of congenital hip dysplasia. J
ness. Int Orthop 3(1): 77–79, 1979. Pediatr Orthop 24: 501–7, 2004.
558. Suzuki S, Awaya G, Wakita S, Maekawa M, Ikeda 571. Taylor GR, Clarke NM: Monitoring the treatment
T: Diagnosis by ultrasound of congenital disloca- of developmental dysplasia of the hip with the
tion of the hip joint. Clin Orthop (217): 171–78, Pavlik harness. The role of ultrasound. J Bone
1987. Joint Surg Br 79(5): 719–23, 1997.
559. Suzuki S, Kasahara Y, Futami T, Ushikubo S, 572. Teanby DN, Paton RW: Ultrasound screening for
Tsuchiya T: Ultrasonography in congenital dislo- congenital dislocation of the hip: a limited tar-
cation of the hip. Simultaneous imaging of both geted programme. J Pediatr Orthop 17(2): 202–
hips from in front. J Bone Joint Surg Br 73(6): 4, 1997.
879–83, 1991. 573. Terjesen T: Closed reduction guided by dynamic
560. Suzuki S, Kashiwagi N, Seto Y, Mukai S: Location ultrasound in late-diagnosed hip dislocation. J
of the femoral head in developmental dysplasia Pediatr Orthop 12(1): 54–60, 1992.
of the hip: three-dimensional evaluation by means 574. Terjesen T: Ultrasonography for evaluation of hip
of magnetic resonance image. J Pediatr Orthop dysplasia. Methods and policy in neonates, in-
19(1): 88–91, 1999. fants, and older children. Acta Orthop Scand
561. Suzuki S, Yamamuro T: Correlation of fetal pos- 69(6): 653–62, 1998.
ture and congenital dislocation of the hip. Acta 575. Terjesen T: Ultrasound as the primary imaging
Orthop Scand 57(1): 81–84, 1986. method in the diagnosis of hip dysplasia in chil-
dren aged < 2 years. J Pediatr Orthop B 5(2): 590. Tönnis D, Behrens K, Tscharani F: A modified
123–28, 1996. technique of the triple pelvic osteotomy: early
576. Terjesen T, Holen KJ, Tegnander A: Hip abnor- results. J Pediatr Orthop 1(3): 241–49, 1981.
malities detected by ultrasound in clinically nor- 591. Tönnis D, Heinecke A: Acetabular and femoral
mal newborn infants. J Bone Joint Surg Br 78(4): anteversion: relationship with osteoarthritis of the
636–40, 1996. hip. J Bone Joint Surg 81A: 1747–50, 1999.
577. Terjesen T, Runden TO, Tangerud A: Ultrasonog- 592. Tönnis D, Kuhlmann GP: Untersuchungen ueber
raphy and radiography of the hip in infants. Acta die Haufegkeit von Hufkophnekrosen bei
Orthop Scand 60(6): 651–60, 1989. Spreizhosenbehandlung and verschiedenen
578. Thieme WT, Wynne-Davies R: Clinical examina- Konservation Behandlungsmethoden der
tion and urinary oestrogen assays in newborn angeborenen Hueftdysplasie und Hueftluxation.
children with congenital dislocation of the hip. J Z Orthop 106: 651, 1968.
Bone Joint Surg Br 50(3): 546–50, 1968. 593. Tonnis D, Legal H, Graf R: Congenital Dysplasia
579. Thomas CL, Gage JR, Ogden JA: Treatment con- and Dislocation of the Hip in Children and
cepts for proximal femoral ischemic necrosis com- Adults. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 1987.
plicating congenital hip disease. J Bone Joint Surg 594. Tonnis D, Storch K, Ulbrich H: Results of new-
Am 64(6): 817–28, 1982. born screening for CDH with and without
580. Thomas IH, Dunin AJ, Cole WG, Menelaus MB: sonography and correlation of risk factors. J
Avascular necrosis after open reduction for con- Pediatr Orthop 10(2): 145–52, 1990.
genital dislocation of the hip: analysis of causa- 595. Tredwell SJ: Neonatal screening for hip joint in-
tive factors and natural history. J Pediatr Orthop stability. Its clinical and economic relevance. Clin
9(5): 525–31, 1989. Orthop (281): 63–68, 1992.
581. Thompson FR: Combined hip fusion and subtro- 596. Tredwell SJ, Bell HM: Efficacy of neonatal hip
chanteric osteotomy allowing early ambulation. J examination. J Pediatr Orthop 1(1): 61–65,
Bone Joint Surg 38A: 13–22, 1956. 1981.
582. Tönnis D: Congenital Hip Dislocation: Avascu- 597. Tredwell SJ, Davis LA: Prospective study of con-
lar Necrosis. New York, Thieme-Stratton, 1982. genital dislocation of the hip. J Pediatr Orthop
583. Tönnis D: An evaluation of conservative and 9(4): 386–90, 1989.
operative methods in the treatment of congeni- 598. Trendelenburg F: Trendelenburg’s test: 1895. The
tal hip dislocation. Clin Orthop (119): 76–88, classic. Clin Orthop Relat Res 335: 3–7, 1998.
1976. 599. Tronzo RG, ed: Surgery of the Hip Joint. 2nd ed,
584. Tönnis D: Normal values of the hip joint for the vol 1. New York, Springer-Verlag, 1985.
evaluation of X-rays in children and adults. Clin 600. Trousdale RT: Fetal hydantoin syndrome: an unu-
Orthop (119): 39–47, 1976. sual cause of hip dysplasia. Orthopedics 21(2):
585. Tönnis D: Radiological classification and diagno- 210–12, 1998.
sis. Mapfre Medicina 3 (Suppl 1): 42–45, 1992). 601. Trueta J: The normal vascular anatomy of the
586. Tonnis D: Surgical treatment of congenital dislo- human femoral head during growth. J Bone Joint
cation of the hip. Clin Orthop (258): 33–40, 1990. Surg Br 39-B(2): 358–94, 1957.
587. Tonnis D: Triple osteotomy close to the hip joint. 602. Trueta J: Studies of the Development and Decay
In Congenital Dislocation of the Hip, edited by of the Human Frame. Philadelphia, WB Saunders,
Tachdjian MO, 555–65. New York, Churchill 1968.
Livingstone, 1982. 603. Trueta J, Harrison MHN: The normal vascular
588. Tönnis D: Triple pelvic osteotomy for lateral and anatomy of the femoral head in adult man. J
anterior rotation of the dysplastic acetabulum. In Bone Joint Surg 35B: 442–61, 1953.
Color Atlas and Text of Osteotomy of the Hip, 604. Trumble SJ, Mayo KA, Mast JW: The
edited by Macnicol MF, 42–50. Barcelona, periacetabular osteotomy. Minimum 2 year
Mosby-Wolfe, 1996. followup in more than 100 hips. Clin Orthop
589. Tönnis D, Arning A, Bloch M, Heinrecke A, (363): 54–63, 1999.
Kalchschmidt K: Triple pelvic osteotomy. J Pediatr 605. Tucci JJ, Kumar SJ, Guille JT, Rubbo ER: Late
Orthop 3B: 54–67, 1994. acetabular dysplasia following early successful
Pavlik harness treatment of congenital disloca- 619. Von Rosen S: Early diagnosis and treatment of
tion of the hip. J Pediatr Orthop 11(4): 502–5, congenital dislocation of the hip joint. Acta
1991. Orthop Scand 26(2): 136–55, 1956.
606. Tucker RF: Arterial supply to the femoral head 620. Von Rosen S: [Early diagnosis and treatment of
and its clinical importance. J Bone Joint Surg Br congenital luxation of the hip]. Minerva Ortop
31: 82–93, 1949. 10: 194–96, 1959.
607. Tümer Y, Ward WT, Grudziak J: Medial open re- 621. Von Rosen S: Further experience with congenital
duction in the treatment of developmental dislo- dislocation of the hip in the newborn. J Bone
cation of the hip. J Pediatr Orthop 17(2): Joint Surg Br 50: 538–41, 1968.
176–80, 1997. 622. Von Rosen S: Instability of the hip in the new-
608. Ucar H, Isiklar ZU, Stanitski CL, Kandemir U, born. Fifteen years experience in Malmo. Acta
Tümer Y: Open reduction through a medial ap- Orthop Scand 130: 13, 1970.
proach in developmental dislocation of the hip. J 623. Von Kries R, Ihme N, Oberle D, Stark R,
Pediatr Orthop 24: 493–500, 2004. Altenhofen L, Niethard FU: Effect of ultrasound
609. Utterback JD, MacEwen GD: Comparison of screening on the rate of first operative procedures
pelvic osteotomies for the surgical correction of fore developmental hip dysplasia in Germany.
the congenital hip. Clin Orthop 98: 104–10, 1974. Lancet 362: 1883–87, 2003.
610. Vedantam R, Capelli AM, Schoenecker PL: 624. Wagner H: Der alloplastische Gelenkflachenersatz
Pemberton osteotomy for the treatment of de- am Huftgelenk. Arch Orthop Unfallchir 82: 101,
velopmental dysplasia of the hip in older chil- 1975.
dren. J Pediatr Orthop 18(2): 254–58, 1998. 625. Wagner H: Erfahrungen mit der
611. Viere RG, Birch JG, Herring JA, Roach JW, Pfannenosteotomie bei der korrektur der
Johnston CE: Use of the Pavlik harness in con- dysplastischen Hueftgelenkpfanne. Orthopade 2:
genital dislocation of the hip. An analysis of fail- 253, 1973.
ures of treatment. J Bone Joint Surg Am 72(2): 626. Wagner H: Experiences with spherical acetabular
238–44, 1990. osteotomy for the correction of the dysplasic
612. Visser JD: Functional treatment of congenital acetabulum. In Acetabular Dysplasia; Skeletal
dislocation of the hip. Acta Orthop Scand 55 Dysplasias in Childhood, edited by Weil UH, 131.
(Suppl 206): 1–109, 1984. Progress in Orthopedic Surgery 2. Heidelberg,
Springer, 1978.
613. Visser JD, Jonkers A, Hillen B: Hip joint meas-
urements with computerized tomography. J 627. Wagner H: Experiences with spherical acetabu-
Pediatr Orthop 2(2): 143–46, 1982. lar osteotomy for the correction of the dysplas-
tic acetabulum. In Progress in Orthopedic Sur-
614. Vogel I, Andersson JE, Uldbjerg N: Serum re-
gery: Acetabular Dysplasia; Skeletal Dysplasias
laxin in the newborn is not a marker of neonatal
in Childhood, edited by Weil UH, 131. Progress
hip instability. J Pediatr Orthop 18(4): 535–37,
in Orthopedic Surgery 2. Heidelberg, Springer,
1998.
1978.
615. Volpon JB, Barbieri CH, Cunha PS, Dib JE:
628. Wagner H: Femoral osteotomies for congenital
Avaliação radiológica de pacientes submetidos a
hip dislocation. In PAcetabular Dysplasia; Skel-
osteotomia de Chiari. Rev Bras Ortop 18: 23–28,
etal Dysplasias in Childhood, edited by Weil UH,
1983.
85. Progress in Orthopedic Surgery 2. Heidelberg,
616. Volpon JB, Carvalho Filho G: Luxação congênita Springer, 1978.
do quadril no recém-nascido. Rev Bras Ortop 20:
629. Wagner H: Osteotomies for congenital hip dislo-
317–20, 1985.
cation. In The Hip: Proceedings of the Fourth
617. Von Rosen S: Diagnosis and treatment of con- Open Scientific Meeting of the Hip Society,
genital dislocation of the hip joint in the new- 45–66. St Louis, CV Mosby, 1976.
born. J Bone Joint Surg Br 44: 284–91, 1962.
630. Wainwright D: The shelf operation for hip dys-
618. Von Rosen S: Early diagnosis and early treatment plasia in adolescence. J Bone Joint Surg Br 58(2):
of congenital hip luxation. Acta Orthop Scand 159–63, 1976.
29: 164–66, 1959.
631. Walker JM: Histologic study of the fetal develop- 646. Weinstein SL: Natural history of congenital hip
ment of the human acetabulum and labrum. Yale dislocation (CDH) and hip dysplasia. Clin Orthop
J Biol Med, 54: 255–63, 1981. (225): 62–76, 1987.
632. Walker JM: A preliminary investigation of con- 647. Weinstein SL, Ponseti IV: Congenital dislocation
genital hip disease in the Island Lake Reserve popu- of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Am 61(1): 119–24,
lation, Manitoba. Anthropology Papers, Univer- 1979.
sity of Manitoba, 7, 1973. 648. Weissman SL, Salama R: Treatment of congeni-
633. Wall EJ, Kolata R, Roy DR, Mehlman CT, tal dislocation of the hip in the newborn infant.
Crawford AH: Endoscopic pelvic osteotomy for J Bone Joint Surg Am 48(7): 1319–27, 1966.
the treatment of hip dysplasia. J Am Acad Orthop 649. Weissman SL, Salama R: Treatment of congeni-
Surg 9(3): 150–56, 2001. tal dislocation of the hip in the newborn infant.
634. Walmsley T: A note on the retinacular of J Bone Joint Surg Am 51(3): 601–3, 1969.
Weitbrecht. J Anat 51: 61, 1916. 650. Wenger DR, Lee CS, Kolman B: Derotational
635. Walsh JJ, Morrissy RT: Torticollis and hip disloca- femoral shortening for developmental dislocation
tion. J Pediatr Orthop 18(2): 219–21, 1998. of the hip: special indications and results in the
636. Ward WT, Vogt M, Grudziak JS, Tümer Y, Cook child younger than 2 years. J Pediatr Orthop 15(6):
PC, Fitch RD: Severin classification system for 768–79, 1995.
evaluation of the results of operative treatment 651. Wiberg B: Studies on dysplastic acetabular and
of congenital dislocation of the hip. A study of congenital subluxation of the hip joint, with spe-
intraobserver and interobserver reliability. J Bone cial reference to the complication of osteo-ar-
Joint Surg Am 79(5): 656–63, 1997. thritis. Acta Chirurgica Scandinavica 83(58):
637. Watanabe RS: Embryology of the human hip. Clin 1–135, 1939.
Orthop 98: 8, 1974. 652. Wiberg G: Shelf operation in congenital dysplasia
638. Watson-Jones R: Arthrodesis of the osteoarthritic of the acetabulum and subluxation and disloca-
hip. JAMA 110: 278, 1938. tion of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg 35(A): 65–80,
1953.
639. Weathersby HT: The origin of the artery of the
ligamentum teres femoris. J Bone Joint Surg Am 653. Wilkinson JA: Breech malposition and intra-uter-
41-A(2): 261–63, 1959. ine dislocations. Proc R Soc Med 59(11 Part 1):
1106–8, 1966.
640. Wedge JH, Wasylenko MJ: The natural history of
congenital disease of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br 654. Wilkinson JA: Congenital displacement of the
61-B(3): 334–38, 1979. hip joint. Berlin, Springer-Verlag, 1985.
641. Wedge JH, Wasylenko MJ: The natural history of 655. Wilkinson JA: The effect of breech malposition.
congenital dislocation of the hip: a critical review. J Bone Joint Surg Br 46: 156, 1964.
Clin Orthop (137): 154–62, 1978. 656. Wilkinson JA: A post-natal survey for congenital
642. Weiberg, B: Studies on dysplastic acetabula and displacement of the hip. J Bone Joint Surg Br
congenital subluxation of the hip joint, with spe- 54(1): 40–49, 1972.
cial reference to the complication of osteo-ar- 657. Wilkinson JA: Prime factors in the etiology of
thritis. Acta Chirurgica Scandinavica, 83(Suppl. congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint
58), 1939. Surg Br 45: 268–83, 1963.
643. Weiberg, G: Shelf operation in congenital dyspla- 658. William WH, Schwartz P: A study of the gross
sia of the acetabulum and in subluxation and anatomy of the arteries suppying the proximal
dislocation of the hip. J. Bone Joint Surg 35A: portion of the femur and the acetabulum. J Bone
65–80, 1953. Joint Surg Am 32: 856–66, 1950.
644. Weiner LS, Kelley MA, Ulin RI, Wallach D: De- 659. Williamson J: Difficulties of early diagnosis and
velopment of the acetabulum and hip: computed treatment of congenital dislocation of the hip in
tomography analysis of the axial plane. J Pediatr Northern Ireland. J Bone Joint Surg Br 54(1):
Orthop 13(4): 421–25, 1993. 13–17, 1972.
645. Weinstein SL: Natural history and treatment out- 660. Wilson JC Jr: Surgical treatment of the dysplastic
comes of childhood hip disorders. Clin Orthop acetabulum in adolescence. Clin Orthop 98:
(344): 227–42, 1997. 137–45, 1974.
661. Wirth T, Haake M, Hahn-Rinn R, Walthers E: 664. Yamamuro T, Chene SH: A radiological study on
[Magnetic resonance tomography in diagnosis the development of the hip joint in normal in-
and therapy follow-up of patients with congeni- fants. J Jpn Orthop Assoc 49: 421–39, 1975.
tal hip dysplasia and hip dislocation]. Z Orthop 665. Yosipovitch Z: Long-term outcome after open
Ihre Grenzgeb 136(3): 210–14, 1998. reduction through an anteromedial approach for
662. Wynne-Davies R: Acetabular dysplasia and famil- congenital dislocation of the hip. J Bone Joint
ial joint laxity: two etiological factors in congeni- Surg Am 80(5): 768, 1998.
tal dislocation of the hip. A review of 589 pa- 666. Zionts LE, MacEwen GD: Treatment of congeni-
tients and their families. J Bone Joint Surg Br tal dislocation of the hip in children between the
52(4): 704–16, 1970. ages of one and three years. J Bone Joint Surg Am
663. Wynne-Davies R: A family study of neonatal and 68(6): 829–46, 1986.
late-diagnosis congenital dislocation of the hip. J
Med Genet 7(4): 315–33, 1970.
Index
A -Chandler technique, 286-287
Abnormal development -Davis muscle-pedicle graft technique,
-genetic factors, 17-18 287-288
-hip, 17-18 -hip, 285-91
-Schneider cobra plate technique,
Acetabular 287-288
-abnormalities, 129-130 -Stone technique, 287-288
-angle index, 32
-angle of Sharp, 36 Arthrogram
-depth, 38-41 -closed reduction, 99, 105
-dysplasia evaluation, 117 -false acetabulum, 133
-head index, 36-37 Arthrography
-rim impingement, 128 -antero-lateral approach, 71
-rim syndrome, 128 -dysplastic hip, 73-77
Acetabuloplasty -hip joint, 70-73
-Dega, 201, 207-210 Arthroscopy
Acetabulum -Bowen, 270-271
-development, 24 -total hip, 283-285
-growth plate fusion, 28 Avascular necrosis (AVN)
-motion (degrees), 172 -classifications, 228-234
Anatomy -definition, 225
-hip, 24-31 -ischemic necrosis, 225
-open reduction, 227-228
Antero-lateral operative approach -pavlik harness treatment, 226
-acetabular dysplasia evaluation, 117 -proximal femur, 225-248
-advantages, 113 -traction, 226-227
-description, 113-118 -treatment, 234-235
-indications, 113 -trochanteric procedures, 235-248
-post operative care, 119-120
-pressure test, 117
-results, 119-120 B
-stability test, 115 Barlow maneuver
Apophysiodesis, 236-238 -dislocatable hip, 53-55
-subluxable hip, 54
Arthrodesis
G I
Graf sonographic technique, 59-61 Ilipsoas tendon, 116
Growth, 13-18 Ilizarov technique
-pelvic support operation, 275
H -pelvic support osteotomy (PSO), 275
Harcke sonographic technique, 59, 61-65 Incidence
Hass osteotomy, 274 -geographic relationship, 22-24
-racial variance, 22-24
High-dislocated hips
-distal femoral lengthening, 271-283 Initial period, 13
-pelvic support osteotomy (PSO), Instability index of Reimers, 39
271-283 Instability index of Smith, 39-40
Hilgenreiner line, 31-32, 40 Intrauterine development
Hip -anatomy (pelvis), 26